Home

ZyXEL 4-port User's Manual

1. 100 pO EANTE ANIE srce ed ROME esis EER stands aside E EAEAN EANA RR EG truss evar 101 Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens LLeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 103 TA NAT OVEIWEW e 103 HWENLIIEE T Ac P 103 ake c a INE T TT 104 Pelea HOw NAT WOKS P 104 PLANAI eSI SE T E D ENS 104 fe LSNAT Mapping TUBOS ieccd oem uto Iv oe RO de mina io pina E E ERI US EME 105 7 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT 1 5 triti rea pred da po hd td dave 106 Fa NET Ganer Scu aiian ko rco tod EE Fn BEES EEEa pta PX DRM SE EUN E tabu ERRA PER LESE ER Una Eod 106 p ducudzei pn 107 541 Default Server IP AddIess tesi E rr Ea E p Ets oa re EE RI ptu a aes 107 7 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers usce petas nnb rra a eru erben eerte aenea ebrios 108 7 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example sssessss 108 To Gonigaing Fort RU DIT TT 108 Cot Fan Forvercing RUS Edi TRIESTE 110 FAS PSS rte 111 7 8 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit n reiecit d oerisalnerdedbaccetctadveeasatnideaabvanees 112 P 793H User s Guide 13 Table of Contents Part Ill Security and Advanced Setup 115 Chapter 8 liri
2. Table 1 LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and functioning properly Blinking The ZyXEL Device is rebooting or performing diagnostics Red On Power to the ZyXEL Device is too low Off The system is not ready or has malfunctioned LAN 1 4 Green On This port has a successful Ethernet connection Blinking This port is sending receiving data Off This port is not connected DSL1 DSL2 Green On The DSL line is up Blinking The ZyXEL Device is initializing the DSL line Off The DSL line is down Note For Internet access setup or point to point connections the DSL1 and DSL2 LEDs indicate the status of a single connection act as one LED For point to 2point connections the DSL1 and DSL2 LEDs indicate the status of connection 1 and connection 2 respectively INTERNET Green On The Internet connection is up and the ZyXEL Device has an IP address If the ZyXEL Device uses RFC 1483 in bridge mode this light does not turn on but it does blink when the ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data Red On The ZyXEL Device tried to get an IP address but an error occurred Off The Internet connection is down P 793H User s Guide Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access and navigate the web configurator 2 1 Web Configurator
3. 117 Ol re eec 117 ak Aas ali FON er e 117 8 2 1 Packet Filtering FrowallS Gem M 117 8 2 2 Applicati mevel Firewalle asc sonorous ses saviaaicdsianvuntavecaasiunceeuadudrcisbadawucaeanenanndiessaabaluvenia 118 8 2 3 Stateiul Inspection FIRGWENLS sisccccesiiscxescourceesa ghessascsagunansataadiueteataaissientuaodieamiccndeteuente 118 D regustign to ZvXEL S Firewall csi Ronda Can ERR p o aati RR E LN E 118 0 Donal of OWI flic coraa saunas twas 119 04 Denial Of SOGE 119 SEAN o o E E TT AE T NAN SEAIA A N E AAE A AA AES 119 Aue Ves Or Die AE cM T 119 Bo TERT gic ct UE mee pe epee Ne nee Fin eria spat abet Fin T Fa pda a peo I ei d Rudd an 122 8 5 1 Staten lnepection PIOOSSS Lisa eene ee teh n Ip LR Eph aada e NR tik Era P da 123 8 5 2 Stateful Inspection and the ZyXEL Device aane rra retenta teh ienien 124 X Thal bcc M 124 uas uper lg qe 125 82 5 Upper Layer Procol icai ovi obe E eR o Dvd ed voco iei A hiii cS 125 8 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall eeen 126 B 5 1 Secun Jg Saal 3 4edoeton turp eu wags i SICHER anes ER d cip eH E A EH RUM NORM SS 126 GF Packet PINGING vS dll eee 127 Sr a a E E I T TIT 127 Bid oe Fl pe 127 Chapter 9 Firewall esprime rr 129 OW Pes MOONT gerino 129 SM Fie wall Pocos PGI Feet 129 9 3 R
4. LABEL DESCRIPTION General Active Select the check box to activate or clear the check box to deactivate this connection Name Enter a unique descriptive name of up to 13 ASCII characters for this connection Mode Select Routing from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account If you select Bridge the ZyXEL Device will forward any packet that it does not route to this remote node otherwise the packets are discarded Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices are PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE If you set up a point to point connection select either ENET ENCAP or RFC 1483 User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here 82 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 19 WAN gt More Connections gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC By prior agreement a protocol is assigned a specific virt
5. 1 Enable set this value to 1 in order for the ZyXEL Device to send information to CNM Access informInterva The duration in seconds of the interval for which 1 sec the device MUST attempt to connect with CNM Access to send information and check for configuration updates Enter a value between 30 and 2147483647 seconds save Save the TR 069 settings to your ZyXEL Device P 793H User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator 16 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use See Section 16 2 1 on page 206 for configuration instructions 16 1 1 How do I know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 16 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPn
6. 334 34 5 10 Uploading Configuration File Via Console Port seee 335 34 5 11 Example Xmodem Configuration Upload Using HyperTerminal 335 Chapter 35 Menus 24 8 t sey e n 337 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents 23 7 Command Interpreler MOUE 11r teret rbi asas ert EY art d Ct ERR dd d Foral ona 337 SNAS e MOM ior e T 337 Ku MAP uL M 338 cupa e Bisnis Ecos QAM DS 338 2242 1 Bd Md Dll csciecsntbuns did cuiaius tete en DRE Capa utuba tun d GR DERE Cada a bus 338 SH ime and Date Seting e 339 30 4 Romote Managment RENT 341 354 1 Remote Management LImillalighis 25 aceto tinet RR innn na 342 Chapter 36 IP Routing Polity Setup cciana Mt bann dc eap ere etree 343 SOC PONO ISO asitpaprepucsikepteikdene i dandas ke AGRO ES UERRUDUUHA A SUE RR tS D d 343 DES IBS assceniedebre aN NU EE I Ide ten mated anna E RENE EH e RARE 343 suma nme 343 36 4 IP Routing Policy Setup eee pem i MT 344 er Rouma doli cani a N Na 344 GIP ROUNO PONY sonurinn E anentsraaeeraTaANaaMeaSIAGERE 346 367 IP Policy Routing Example TEE TT TT T 347 Chapter 37 Schedule Se Mpera a 349 37 1 Schedule Sol OVENI 349 EEA a Drs EEE T e EA A Tr m 349 ho OC OUNS Sel SOUP rannin a 350 Chapter 38 Troubleshooting isisisi eesosa aa aoe e ae aa aa
7. P 793H User s Guide 277 Chapter 27 Static Route Setup 278 P 793H User s Guide NAT Setup Use this menu to configure Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device 28 1 Using NAT BS You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device 28 1 1 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT BS BS SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server See Section 28 2 1 on page 281 for a detailed description of the NAT set for SUA The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device 28 1 2 Applying NAT You apply NAT via menus 4 or 11 3 as displayed next The next figure shows you how to apply NAT for Internet access in menu 4 Enter 4 from the main menu to go to Menu 4 Internet Access Setup P 793H User s Guide 279 Chapter 28 NAT Setup Figure 164 Menu 4 Applying NAT for Internet Access Menu 4 Internet Access Setup ISP s Name MyISP Encapsulation ENET ENCAP ultiplexing LLC based VPI 0 VCI 33 A
8. NO BORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 148 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning Nostre SOWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 P 793H User s Guide Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 148 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning continued NO BORROWED NO HOSTS PER HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their in
9. 104 Figure d5 NAT Application With TP PANS 1desusvosx ciere dmssancursedeanvaaniankeaweusamnsaa daa samedarpbacseulaniesemnseixs 105 Ue 6 AT Serie ial ETT 106 Figure 47 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example 13 555 ert bb t onte ek o E hand d d eto riae 108 Figure 45 NAT gt Port Forwarding occidere idit aaa Ppa ex dw seh eu Ep Dn ek o bas eames d 109 Figure 49 NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edif osse eie rr etit ier tdt ope na oorr E E 110 Figure 50 NAT gt Address Mapping sucxuiinppecesktiat crtsbnbcO BILE CR A 111 Figure 51 NAT Address Mapping Edit pesessnermeninnennsri iinn ANR 112 Figure 52 ZyXEL Device Firewall Application auae ricenun iore t tt ette asinan enian iana aaa 119 Figure 53 Three Way Hentai ea soe ter ret e ipaa c eda ber non Sada pan Ra EEA aaa paced 120 DoLE a aa e em T 121 Powe SS Sm ANEK sii 121 Figure 56 Statelu arci ws sis ccccien sarauncsssnponus ins sa vaaari e EENAA rva PRENNE EEEREN ENEAS EA NASE EES EE ENAERE 123 Figure 57 keal cal R 132 Figure 59 Tangle Roule Problom v ninaka dad bined sn noleeen ilauneaanes 133 gi iode E A E E E ES II A E TEM 133 Figure 00 Firewall gt Goneril M 134 Foe ol Pron al gt RUO qe HT 135 Figure 62 Firewall gt lulius ee n 137 Figure 63 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit gt Edit Customized Services sssssee 139 Figure 64 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit gt Edit C
10. Figure 67 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Source Address List Any Destination Address List 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Figure 68 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Source Address List Address Type Any Address Start IP 509 0 Any Address wold Add gt gt End IP posso Address EEL Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address Destination Address List Address Type Range Address 7 Start IP 1000010 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 Address 10 0 0 10 Add gt gt End IP inoois Address 10 0 0 15 Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Service Available Services Selected Services Any All MyService TCP UDP 1 23 Any ICMP _Add gt gt AIMINEVV ICQ TCP 51 90 AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 Remove Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday F sun V Mon V Tue V wed IV Thu IV Fri V sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day Stardo hourfa minute End o hour
11. 13 7 Configuring Summary Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT to open the screen as shown next Enable bandwidth management on an interface and set the maximum allowed bandwidth for that interface P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management Figure 94 Bandwidth MGMT gt Summary Summary Summary LAN WAN BW Manager manages the bandwidth of traffic flowing out of the router on the specific interface BW Manager can be switched on off independently for each interface ae Es D r Priority Based z F yes r b B es Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Bandwidth MGMT Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface These read only labels represent the physical interfaces Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the interface regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management Active Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Speed kbps Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management This appears as the bandwidth budget of the interface s root class The recommendation is to set this speed to
12. 229 TZ OTE aia a EA eae 231 FRESI a E m TE 233 Chapter 20 Diagnos UConn AE EEE 235 20 1 GOR DEMS PT 235 Bie DS LL DIAJIDSIE siii PUER 235 Part V SMT and Troubleshooting esses 237 Chapter 21 itroducma tio SME s UR 239 VARICES I e SMT e UR 239 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents 212 es CMS UNICO CETTE DT OE 240 21 3 Naviganug the SMT WS AGS usce ee ensaiadas ninia Rad diga ideda PH PIANI E PUE eiA 242 Chapter 22 Goneral cime 245 22 1 Contiguring General SetuP e 245 22 1 1 COMMUTING Dynamo DNS inseasueevx bs FENHM LIE Ein VbsuE Rea EAEE EN EUER FER n PXAE Lave MU ESL 246 Chapter 23 b Eo i 249 PANE CRI em X 249 PENES Supe d rc T 201 PXmasessHpP DP e4 tt AS T TOS 252 PASCERE A 253 23 4 Configuring Dial Backup ini Menu 2 22 5 renta e pcr nea pa pacti 253 23 9 Advanced Dial Backup SUP ases ptt po Force E e PEE PP e VE SMERI Fui M EE ER EAE NF AEE 254 Chapter 24 LAN SetuP 257 24 1 Accossing the LAN MOMUS scorns leds Seeets lads arts saadd ner A E 257 24 2 LAN accade EET I UU 257 24 3 TOPHP and DACP Setup MENU aucskscuniteeust sbexteesi seaviaabsnaenas Sort batir en esl duab 258 ED so rn HN 259 25 4 1 Port based VLAN
13. P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 13 8 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup See Section 13 1 on page 181 for background information You must use the Bandwidth Management Summary screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface before you can configure rules for that interface Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup to open the following screen Figure 95 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup Rule Setup Rule Setup Direction LAN Service Ww Priority High Y Bandwidth 10 kbps Add To LAN Interface EXTIBESTXUINSECOSUITNUTUNBSSTTCTUUTSDENSETUS Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 68 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Setup Direction Select the direction of traffic to which you want to apply bandwidth management Service Select a service for your rule or you can select User define to go to the screen where you can define your own Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Bandwidth Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The ee is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual Add Click this button to add a rule to the following table To Interface This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule Active This displays whether the rule is enabled Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Devic
14. 9 7 Firewall Rules Summary BES The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn Refer to Section 8 1 on page 117 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed Figure 61 Firewall gt Rules oo MIN Rules Firewall Rules Sto iv The following t owi 100 Packet Direction LANto LAN Router v Create a new rule after rule number 15 Add ERTTUECTSYGRUTTETTTINENETTTENNA T SETTEITI net rte rage Space in Use 195 any Any v AIMNEW ICQ TCP 5190 v Reject No No amp i DN Apply Cancel able describes the labels in this screen Table 40 Firewall gt Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules Storage Space This read only bar shows how much of the ZyXEL Device s memory for recording firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less of the storage in Use space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red Packet Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you Direction want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and nu
15. Select this to allow UPnP enabled applications to automatically pass through the ZyXEL Device s firewall This is less secure but you do not have to configure firewall rules for these applications P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Table 80 UPnP General continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device Apply Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 16 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Figure 109 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Al xl Add Remove Programs Prope Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To add or remove a component select or clear the check box If the check box is shaded only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components M GA Address Book Communications 5 6 MB O R3 Desktop Themes 0 0 MB M ii Games 10 1 MB oO Multilanguage Support 0 0 MB vl Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866
16. Subnet 2 192 168 2 1 192 168 224 _ Backup Gateway 5 7 Dial Backup Interface The Dial Backup port can be used in reserve as a traditional dial up connection should the broadband connection to the WAN port fail To set up the auxiliary port Dial Backup for use in the event that the regular WAN connection is dropped first make sure you have set up the switch and port connection See the Quick Start Guide for more information 5 8 Configuring WAN Backup Setup BS Use this screen to forward traffic to a backup gateway or to use the dial backup port when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet To open this screen click WAN gt WAN Backup Setup The screen appears as shown WAN Backup is disabled when the ZyXEL Device is in 2wire 2line Service Mode P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Figure 34 WAN WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup Backup Type DSL Link gt Check WAN IP Address 1 noon Check WAN IP Address 2 ooo Check WAN IP Address 3 ooo Fail Tolerance p o Recovery Interval o sec Timeout o sec Traffic Redirect I Active Traffic Redirect Metric 15 Backup Gateway 0 0 0 0 Dial Backup Active Dial Backup Metric 15 Port Speed 115200 User Name Password Primary Phone Number Advanced Setup Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen
17. 12 Static Routing Setup Use this menu to configure IP and bridge MAC static routes P 793H User s Guide Chapter 21 Introducing the SMT Table 89 Main Menu Summary MENU FUNCTION 15 NAT Setup Use this menu to configure Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device 21 Filter and Firewall Setup Use this menu to configure filters and to activate or deactivate the firewall 22 SNMP Configuration Use this menu to configure SNMP 23 System Password Use this menu to change your password 24 System Maintenance Use this menu for comprehensive system maintenance from looking at the System status to uploading firmware You can also access the Command Interface Cl 25 IP Routing Policy Use this menu to configure policy routes Setup 26 Schedule Setup Use this menu to configure schedule sets 99 Exit Use this menu to exit the SMT The following table gives you an overview of the various SMT menus Table 90 SMT Menus Overview MENUS SUB MENUS 1 General Setup 1 1 Configure Dynamic DNS 2 WAN Setup 2 1 Traffic Redirect Setup 2 2 Dial Backup Setup 2 2 1 Advanced Dial Backup Setup 3 LAN Setup 3 1 LAN Port Filter Setup 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Setup 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup 3 6 Port Based VLAN Setup 4 Internet Access Setup 11 Remote Node Setup 11 1 Remote Node Profile 11 1 3 Remote Node Network Layer O
18. 2 Enter to bring up the following menu Figure 189 Menu 21 1 Filter Set Configuration Menu 21 1 Filter Set Configuration Filter Filter Set 4 Comments Set Comments 1 NetBIOS WAN 7 2 NetBIOS LAN 8 3 TELNET WAN 9 4 PPPoE 10 5 FTP WAN 11 6 12 Enter Filter Set Number to Configure 0 Edit Comments N A C Select the filter set you wish to configure 1 12 and press ENTER Enter a descriptive name or comment in the Edit Comments field and press ENTER 5 Press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to confirm to open Menu 21 1 1 Filter Rules Summary A This screen shows the summary of the existing rules in the filter set Figure 190 Menu 21 1 1 Filter Rules Summary Menu 21 1 1 Filter Rules Summary A Type Filter Rules Mmn 1N 2N 3N 4 N 5N 6 N P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 114 Abbreviations Used in the Filter Rules Summary Menu FIELD DESCRIPTION This is an index number A Active Y means the rule is active N means the rule is inactive Type The type of filter rule GEN for Generic IP for TCP IP Filter Rules These parameters are displayed here M More Y means there are more rules to check which form a rule chain with the present rule An action cannot be taken until the rule chain is complete N
19. Advanced Setup Click this to configure advanced settings for the dial backup connection Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup 5 8 1 Advanced Backup Setup Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s advanced dial backup settings Click WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup The screen appears as shown Figure 35 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup Basic Authentication Type Secondary Phone Number Dial Backup Port Speed AT Command Initial String Advanced Modem Setup CHAPIPAP v 115200 at amp fs0 0 Edit TCP IP Options Metric M Enable SUA Enable RIP RIP Version RIP Direction Multicast PPP Options Encapsulation Compression Connection Budget Allocated Budget Period Enable Multicast C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand 15 RIP 2B Both g IGMP v2 Y Standard PPP Y Max Idle Timeout 100 sec 0 min 0 hr lt Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 22 WAN WAN Backup Setup Advanced Setup Phone Number LABEL DESCRIPTION Basic Authentication Use the drop down list box to select an authentication protocol for outgoing calls Type Options are CHAP PAP Your ZyXEL Device accepts either CHAP or PAP when requested by this
20. License key is invalid The external content filtering license key is invalid Table 160 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack ESP GRE OSPF attack ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP attack For type and code details code 2d see Table 167 on page 422 land TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land ESP GRE OSPF attack land ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack For type and code code d details see Table 167 on page 422 P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 160 Attack Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRI OSPF Fl The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port ip spoofing WAN ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN port For type and code details see Table 167 on page 422 icmp echo ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack For type and code details see Table 167 on page 422 syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall det
21. sss 80 Table 18 WAN gt More Connections uale pass deikia nbn ei EO n e bai decd eed eda dide madd parit pu add 81 Table 19 WAN gt More Connections EGC ciscisesssesscecacas ect ina ri dicatus a aTe e ERIT LUI a TEENE 82 Table 20 WAN gt More Connections gt Advanced Setup eene 84 Table 21 WAN gt WAN Backup 1 REP 87 Table 22 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup 89 Table 23 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup gt Edit 91 Table 24 MP EM sunnan 97 Table 25 LAN IP gt Advonged SEI siie aada E yonnssessinatanctead e M RS br PLLER EIER SES 98 Us cam PES ij TORT 99 Jub 27 LAM Clem Ligh spini vuiddebn rU OO EE PELA RCI EF d eO br d oc nda Dd dide Ko nuda 100 Table 20 LAN gt IP A eris os do d vtl acid aal o a b a tb wees 102 Tape 2O NAT DONMVONS NES S o ooo SERERE 103 Table 30 NAT Mapping TYPES iuesciesiessmasestiesvube ess tex eer ebex io eti sev cR E ONE LPE410 eS n TI UENC FERE a EEE 106 Is 4E ME r rer T 107 Table 32 AC FOR Foa saexeiisexxxkrkolequd FANS IQEx X ErEPIAR THIS AXHEEEUISQ ETE PERIERE E ERI NA eT PERGAM REEL ER EE RRIN 109 Table 33 NAT gt Fort Forwarding Edil 45er app HIR br e tio p aA CON CERE ARP ERR EO Ut 110 Table 34 NAT gt Address Mapping sansirnar apa d ERR LS pnma EOM Ups ed zh Len Ek aaa a Hasan 111 Table a5 NAT gt Address Mapping gt Edi 122 erat pr ot bbo serra oot sevearennianaeentinapias Fa tndyrasourceust PR VUE ende 112 Table 36 ICMP Commands
22. 1 Ifyou are using the CON AUX port for your dial backup make sure that the CON AUX switch on the ZyXEL Device is set to AUX See the Quick Start Guide 2 Ifyou are using a point to 2point configuration WAN backup is disabled 38 4 Advanced Features cannot set up a VPN tunnel to another device 1 Make sure your VPN settings are set correctly Specifically check the authentication settings See Chapter 11 on page 153 2 Ifyou are using a point to 2point configuration then you can only establish a VPN tunnel with remote node 1 38 5 Reset the ZyXEL Device to Its Factory Defaults If you reset the ZyXEL Device you lose all of the changes you have made The ZyXEL Device re loads its default settings and the password resets to 1234 You have to make all of your changes again You will lose all of your changes when you push the RESET button To reset the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on and not blinking P 793H User s Guide 357 Chapter 38 Troubleshooting 2 Press and hold the RESET button for ten seconds Release the RESET button when the POWER LED begins to blink The default settings have been restored If the ZyXEL Device restarts automatically wait for the ZyXEL Device to finish restarting and log in to the web configurator The password is 1234 If the ZyXEL Device does not restart automatically disconnect and reconnect the ZyXEL Device s power Then follow the directions ab
23. Figure 167 Menu 15 1 Address Mapping Sets Menu 15 1 Address Mapping Sets ACL Default Set SUA read only Select the address mapping set you want to modify The fields in address 255 are used for SUA and are read only 28 2 1 1 User Defined Address Mapping Sets BS The entire set will be deleted if you leave the Set Name field blank and press ENTER at the bottom of the screen Figure 168 Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Rules Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Rules Set Name ACL Default Set Idx Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Type T 0 0 0 0 Servet 245 3 4 Ds 6 dis 8 9 TOs Action None Select Rule N A P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup BS The Type Local and Global Start End IPs are configured in menu 15 1 1 1 described later and the values are displayed here Table 111 Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Rules FIELD DESCRIPTION Set Name This is the name of the set you selected in menu 15 1 or enter the name of a new set you want to create Idx This is the index or rule number Local Start IP Local Start IP is the starting local IP address ILA Local End IP Local End IP is the ending local IP address ILA If the rule is for all local IPs then the start IP is 0 0 0 0 and the end IP is 255 255 255 255 Global Start This is the starting global IP address IGA If you have a dynamic IP en
24. Press SPACE BAR to select Yes or No to allow or block layer 2 traffic between each pair of ports P 793H User s Guide Chapter 24 LAN Setup P 793H User s Guide Internet Access Setup Use this menu to configure your Internet connection Use information from your ISP along with the instructions in this chapter to set up your ZyXEL Device to access the Internet Contact your ISP to determine what encapsulation type you should use 25 1 Internet Access Setup Enter 4 in the main menu Figure 152 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup Menu 4 Internet Access Setup ISP s Name MyISP Encapsulation ENET ENCAP ultiplexing LLC based VPI 0 VCI 33 ATM QoS Type UBR Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 aximum Burst Size MBS 0 y Login N A y Password N A ENET ENCAP Gateway 0 0 0 0 IP Address Assignment Static IP Address 0 0 0 0 etwork Address Translation SUA Only Address Mapping Set N A The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 101 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION ISP s Name Enter a descriptive name for your ISP for identification purposes Encapsulation Press SPACE BAR and then press ENTER to select the type of encapsulation your ISP uses Multiplexing Press SPACE BAR to select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP Choices are VC based or LLC bas
25. Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable the keyword bad the ZyXEL Device blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html even if it is not included in the Filter List To have your ZyXEL Device block Web sites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 72 Content Filter gt Keyword Keyword Active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL Delete Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 10 Content Filtering The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 46 Content Filter gt Keyword LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Blocking Select this check box to enable this feature Block Websites that This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have configured the contain these keywords in the URL ZyXEL Device to block Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click Delete to remove it Clear All Click Clear All to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click Add Keyword after you have typed a keyword Repeat this procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you tr
26. 255 0 0 0 16 bitmask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 24 bitmask 11111111 11111111 11111141 00000000 255 255 255 0 29 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 248 Network Size The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs ofall zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 140 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS 8 bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits eee 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216 5 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 20102 254 29 bits 255 255 255 248 3 bits 29 24 6 Notation Since the mask 1s always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the n
27. 3 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 3 191 224 0 1 22 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 4 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 0 254 224 0 0 1 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 5106 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 4 187 137 3522 2105255 1255 1237 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy UDP W to W ZW P 793H User s Guide NetBIOS Filter Commands The following describes the NetBIOS packet filter commands See Appendix H on page 405 for information on the command structure Introduction NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP broadcast packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls You can configure NetBIOS filters to do the following Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets through VPN connections Allow or disallow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls Display NetBIOS Filter Settings Syntax sys filter netbios disp This command gives a read only list of the current NetBIOS filter modes for The ZyXEL Device NetBIOS Display Filter Settings Command Example NetBIOS Filter Status Between LAN and WAN Block IPSec Packets Forward Trigger Dial Disabled P 793H User s Guide 427 Appendix J NetBIOS Filte
28. SNMP Get Community public Set Community public Trusted Host 0 0 0 0 Trap Community public Destination 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the SNMP configuration parameters Table 118 Menu 22 SNMP Configuration FIELD DESCRIPTION Get Community Type the Get community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station Set Community Type the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station Trusted Host If you enter a trusted host your ZyXEL Device will only respond to SNMP messages from this address A blank default field means your ZyXEL Device will respond to all SNMP messages it receives regardless of source Trap Community Type the Trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to confirm or ESC to cancel to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel and go back to the previous Screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 31 SNMP Configuration P 793H User s Guide Use this menu to change your password This is the same password used to access the web System Password configurator To open this menu enter 23 in the main menu Figure 201 Menu 23 System Password Men
29. Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 3 578 3942 Fax 886 3 578 2439 Web Site www zyxel com www europe zyxel com FTP Site ftp zyxel com ftp europe zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan Costa Rica Support E mail soporte zyxel co cr Sales E mail sales zyxel co cr Telephone 506 2017878 Fax 506 2015098 Web Site www zyxel co cr FTP Site ftp zyxel co cr Regular Mail ZyXEL Costa Rica Plaza Roble Escaz Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica Czech Republic E mail info cz zyxel com Telephone 420 241 091 350 Fax 420 241 091 359 Web Site www zyxel cz Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modransk 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Cesk Republika P 793H User s Guide Appendix L Customer Support Denmark Support E mail support zyxel dk Sales E mail sales zyxel dk Telephone 45 39 55 07 00 Fax 45 39 55 07 07 Web Site www zyxel dk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej 2860 Soeborg Denmark Finland Support E mail support zyxel fi Sales E mail sales zyxel fi Telephone 358 9 4780 8411 Fax 358 9 4780 8448 Web Site www zyxel fi Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Oy Malminkaari 10 00700 Helsinki Finland France E mail info zyxel fr Telephone 33 4 72 52 97 97 Fax 33 4 72 52 19 20 Web Site
30. rule d ICMP ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 167 on page 422 P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 155 ICMP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Triangle route packet forwarded ICMP The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked ICMP The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets ICMP or the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 156 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d call d s C01 Outgoing Call dev x ch x s The router received the setup requirements for a call call is the reference count number of the call dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line O channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times board d line d channel d call d s CO2 OutCall Connected d s The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected board d line d channel d call
31. 0 0 0 0 Mask N A Remote Addr Type SINGLE Port Start 0 End N A IP Addr Start 0 0 0 0 Mask N A Enable Replay Detection No Key Management IKE Phase 2 Active Protocol ESP Encryption Algorithm AES Authentication Algorithm SHA1 Encryption Key Length 192 SA Life Time Seconds 28800 Encapsulation Tunnel Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS None ras gt P 793H User s Guide Log Descriptions This appendix provides descriptions of example log messages Table 150 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is successful The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE PPTP or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful WEB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has
32. 6 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured 6 1 2 1 IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL Device is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 6 1 3 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a machine before you can access it The DNS server addresses that you enter in the DHCP setup are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The first is for an ISP to tell a customer the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when s he signs up If your ISP gives you the DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in DHCP Setup otherwise leave them blank Some ISP s choose to pass the DN
33. Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 78 Remote MGMT gt ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to Ping The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is on selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do not respond to Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port unauthorized request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL Device react
34. Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS Domain Name System support you can use a fixed URL www zyxel com for example with a dynamic IP address You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider IP Multicast IP multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers The ZyXEL Device supports versions 1 and 2 of IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol used to join multicast groups see RFC 2236 IP Alias IP alias allows you to subdivide a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each subnet Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device You can also set the time manually These dates and times are then used in logs Logging and Tracing Use packet tracing and logs for troubleshooting You can send logs from the ZyXEL Device to an external syslog server PPPoE PPPoE mimics a dial up Internet access connection PPTP Encapsulation Point to Point Tunneling Protocol PPTP enables secure transfer of data through a Virtual Private Network VPN The ZyXEL Device supports one PPTP connection at a time Universal Plug and Play UPnP A UPnP enabled device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network Firewall You can configure firewall on the ZyXEL Device for secu
35. I I mi a Y 1 Internet t JU H Ol I li I li I lil I 0 I li y 192 168 1 0 24 a a LE E Amo m um um m um Um Um Em Em um um You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate sub networks The subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B P 793H User s Guide Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 280 Subnetting Example After Subnetting 1 A LE I B D P E3 mo SN i I LE CS hs 5 H P T Internet gt a n B TM P i P i i i 9 192 168 1 0 25 4 W192 168 1 128 ue a mumumumumum um eom um um um um um um In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 27 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The
36. ISP Parameters PPPOE eese ener nnne nnne 56 Figure 15 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters RFC1483 eeeeeeseeeeeeeee nennen anane 57 Figure 16 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters PPPOA c cccccrsesesccccrseesccceesesercecererenseeetanencnee 57 Figure 17 Internet Setup Wizard Summary SEFBOll cen aorta e Yo EyA I a RE rA XXX n E ERES FER ERE AXE ER EXER X a REEL da 58 Figure 18 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information sssseneene 60 Figure 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration eeeeeecceeeeeeeseeee nenne tenens 61 Figure 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete cccssscccceesssecceeeeesseececeenseecceeeenseaceeeneesaees 62 Figure 21 Example Pointeto polnt Conrnectlol cereo ores rr ERR teo tERRPe 9 3 RR M FrutERNEK K Rot EHE BERR A RA Ies PRI RSS 63 Figure 22 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Service Type eeeeeeeeesseesene enira neat th nna iita sede d da 64 Figure 23 Example Point to 2points Connection sssssssssssssssssssssseneenene nennen 65 Figure 24 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Service Type ccccceseecccccreeeeececeeseseccceneneeseceeneneeacecenenteaee 66 Figure 25 Example of Festi WARD ausssixspcoxisuXi opuAdXYRERUSYEAFEU SSUFRERHAXESVRERUA SU POL eR IA ERU M NS 74 Figure 26 WAN gt Intermer CODINGODDIPL Ls secca cs orte ar xn RE a RP CH ANESSE RP DE E REM CUL Gap 76 Figure 27
37. Inside Local i Inside Global 192 168 1 10 Addresses ILA Addresses IGA 7 1 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP Alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks More examples follow at the end of this chapter P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 45 NAT Application With IP Alias LAN1 192 168 1 X Server in Network Server Admin Netwo rk Admin 2 192 168 1 1 IP 1 IGA 1 Corporation B EE Gm Corporation A N NT Server 192 168 1 1 1 m H Server in foc Sales Network E 2l ee Co 7e IP 2 IGA 2 LAN2 192 168 X z A S Network Server E Sales 192 168 2 1 PS Se NT Server gt 192 168 2 1 i Server in R amp D Network LAN3 192 168 3 X wee IP 3 IGA 3 Network Server R amp D 192 168 3 1 F E WAN Addresses LAN Address es Default IPs II E GAd 192 168 1 1 NT Server IGA 2 192 168 2 1 192 168 3 1 IGA 3 182 168 11 7 1 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address
38. Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff a Click the lock to prevent further changes 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turnon your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window Linux This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in Red Hat Linux 9 0 Procedure screens and file location may vary depending on your Linux distribution and release version 378 P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address LES Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Using the K Desktop Environment KDE Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address using the KDE 1 Click the Red Hat button located on the bottom left corner select System Setting and click Network Figure 261 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices wv Network Configuration YY Ax File Profile Help f 5g x New Edit Copy Delete Activate Deactivate Devices Hardware DNS Hosts atc You may configure network devices associated with 2 E physical hardw
39. Paris Daylight Saving No Start Date mm nth week hr Jan 1st Sun 02 00 End Date mm nth week hr Jan 1st Sun 02 00 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 128 Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting FIELD DESCRIPTION Time Protocol Enter the time service protocol that your timeserver uses Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main differences between them are the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Select None to enter the new time and new date manually Address network administrator if you are unsure of this information The default is tick stdtime gov tw Time Server Enter the IP address or domain name of your timeserver Check with your ISP P 793H User s Guide Chapter 35 Menus 24 8 to 24 11 Table 128 Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting continued FIELD DESCRIPTION Current Time This field displays an updated time only when you reenter this menu New Time hh mm ss Enter the new time in hour minute and second format This field is available when you select
40. Precedenc Don t Care Len Comp Equal Source addr start 192 168 1 33 end 192 168 1 64 port start 0 end N A Destination addr start 0 0 0 0 end N A port start 80 end 80 Action Matched Gateway addr 192 168 1 1 Log No Type of Service Max Thruput Precedenc 0 Select Yes in the LAN field in menu 25 1 1 to apply the policy to packets received on the LAN port Check Menu 25 IP Routing Policy Summary to see if the rule is added correctly Create another rule in menu 25 1 for this rule to route packets from any host IP 0 0 0 0 means any host with protocol TCP and port FTP access through another gateway 192 168 1 100 Figure 242 P Routing Policy Example 2 Menu 25 1 1 IP Routing Policy Type of Servi Policy Set Name example2 Active No Criteria IP Protocol 6 ce Don t Care Packet lengt h 10 Precedenc Don t Care Len Comp Equal Source addr start 0 0 0 0 end N A port start 0 end N A Destination addr start 0 0 0 0 end N A port start 20 end 21 Action Matched Gateway addr 0 0 0 0 Log No Type of Service No Change Precedence No Change 5 Check Menu 25 IP Routing Policy Summary to see if the rule is added correctly P 793H User s Guide Schedule Setup Use this menu to look at and configure the schedule sets in the ZyXEL Device 37 1 Schedule Set Overview Call scheduling applicable for PPPoE encapsulation only allows the ZyXE
41. Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel 23 2 Configuring Traffic Redirect From the main menu in menu 2 select Yes in Traffic Redirect and then press ENTER Figure 144 Menu 2 1 Traffic Redirect Setup Menu 2 1 Traffic Redirect Setup Active No Configuration Backup Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 Metric 15 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 23 WAN Setup The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 96 Menu 2 1 Traffic Redirect Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION Active Use this field to turn the traffic redirect feature on Yes or off No Configuration Backup Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation The ZyXEL Gateway IP Device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL Device s Internet Address connection terminates Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confi
42. Properties Other Places 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 122 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Pr Ed General m ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gatewarl Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number Prestige B5OR 31 Description ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 793H User s Guide PART IV Maintenance System 219 Logs 225 Tools 229 Diagnostic 235 System This chapter explains how to configure the ZyXEL Device s system name domain name password and time and date settings 17 1 General Setup 17 1 1 General Setup and System Name General Setup contains administrative and system related information System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Computer Name n Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows 2000 click Start Settings Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identif
43. Rem Password Type the password used when this remote node calls your ZyXEL Device Outgoing This section is only enabled for PPPoA or PPPoE connections My Login Enter the user name provided by your ISP My Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Retype to Confirm Enter the password again Authen This field appears if you select PPPoE in the Encapsulation field Select what type of authentication your ISP uses Select CHAP PAP if you want the ZyXEL Device to support both choices Line Select the DSL connection you want the ZyXEL Device to use for outgoing traffic Route Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select IP to enable IP based routing to this remote node This is not effective unless you enable IP based routing in the ZyXEL Device too See Menu 1 General Setup in Section 22 1 on page 245 You should enable Route IP Bridge or both in this screen If you disable Route IP and Bridge the device does not send traffic between the LAN ports and remote node P 793H User s Guide Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup Table 102 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile nodes 1 7 continued FIELD DESCRIPTION Bridge If Route is IP select Yes in this field to enable bridging to this remote node for protocols that are not supported by IP based routing for example SNA If Route is None select Yes in this field to enable bridging to this remote node for all pro
44. Route IP Yes Bridge No The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 92 Menu 1 General Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and Person s Name underscores are accepted Location Enter a descriptive name for the place where the ZyXEL Device is located You can enter up to 31 characters or you can leave this field blank Contact Enter the name of the person to contact for questions about the ZyXEL Device You can enter up to 30 characters or you can leave this field blank Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP You can go to menu 24 8 and type sys domain name to see the current domain name used by your router The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name If you want to clear this field just press SPACE BAR and then ENTER Edit Dynamic DNS Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes or No default Select Yes to P 793H User s Guide configure Menu 1 1 Configure Dynamic DNS discussed next Chapter 22 General Setup Table 92 Menu 1 General Setup continued FIELD DESCRIPTION
45. Route IP Select Yes to enable IP based routing in the ZyXEL Device This is not effective for a specific remote node unless you enable IP based routing in the remote node too See Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile nodes 1 7 in Section 26 3 on page 265 You should enable Route IP Bridge or both in this screen If you disable Route IP and Bridge the device does not send traffic between the LAN ports and remote node Bridge If Route IP is Yes select Yes in this field to enable bridging in the ZyXEL Device for protocols that are not supported by IP based routing for example SNA If Route IP is No select Yes in this field to enable bridging in the ZyXEL Device for all protocols In either case this setting is not effective for a specific remote node unless you enable bridging in the remote node too See Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile nodes 1 7 in Section 26 3 on page 265 You should enable Route IP Bridge or both in this screen If you disable Route IP and Bridge the device does not send traffic between the LAN ports and remote node When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel 22 1 1 Configuring Dynamic DNS To configure Dynamic DNS set the ZyXEL Device to router mode in menu or in the MAINTENANCE Device Mode screen and go to Menu 1 General Setup and press SPACE BAR to select Yes in the Edit Dynamic
46. System Information gives you information about your system as shown below More specifically it gives you information on your routing protocol Ethernet address IP address etc P 793H User s Guide 315 Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis Figure 205 Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information Name P 793H Routing IP ZyNOS F W Version V3 40 RQ 0 b1 20060614 06 14 2006 SHDSL Chipset Vendor IFX Soc2U 1 1 1 5 2 001 Standard ANSI ANNEX A LA Ethernet Address 00 13 49 65 43 21 IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 121 Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information FIELD DESCRIPTION Name This is the ZyXEL Device s system name domain name assigned in menu 1 For example System Name xxx Domain Name baboo mickey com Name xxx baboo mickey com Routing Refers to the routing protocol used ZyNOS F W Version Refers to the version of ZyXEL s Network Operating System software SHDSL Chipset Refers to the SHDSL chipset inside the ZyXEL Device Vendor Standard This refers to the operational protocol the ZyXEL Device and DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer are using LAN Ethernet Address Refers to the Ethernet MAC Media Access Control address of your ZyXEL Device IP Address This is the IP a
47. System Status is a tool that can be used to monitor your ZyXEL Device Specifically it gives you information on your system firmware version number of packets sent and number of packets received To get to the System Status 1 Enter number 24 to go to Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 Inthis menu enter 1 to open System Maintenance Status 3 There are three commands in Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status Entering 1 drops the WAN connection 9 resets the counters and ESC takes you back to the previous screen P 793H User s Guide 313 Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis Figure 203 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status 06 28 45 Sat Jan 01 2000 Node Lnk Status TxPkts RxPkts Errors Tx B s Rx B s Up Time 1 ENET N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 2 N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 3 N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 4 N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 5 N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 6 N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 7 N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 8 N A 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 My WAN IP from ISP 0 0 0 0 Ethernet WAN Status 100M Full Duplex Tx Pkts 4210 Line Status Down Collisions 0 Rx Pkts 4466 Transfer Rate 0 kbps CPU Load 1 27 Press Command COMMANDS 1 Reset Counters ESC Exit The following table describes the fields present in Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status These fields are read only and meant for diagnostic purposes The upper right corner of the
48. System up Time Current Date Time CPU Usage Memory Usage WAN Port Statistics Link Status WAN IP Address Transfer Rate 1 ENET LAN Port Statistics SSMS ES ETT TC tinel N A 0 51 04 01 01 2000 0 83 39 00 51 06 Down 192 168 2 2 E 0 kbps i 0 00 00 LS CE Interface Poll Interval s m 100M Full Duplex 1351 1675 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 4 Status gt Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization WAN Port Statistics Link Status This is the status of your WAN link WAN IP Address This is the IP address assigned to your ZyXEL Device on the WAN Transfer Rate This is the rate at which information is flowing to from the ZyXEL Device Node Link This field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are PPPoA ENET RFC 1483 and PPPoE Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigg
49. This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens The following table summarizes these types Table 30 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILA1 amp IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 amp 2 IGA1 Many to Many Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA1 ILA4 IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 gt IGA3 Server Server 1 IP IGA1 Server 2 IP IGA1 Server 3 IP IGA1 7 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global
50. To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a componert click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services E O ABI RIP Listener 0 0 MB C Ml Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB sal Plug and Play 0 2 MB Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 16 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties Figure 114 Network Connections Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Bak J d Search lis Folders E e Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection Create a new n
51. You need to fill in two types of fields The first requires you to type in the appropriate information The second allows you to cycle through the available choices by pressing SPACE BAR Required fields or ChangeMe All fields with the symbol lt gt must be filled in order to be able to save the new configuration All fields with ChangeMe must not be left blank in order to be able to save the new configuration ENTER N A fields N A Some of the fields in the SMT will show a N A This symbol refers to an option that is Not Applicable Save your ENTER Save your configuration by pressing ENTER at the configuration message Press ENTER to confirm or ESC to cancel Saving the data on the screen will take you in most cases to the previous menu Exit the SMT Type 99 then press Type 99 at the main menu prompt and press ENTER to exit the SMT interface P 793H User s Guide Chapter 21 Introducing the SMT P 793H User s Guide General Setup Use this menu to set up device mode dynamic DNS and administrative information 22 1 Configuring General Setup 1 Enter in the main menu to open Menu 1 General Setup 2 The Menu 1 General Setup screen appears as shown next Fill in the required fields Figure 140 Menu 1 General Setup Menu 1 General Setup System Name P 793H Location Contact Person s Name Domain Name Edit Dynamic DNS No
52. means there are no more rules to check You can specify an action to be taken in other words forward the packet drop the packet or check the next rule For the latter the next rule is independent of the rule just checked m Action Matched F means to forward the packet immediately and skip checking the remaining rules D means to drop the packet N means to check the next rule n Action Not Matched F means to forward the packet immediately and skip checking the remaining rules D means to drop the packet N means to check the next rule The following tables contain a brief description of the abbreviations used in the previous menus The protocol dependent filter rules abbreviation are listed as follows Table 115 Rule Abbreviations Used ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION IP Pr Protocol SA Source Address SP Source Port number DA Destination Address DP Destination Port number GEN Off Offset Len Length Refer to the next section for information on configuring the filter rules 30 2 1 Configuring a Filter Rule To configure a filter rule type its number in Menu 21 1 1 Filter Rules Summary and press ENTER to open menu 21 1 1 1 for the rule To speed up filtering all rules in a filter set must be of the same class that is protocol filters or generic filters The class of a filter set is determined by the first rule that you create When applying the filter sets to a p
53. www zyxel fr Regular Mail ZyXEL France 1 rue des Vergers Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France Germany Support E mail support zyxel de Sales E mail sales zyxel de Telephone 49 2405 6909 0 Fax 49 2405 6909 99 Web Site www zyxel de Regular Mail ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 Wuerselen Germany Hungary Support E mail support zyxel hu Sales E mail info zyxel hu Telephone 36 1 3361649 Fax 36 1 3259100 Web Site www zyxel hu Regular Mail ZyXEL Hungary 48 Zoldlomb Str H 1025 Budapest Hungary Kazakhstan Support http zyxel kz support Sales E mail sales zyxel kz P 793H User s Guide Appendix L Customer Support Telephone 7 3272 590 698 Fax 7 3272 590 689 Web Site www zyxel kz Regular Mail ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk ave Office 414 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan North America Support E mail support zyxel com Sales E mail sales zyxel com Telephone 1 800 255 4101 1 714 632 0882 Fax 1 714 632 0858 Web Site www us zyxel com FTP Site ftp us zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Inc 1130 N Miller St Anaheim CA 92806 2001 U S A Norway e e e e Support E mail support zyxel no Sales E mail sales zyxel no Telephone 47 22 80 61 80 Fax 47 22 80 61 81 Web Site www zyxel no Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Nils Hansens vei 13 0667 Oslo Norway Po
54. 1 Activate bandwidth management and select to allocate bandwidth to packets based on the services Figure 18 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information STEP pme yp ppt lt Back Next gt The following fields describe the label in this screen Table 13 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth management to traffic going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN or LAN port If you do not select this you cannot run the rest of the wizard Services Setup Select Services Setup to allocate bandwidth based on the service requirements Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving P 793H User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3 2 2 Screen 2 Use the second wizard screen to select the services that you want to apply bandwidth management and select the priorities that you want to apply to the services listed Figure 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration MEDIA BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP ZyXEL Service Configuration In the bel C High C Mid Low C High Mid C Low E Mail C High Mid C Low Telnet C High C mid Low NetMeeting H 323 C High C Mid Low VoIP SIP High C Mid C Low VoIP H 323 C High C Mid Low TFTP C High C Mid Low Use
55. 2wire Zline Service Mode 125 irn rvit ttt breed diet rnt iei tto ddr aia petu dde E bd dd pU da 78 Figure 28 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Advanced Setup eese nnne 79 Figure 29 WAN gt More Connec ems 81 Figure 30 WAN gt More Connections gt Edil vicccissscseccsssisuneasssansizassasesiccsessasuencasseaesncesesseen E 82 Figure 31 WAN gt More Connections gt Advanced Setup cccccessccceeseecccceeseseeceeeesnneeceeeeenseaeeeeeneeaee 84 Figure FMp ubed sp educere 85 Figure d Talie Redirect LAN Setup 0s cade edo Da rt d aie toa td d np GR RA OR ERA 86 Figure 34 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup ursi erret erheben das prn tae part Kane a eR Ra VE daa aa Eia 87 Figure 35 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup sssssssssssssseeeeneens 89 Figure 36 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup gt Edit sess 91 Figure 37 LAN amd WAN IF Aggie See ee 93 Figure SS LAN gt 97 P 793H User s Guide 23 List of Figures Figure 39 LAN gt IPF gt Advanced SIBIDk casiseseccssis ntt ag POSER e ELASEB PR PEN ARE ONSSRR E pALA TES NER PLANER OSSA S HUR AS 98 Figure 40 LAN gt DHCP SOOD E 99 Figure 44 LAN EIS 28 a 100 Figure 42 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks sesssee e 101 RP LA Ed ael lee Em 102 Figure 44 How NAT WORKS e
56. 53 VPN gt Setup Bait AOVAIDOO suini sieniin anien aiias tite en abend RR pae ial 168 Table 54 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Manual t a Rio be a io De esa ebepa den E EREMO SHARE pa dani p be ne PA FEN a EE 170 Tabie 99 VPN rs M 173 Table 58 VENE VPN Global Setting eesriide po ride ee EP REA C bURE REA DEBER aV EARANN EEANN TENA Rae ER adds 174 Table 57 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example eeeeseeeseeeee nennen neta nnns 175 Table 58 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example ssssssssseeeeene 176 Table 59 Siati Route gt Statie ROI Ls semi ERE DPA d UEPEH RENE ERER PETERE ER NDA EMI NRAA FEN SRM PEINE 178 Table 60 Static Route State Route EIE 2uuecezsceseneeciaciestesvhss eda Sort ave ite EpL senate S GE 10v Ean Orena 179 Table 61 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example sssssse 182 Table 52 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example tte t eet ae eet eager pF a ee hra ANNE FEMA T0 9 Er pa SAFE ERRAN 183 Table 63 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 184 Table 64 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 184 Table 65 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example 1 eni tre ret rutila aote euer oe IEE pe HY Y YE Ee ese edUE irorun 185 Table 66 Bandwidth Management Priorities eene nnne tnn nnn tnn nnns 185 Table G7 Bandwidth MGMT gt S
57. A AAAA 390 Figure 279 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting eeeeeseeeeee essere etna tnn nnn 392 Figure 280 Subnetting Example After Subnetting 122 uiceeciiiceeett ere rettta tree emunt terr tuna terrenae poe 393 Figure 281 IP Address Conflicts Case A uses stent n kie ORO EBEARHLESEEUARMOESG E NSE E 397 Figure 282 IF Addiess Commies Case B cop Nun rite dri rr i ax ci vestida ete 398 Figure 283 IP Address Conligis Gase CL essndcecociudsdo zik iriiria bn ice FL dii nra s Ada 398 Figure 2541 Address DOMI Case D ursinii Pree CT obla xt a La Cue ERA PR GEAR 399 Figure 285 Displaying Log Categories Example 4 5 cor riti obvii epp e FU a PREX RE EH as 406 Figure 286 Displaying Log Parameters Example esent notan nnn a 406 Figure 287 Routing Command Example 25 xceaccusi ici kk ri td capa Citi p et EE RE E cite UR d Rd vena 407 Figure 289 Backup Coote Way Me covteducssendalaieetanenadind ii aia 409 Figure 289 Routing Command Example siussdcccedusrco d Tr treet res Reem rrr etree Rd rte Peet Rt CS RE EUR 410 Figure 290 Displaying Log Categories EXSmpli 125 itp cti br esti rtp re tH tPEa eee EH Pr ese ote ree das aR 424 Figure 291 Displaying Log Parameters EXImplo i oou eiie tumet eoo po thua eor zu aaa a ppp eissa 425 P 793H User s Guide List of Figures P 793H User s Guide List of Tables List of Tables Ur AER Me CTUM 42 Table 2 Web Configurator Screens Summary uus es erede pa ttt e noA
58. ARP entries could increase the danger of spoofing attacks It is only recommended that you turn on ackGratuitous and force update if you need it like in the previous backup gateway example Turning on the force updates option is more dangerous than leaving it off because the ZyXEL Device updates the ARP table even when there is an existing entry Setting the Key Length for Phase 2 IPSec AES Encryption Syntax ipsec ipsecConfig encryKeyLen 0 128 1 192 2 256 By default the ZyXEL Device uses a 128 bit AES encryption key for phase 2 IPSec tunnels Use this command to edit an existing VPN rule to use a longer AES encryption key See the following example Say you have a VPN rule one that uses AES for the phase 2 encryption and you want it to use 192 bit encryption Use the first line to start editing the VPN rule The second line sets VPN rule one to use 192 bit AES for the phase 2 encryption The third line displays the results P 793H User s Guide Appendix H Command Interpreter Figure 289 Routing Command Example ras ipsec ipsecEdit 1 ras ipsec ipsecConfig encryKeyLen 1 ras ipsec ipsecDisplay a IPSec Setup 2 Index 1 Active No Multi Pro No Protocol 0 Global SW O0xA Bound IKE 9999 NailUp No Netbios No Name test ControlPing No LogControlPing No Control ping address 0 0 0 0 Local Addr Type SINGLE Port Start 0 End N A IP Addr Start
59. ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Constant Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR Variable Bit Rate for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 PPPoE This field is only effective for PPPoE connections Passthrough In addition to the ZyXEL Device s built in PPPoE client you can enable PPPoE Passthrough to allow up to ten hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP via the ZyXEL Device Each host can have a separate account and a public WAN IP address PPPoE pass through is an alternative to NAT for applications where NAT is not appropriate Disable PPPoE passthrough if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their compute
60. Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 376 About This Computer Figure 257 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu D Apple System Profiler E Calculator gt Chooser Control Panels Favorites Key Caps GR Network Browser G Recent Applications S Recent Documents cit Remote Access Status Scrapbook 49 Sherlock 2 Jj Speakable Items y Stickies ADSL Control and Status Appearance Apple Menu Options AppleTalk ColorSync Control Strip Date amp Time DialAssist Energy Saver Extensions Manager File Exchange File Sharing General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manager Memory Modem Monitors Mouse Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Sound Speech USB Printer Sharing 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Figure 258 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP TCP IP camest va Setup Configure Using DHCP Server X 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list DHCF Client ID l IP Address lt will be supplied by server 7 Sunet mask lt will be supplied by server gt Router address lt will be supplied by server gt Name server addr lt will be supplied by server Search comans 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually P 793H
61. Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 128 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 191 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 Table 145 Subnet 4 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 146 Eight Subnets SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 P 793H User s Guide Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 146 Eight Subnets continued SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 Subnet Planning The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 147 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning
62. Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 7 6 Address Mapping BS The Address Mapping screen is available only when you select Full Feature in the NAT gt General screen Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL Device applies the rules in the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL Device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored If there are any empty rules before your new configured rule your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules For example if you have already configured rules 1 to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule number 9 In the set summary screen the new rule will be rule 7 not 9 Now if you delete rule 4 rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule so old rules 5 6 and 7 become new rules 4 5 and 6 Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings Click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping to open the following screen Figure 50 NAT Address Mapping Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules e Local startin tocalendip Global stati lobal end te Tyne Modify 1 a z 3 5 TARARE E E EP E E E E Eb ED B The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 34 NAT Address Mapping LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the rule index number Local
63. Click Cancel to return to the previous screen without saving your changes 11 5 Configuring Manual Key You only configure VPN Manual Key when you select Manual in the IPSec Key Mode field on the VPN IKE screen This is the VPN Manual Key screen as shown next P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Figure 85 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Manual IPSec Setup Active Mame IPSec Key Mode Manual SPI 0 Encapsulation Mode Transport DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Single IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 End Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Remote Remote Address Type Single IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 End Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Information My IP Address 0 0 0 0 Secure Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Security Protocol IPSec Protocol ESP 7 Encryption Algorithm DES x Encryption Key Authentication Algorithm SHA1 7 Authentication Key lt Back Apply Reset The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 54 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Manual LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management
64. Connections Edit 1i does dae naan AA A 81 12 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents 5 5 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup cccccseecceeeeseeceeeeeesseeeeeeeeseeees 84 SO TAME REGNET eerie eade dites lese Eb A HIM AER HE QUEUE EUER IE QUAS XIIe EBATE EE RSN aE E Pn OS 85 SF Dial ictu e norin ara i a nin ei erin 86 20 Coniguring WAN Backup SEU sassorarisrs diasin Ra E p GR Ee P RR REUS Rd Rn Ee 86 59 1 Advanced Backup SoD ausirian iq e PE bela dedii Er AE ION Er E AE 89 5 8 2 Advanced Modem Settings for Dial Backup eec eere 91 Chapter 6 LAN Eli 93 GI EAI un RR T UT TNT 93 8 1 1 LANs WANS and the ZyXEL DEVIGE ipe tee peste nu Ida e RE eoxb sable EE e PE MY Ne ee in NEEND 93 GTA OTA IA Cp m 94 Or DNS Server AU are ss de V 94 6 1 4 DNS Server Address ASSIGNS neis scotvdaussesareduryeonneddeasdaiisunislasdiuvenseaaveses 94 CALAN Ee 2 S Ree TP a a ore OER oromTUn mre 95 6 2 1 IP Address and SUB Met Mask isare a Ea E E ERN EAA 95 decus ll n iA S 96 823 IAS d aiistetcenadsed odia ea cp EE PAP aM HER dod RU REQUE EPA PERLES HE t EE NEAN t Eo ON OE EN E 97 6 3 Conigurirnog LAN NL 97 6 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Selup 112 2 5 iret bo rris ort E oe iia DRERt GR npe RU Red l 98 cp DHCP lj careusc crip odessa ences E 99 0 9 LAN CN 44
65. DESCRIPTION No This is the security association index number Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocol encryption algorithm and authentication algorithm used in each VPN tunnel Disconnect Select one of the security associations and then click Disconnect to stop that security association Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection s 11 7 Configuring Global Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s global settings Click VPN and then VPN Global Setting The screen appears as shown Figure 87 VPN gt VPN Global Setting PN Global Setting VPN Global Setting Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP I Allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 56 VPN VPN Global Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Windows Networking NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that NetBIOS over TCP IP enable a computer to find other computers It may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through VPN tunnels in order to allow local computers to find computers on the remote network and vice versa Allow NetBIOS Traffic Select this check b
66. Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 12 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route P 793H User s Guide Chapter 12 Static Route Figure 92 Static Route gt Static Route gt Edit Active Route Name IP Subnet Mask Static Route Setup Destination IP Address Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 60 Static Route gt Static Route gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same Address network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations
67. Device uses when it sends or receives information on the subnet RIP 1 The ZyXEL Device uses RIPv1 to exchange routing information RIP 2B The ZyXEL Device broadcasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information RIP 2M The ZyXEL Device multicasts RIPv2 to exchange routing information Multicast You do not have to enable multicasting to use RIP 2M See RIP Version Select which version of IGMP the ZyXEL Device uses to support multicasting on this port Multicasting only sends packets to some computers and is an alternative to unicasting sending packets to one computer and broadcasting sending packets to every computer None The ZyXEL Device does not support multicasting IGMP v1 The ZyXEL Device supports IGMP version 1 IGMP v2 The ZyXEL Device supports IGMP version 2 Multicasting can improve overall network performance However it requires extra processing and generates more network traffic In addition other computers have to support the same version of IGMP IP Policies You can apply up to four policy routes for this remote node Configure the policy routes in menu 25 first See Chapter 36 on page 343 for information about policy routes Bridge Options Ethernet Addr This field is enabled if Bridge is Yes in SMT Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile Timeout min nodes 1 7 Type the time in minutes for the ZyXEL Device to retain the Ethernet address information in its internal tables while the line is down
68. Drop Timeout Enter a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait before dropping the DTR signal if it does not receive a positive disconnect confirmation Call Back Delay Enter a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait between dropping a callback request call and dialing the corresponding callback call Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide LAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings 6 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area usually the same building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses See Section 6 3 on page 97 to configure the LAN screens 6 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 37 LAN and WAN IP Addresses The interface to f the LAN is Ethernet i d N WAN N z i Internet EMEN Theinterfaceto i the Internetora i seal remote node is EEE the DSL port P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup
69. Filter Rule Menu 21 1 1 1 Generic Filter Rule Filter 1 1 Filter Type Generic Filter Rule Active No Offset 0 Length 0 Mask N A Value N A More No Log None Action Matched Check Next Rul Action Not Matched Check Next Rul The following table describes the fields in the Generic Filter Rule menu Table 117 Menu 21 1 1 1 Generic Filter Rule FIELD DESCRIPTION Filter This is the filter set filter rule co ordinates in other words 2 3 refers to the second filter set and the third rule of that set Filter Type Use SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select a rule type Parameters displayed below each type will be different TCP IP filter rules are used to filter IP packets while generic filter rules allow filtering of non IP packets Options are Generic Filter Rule and TCP IP Filter Rule Active Select Yes to turn on the filter rule or No to turn it off Offset Enter the starting byte of the data portion in the packet that you wish to compare The range for this field is from O to 255 Length Enter the byte count of the data portion in the packet that you wish to compare The range for this field is 0 to 8 Mask Enter the mask in Hexadecimal notation to apply to the data portion before comparison Value Enter the value in Hexadecimal notation to compare with the data portion More If Yes a matching packet is passed to the next filter rule before an action is taken els
70. IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server P 793H User s Guide Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS Setup Table 70 Dynamic DNS gt Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Use specified IP Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP address Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS Setup P 793H User s Guide Remote Management Configuration This chapter provides information on configuring remote management 15 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface if any from which computers BS When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via Internet WAN only ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable BS When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically
71. Interpreter CI for further diagnosis You can also enter the Cl using menu 24 8 Host IP Address If you entered 1in the Enter Menu Selection Number field then enter the IP address of the computer you want to ping in this field Enter the number of the selection you would like to perform or press ESC to cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis 322 P 793H User s Guide Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance This chapter tells you how to back up and restore your configuration file as well as upload new firmware and a new configuration file 34 1 Introduction Use the instructions in this chapter to change the ZyXEL Device s configuration file or upgrade its firmware After you configure your ZyXEL Device you can backup the configuration file to a computer That way if you later misconfigure the ZyXEL Device you can upload the backed up configuration file to return to your previous settings You can alternately upload the factory default configuration file if you want to return the ZyXEL Device to the original default settings The firmware determines the ZyXEL Device s available features and functionality You can download new firmware releases from your nearest ZyXEL FTP site to use to upgrade your ZyXEL Device s performance 34 2 Filename Conventions The configuration file often called the romfile or rom 0 contains the factory default settings in the
72. Locate a high position on a wall that is free of obstructions Use a sturdy wall 2 Drill two holes for the screws Make sure the distance between the centers of the holes matches what is listed in the product specifications appendix BES Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall when drilling holes for the screws 3 Do not screw the screws all the way into the wall Leave a small gap of about 0 5 cm between the heads of the screws and the wall 4 Make sure the screws are snugly fastened to the wall They need to hold the weight of the ZyXEL Device with the connection cables 5 Align the holes on the back of the ZyXEL Device with the screws on the wall Hang the ZyXEL Device on the screws Figure 246 Wall mounting Example i ES S E e f ill ALNININ P 793H User s Guide Appendix B Wall mounting Instructions P 793H User s Guide Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP
73. M TMNT M 286 28 3 1 Memel ACCS SS ONY iisosensaqi eot T EAR ERE SVNRMOGHSUA NU EIAHUR DECRE SERI E EEUU 286 28 4 2 Example 2 Internet Access with a Default Server cccecceeeeeeeeeeeestenneateees 287 28 4 3 Example 3 Multiple Public IP Addresses With Inside Servers 288 28 4 4 Example 4 NAT Unfriendly Application Programs sse 291 Chapter 29 allribljs M n 293 28 1 Using ZyXEL Dewies SMT Ments quicascntitivtesiptbvia n n tH IREEE UU Ha Ei ntbvqd Rin U IRA REO Md quiu 293 eae wa leg Ages Te F ls 1 cditio tiU i n ep ree errr rea tare et d n cO den n d 293 Chapter 30 lg Ont EPA i NT EUR 295 cues ele 10 yc T OE 295 30 1 1 The Filter Structure of the ZyXEL Device 12st em erae eta 296 30 2 Coniigurmng Filter Sot TD LT 297 30 2 1 Conigunig a Filter RUIG e 299 202 2 Configuring a CRAP Filter Rulo 15 itr ate rry ptt dee rHER Hp Ie ERI Loa ott p pa 300 30 2 3 Configuring a Generic Filter Rule Recte iain 302 30a EXAMPIE FIET grossir a dadeni ba Ea 304 30 4 Filter Types and NAT P ennei adinka tiekin Meananeasdatbnatclia ERNATEN EEES EEEN 306 20 5 Firewall versus FIGS xc ciccccsncossstacoiaccssawanatuoneniwiaadenmeadee neces 306 eS FING A FIOT m 306 2 5 1 PPh LAN TAGES ies Sateen erraien aasien bu rt E ER EU oL EM ORE sana bd Xesemib
74. NEA 227 THEOS T ols 2 FEMNE aE C ve E A ER ENAA AREA 229 Tane 6 xeu sanan E NaN an 231 Tabe OF Diagnosi gt General t ainis aeea eeens aieiaeo re aeaiiai 235 Tobe ge Diagnosie DSL T er 236 Toe OS Man Menmu SUMMAN eeka 240 Te SI SMT Mania CNBIVIBW araras aes ot aout eer deen o m od o ob Ht ede 241 Table 91 Main Menu Commands TE UU LETT 242 Table 92 Meni T General Setup m 245 Table 93 Monu 1 1 Conigwe Dynamic DING 11st rooted ront hr ct A 247 Table 94 Monu 2 WAN SOR iussebensguitbes c dicted win ieee TERIS PU bU NEA 249 Table 95 Menu 2 2wire Zhne Service MOUS cies iaccsivcsssasiedsissacadects ia ed ath sahen vd aa xk ota re El Crea seanduderuanee 251 Table 96 Menu 2 1 Traffic Redirect Setup Liuius erred en thi neni nah i Ee orbe dea d kk ka b a 253 Table 97 Menu 2 2 Dial Backup Setup secorra i nb I IER REPE MEE sp Teen PERI e i ro aes a dra Do o e HEP esp EEIA 254 Table 98 Menu 2 2 1 Advanced Dial Backup Setup c cccccccceceeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeceeseseensnnaeeeeeeeeees 255 Table 99 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup sesssssssssesseneeneeennnnnnn 258 Table 100 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias ci 260 Table 101 Meng 4 Internet Access SBP Lui end ase d Ob ANa 263 Table 102 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile nodes 1 7 nennen nnn nahen 266 Table 103 Menu 11 1 Remote Nodo Profile node B iius esee tttm nnt i soavennns ensasconensanuvibenee 268 Table 104 Menu 11 3 Remote Node
75. News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol GRE enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login P 793H User s Guide Appendix G Common Services Table 149 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS
76. Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Local Start IP This is the starting local IP address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Table 35 NAT gt Address Mapping gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Local End IP This is the end local IP address ILA If your rule is for all local IP addresses then enter 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to One and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting global IP address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server mapping types Server Mapping Only available when Type is set to Server Set Select a number from the drop down menu to choose a server mapping set Edit Details Click this link to go to the Port Forwarding screen Section 7 5 on page 108 to edit the server mapping set that you have selected in
77. Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy ZyXEL Device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See the chapter on troubleshooting if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Prepare your computer computer network to connect to the ZyXEL Device refer to the Quick Start Guide 3 Launch your web browser Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL 5 A window displays as shown Enter the default admin password 1234 to configure the wizards and the advanced features or enter the default user password user to view the status only Click Login to proceed to a screen asking you to change your password or click Cancel to revert to the default password A P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 5 Login Screen ZyXEL P 793H Welcome to your router Configuration Interface Enter your password and p
78. QoS Type Peak Cell Rate Sustain Cell Rate MTU MTU Maximum Burst Size cell None bud zi None UBR 0 cell sec 0 cell sec 1500 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 WAN gt More Connections gt Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version This field is enabled if RIP Direction is not None The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the
79. Rate CBR 75 contact information 433 content filtering 149 keyword blocking 149 copyright 429 customer support 433 D data filter set See filter set data default password 43 default password changing 44 default URL 43 Denial of Service attack See DoS attack DHCP 94 DIAL BACKUP port 86 dial backup interface 86 Diffie Hellman key group 155 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS 160 disclaimer 429 DNS 94 remote management 202 DNS proxy 94 DNS server 94 learned through IPCP 94 static IP address 94 domain name 219 P 793H User s Guide 437 Index Domain Name System See DNS DoS attack 119 brute force 119 121 IP spoofing 120 LAN 120 ping of death 120 SYN flood 120 teardrop 120 threshold See DoS threshold types of 119 using ICMP 122 using illegal NetBIOS commands 122 using traceroute 122 DoS threshold 145 half open sessions 146 max incomplete high 146 max incomplete low 146 one minute high 146 one minute low 146 TCP maximum incomplete 146 dynamic DNS 191 wildcard 191 www dyndns org 191 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol See DHCP E Encapsulating Security Payload See ESP encapsulation 71 and active protocol 159 ENET ENCAP See ENET ENCAP PPPoA See PPPoA PPPoE See PPPoE RFC 1483 See RFC 1483 transport mode 160 tunnel mode 159 VPN 159 encryption algorithms 155 168 169 and active protocol 155 ENET ENCAP 71 and IP address 73 ESP 159 and transport mode 160 F FCC inte
80. SPI Type a number base 10 from 1 to 999999 for the Security Parameter Index Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Mode DNS Server for If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here IPSec VPN The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 54 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Manual continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behin
81. Starting XMODEM download 3 Run the HyperTerminal program by clicking Transfer then Receive File as shown in the following screen Figure 215 Backup Configuration Example Place received file in the following folder E Browse Lise receiving protocol Xmodem hd Close Cancel Type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one Choose the Xmodem protocol Then click Receive 4 After a successful backup you will see the following screen Press any key to return to the SMT menu Figure 216 Successful Backup Confirmation Screen Backup Configuration completed OK Hit any key to continue 34 4 Restore Configuration This section shows you how to restore a previously saved configuration Note that this function erases the current configuration before restoring a previous back up configuration please do not attempt to restore unless you have a backup configuration file stored on disk FTP is the preferred method for restoring your current computer configuration to your ZyXEL Device since FTP is faster Please note that you must wait for the system to automatically restart after the file transfer is complete P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance D gt Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE YOUR ZyXEL Device When the Restore Configuration process is comp
82. Table 21 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Type Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address 1 3 address of a reliable nearby computer for example your ISP s DNS server address Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response Fail Tolerance Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device pings the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery Interval When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks to whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic P 7
83. That Trigger Alerts eret reti rnt ti bete t rer tbt ed 122 Table 37 Legal NetBIOS Commands Ree H 122 Table 3B Legal SMIPF COMINGS auscassentaconias xxiii svi den la Pr EERT ada Rl Copa da ed ber SUR cbr snie iaa 122 P 793H User s Guide 34 List of Tables Tabie 29 Firewall General 14 5 2 0 2 1 pon tI IPEM pO SER Fe SE PEE E L E loa E ER LH Eee p LEER aC 134 IE u8d Ed l Drm 135 Table 41 Firewall Rules gt AOE M 137 Table 42 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit gt Edit Customized Services cccccccccceeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 139 Table 43 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit gt Edit Customized Services gt Edit 140 Table 44 Firewall gt Ant Probing 145 Table d AN TPR IONG ues pa ventuans iaeaawis dnirnsaundccnsanvinnn iStarnannsssadiadidaraaudninaasrnsieee 147 Table 46 Content Filter eig M er EET 150 TaDio 47 Contem Fiter re 1s der res e bett oett plo t iae a e et oa ex lg b liens 151 Table 45 Conlent Filter gt Trusted usse eid ous erae eene bak etra isi a Hepa eta Ep cbe debo da dedi ainada h aaa Lid 151 Table 49 VPN Example Matching ID Type and Content ieeeeeeseeeeee eren ennt nnne 156 Table 50 VPN Example Mismatching ID Type and Content cceeccsecceesseneeceeetseeneeeeeneesaseeeeeneanaees 157 Table 01 VEN SOUP sinian iaaa ERE 162 Table 32 VP RE Semis A ci ira a tears 164 Table
84. This is the static WAN IP address or URL of the remote IPSec router This field displays 0 0 0 0 when you configure the Secure Gateway Address field in the VPN IKE screen to 0 0 0 0 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 51 VPN Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the VPN configuration Click the Remove icon to remove an existing VPN configuration Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 11 3 Editing VPN Policies See Section 11 1 on page 153 for background information Use this screen to edit VPN policies Click an Edit icon in the VPN Setup Screen Figure 83 VPN gt Setup gt Edit IPSec Setup Active Name IPSec Key Mode Negotiation Mode Keep Alive NAT Traversal Main Encapsulation Mode Tunnel 7 DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Single 7 IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Remote Remote Address Type Single 7 IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information Local ID Type Content My IP Address Peer ID Type Content Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol VPN Protocol Pre Shared Key 0 0 0 0 ESP v 559 Po E E P v eE ___ EH Encryption Algorithm DES z Authentication Algorithm SHA1 Apply Cance
85. UPnP General Use this screen to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL Device Maintenance System General This screen contains administrative and system related information and also allows you to change your password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to view the logs for the categories that you selected Log Settings Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s log settings Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore the configuration or reset the factory defaults to your ZyXEL Device Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General These screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device general connection DSL Line These screens display information to help you identify problems with the DSL line 2 4 Status Screen The following summarizes how to navigate the web configurator from the Status screen BS Some fields or links are not available if you entered the user password in the login password screen see Figure 5 on page 44 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 9 Status Host Name Model Number MAC Address DSL Firmware Version WAN1 Information DSL Standard IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway VPI VCI WAN2
86. Up Connection No Session Options Edit Filter Sets No Idle Timeout sec 100 The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 103 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile node 8 FIELD DESCRIPTION Rem Node Name Enter the name of the ISP Active Select whether or not you want to use this Internet connection Outgoing This section is only enabled for PPPoA or PPPoE connections My Login Enter the user name provided by your ISP My Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Retype to Confirm Enter the password again Authen This field appears if you select PPPoE in the Encapsulation field Select what type of authentication your ISP uses Select CHAP PAP if you want the ZyXEL Device to support both choices Pri Phone Sec Phone Type the phone number s for this remote node If the Primary Phone number is busy or does not answer your ZyXEL Device dials the Secondary Phone number if available Some areas require dialing the pound sign before the phone number for local calls Include a symbol at the beginning of the phone numbers as required Edit PPP Options Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER to configure the PPP settings for the backup ISP Menu 11 2 appears Rem IP Addr This field displays the type of routing the ZyXEL Device uses Edit IP Bridge This field is enabled if Route is IP If you want to set up the WAN IP add
87. ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next The administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL Device Figure 100 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network LAN mum dert RR ARRA User telnets into Incoming Traffic the LAN 15 4 Configuring Telnet See Section 15 1 on page 195 for background information Use this screen to configure Telnet access to the ZyXEL Device Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown Figure 101 Remote MGMT gt Telnet Telnet Port 23 Access Status LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP GC al Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 72 Remote MGMT Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose
88. a tau d Cada oi LER Rider et us Ea E egies a ae 365 Figure 247 Windows S5 9eMe Network CODBQUESUGQEY 1 iasccrco betae E naa 368 Figure 248 Windows 95 99 Me TEPIP Properties IP Address 2 atender rti tuna tn cita 369 Figure 249 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration eeesseesssssse 370 Figure 290 Vrs AP Sar MOMI m 371 Figuig 231 Windows AP Control Panel socair dd dade Moi bep uoa Fest 371 Figure 252 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties ssssssee 372 Figure 253 Windows XP Local Area Connection PrTODOFUSS aoc rtc temm tek aute reprne end ch tiia 372 P 793H User s Guide List of Figures Figure 254 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties eeeeeeenenenennnnne 373 Figure 255 Windows XP Advanced TOPIIP Properties 1s cacnciek i cadat e riduce ob onn tA b oiiaaie 374 Figure 256 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties esee 375 Figure 257 Macintosh OS 89 Applic Menu ciis Len sic Ro Erb Y e ERR Rar Eos Zea Yos ey XR nu esed 376 Figure re quc ES 22i EPIS dicet cc en ENa 376 Figure 259 Macintosh O9 X Apple MOD iu tessosscic toss imn een rab RE EpHM MATES URS o uL UEPE aicbe eeni oeer i 377 Figure 260 Macintosh OS X IN 2 ies cmn bh oa er chri Ke irato Lain Ka c rade 378 Figure 261 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DEVICES scacccusininteaismisgsianemiaietive mains 379 Figure 262 Red H
89. allowed by the IP specification The oversize packet 1s then sent to an unsuspecting system Systems may crash hang or reboot Teardrop attack exploits weaknesses in the re assembly of IP packet fragments As data is transmitted through a network IP packets are often broken up into smaller chunks Each fragment looks like the original IP packet except that it contains an offset field that says for instance This fragment is carrying bytes 200 through 400 of the original non fragmented IP packet The Teardrop program creates a series of IP fragments with overlapping offset fields When these fragments are reassembled at the destination some systems will crash hang or reboot 6 Weaknesses in the TCP IP specification leave it open to SYN Flood and LAND attacks These attacks are executed during the handshake that initiates a communication session between two applications Figure 53 Three Way Handshake Client Server 1 _ ou SYN ACK Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize packet to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator responds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a connection is established SYN Attack floods a targeted system with a series of SYN packets Each packet causes the targeted system to issue a SYN ACK response While the targeted system waits for the ACK that fo
90. already in the ZyXEL Device s ARP table the ZyXEL Device sends an ARP request to ask which host is using the IP address After the ZyXEL Device receives a reply from the backup gateway it adds an ARP table entry If the ZyXEL Device s ARP table already has an entry for the IP address the ZyXEL Device s response depends on how you configure the ip arp ackGratuitous forceUpdate command e Use ip arp ackGratuitous forceUpdate on to have the ZyXEL Device update the MAC address in the ARP entry e Use ip arp ackGratuitous forceUpdate off to have the ZyXEL Device not update the MAC address in the ARP entry A backup gateway as in the following graphic is an example of when you might want to turn on the forced update for gratuitous ARP requests One day gateway A shuts down and the backup gateway B comes online using the same static IP address as gateway A Gateway B broadcasts a gratuitous ARP request to ask which host is using its IP address If ackGratuitous is on and set to force updates the ZyXEL Device receives the gratuitous ARP request and updates its ARP table This way the ZyXEL Device has a correct gateway ARP entry to forward packets through the backup gateway If ackGratuitous is off or not set to force updates the ZyXEL Device will not update the gateway ARP entry and cannot forward packets through gateway B P 793H User s Guide Appendix H Command Interpreter Figure 288 Backup Gateway LAN WAN a Updating the
91. and restore 231 System Management Terminal see SMT System Management Terminal See SMT System name 219 n Telnet remote management 197 TFTP for backing up configuration file 326 for upgrading firmware 333 TR 069 41 203 trademarks 429 traffic class 75 Constant Bit Rate CBR 75 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR 75 Variable Bit Rate VBR 75 traffic redirect 85 and bandwidth management 181 and IP alias 85 and triangle route 85 traffic shaping 74 Maximum Burst Size MBS 74 Peak Cell Rate PCR 74 Sustained Cell Rate SCR 74 triangle route 132 and IP alias 133 and traffic redirect 85 U Unspecified Bit Rate UBR 75 using console port 334 V Variable Bit Rate VBR 75 VC multiplexing 72 VCI 72 Virtual Channel Identifier See VCI Virtual Path Identifier See VPI virtual private networks See VPN VPI 72 VPN 153 active protocol 159 and NAT 158 established in two phases 153 IKE SA See IKE SA IPSec 153 IPSec SA See IPSec SA local network 153 proposal 155 remote IPSec router 153 remote network 153 security association SA 153 VPN See also IKE SA IPSec SA 153 W wall mounting 365 WAN 71 and LAN 93 warranty 430 note 430 web configurator 41 43 accessing 43 P 793H User s Guide Index minimum requirements 43 Wide Area Network See WAN wizards 53 WWW remote management 196 www dyndns org 191 P 793H User s Guide Index P 793H User s Guide Index P 793H U
92. and the remote IPSec router to establish an IKE SA You can usually provide a static IP address or a domain name for the ZyXEL Device Sometimes your ZyXEL Device might also offer another alternative such as using the IP address of a port or interface You can usually provide a static IP address or a domain name for the remote IPSec router as well Sometimes you might not know the IP address of the remote IPSec router for example telecommuters In this case you can still set up the IKE SA but only the remote IPSec router can initiate an IKE SA P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN 11 1 1 2 IKE SA Proposal The IKE SA proposal is used to identify the encryption algorithm authentication algorithm and Diffie Hellman DH key group that the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router use in the IKE SA In main mode this is done in steps 1 and 2 as illustrated below Figure 77 IKE SA Main Negotiation Mode Steps 1 2 IKE SA Proposal N Ecc NR N po 3 1 lt lt EN Y The ZyXEL Device sends one or more proposals to the remote IPSec router In some devices you can set up only one proposal Each proposal consists of an encryption algorithm authentication algorithm and DH key group that the ZyXEL Device wants to use in the IKE SA The remote IPSec router selects an acceptable proposal and sends the accepted proposal back to the ZyXEL Device If the remote IPSec router rejects all of the proposals for example if the VPN
93. aon ku haa aUo L an kho aaa nha Lupa da 46 NU SAE U mMeete HR 49 Table 4 Stats gt Packet rui s A 51 Table c VEA Man SS CFR nicosscistanie a TERRE EFI EH AU ERR ei ren N 53 Table o Intemet Setup Wizard ISP Paremeltbfe uusaicenseiieien cmdd zvn ev bas deci dde s otl d cc ina dog Pav dde 54 Table 7 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters Ethernet eene nannte 55 Table 8 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters PPPOE eerie ritin tbe tn tin eR R kon d ER HE Hu MAR ERR CERARR 56 Table 9 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters RFC1483 eese nee 57 Table 10 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters PPPOA eseeeeeseseeeeee enun nth ttnna nhan 58 Table 11 Internet Setup Wizard SUMMAN 124 osissicc uicit rir ertet cett ettet doce ke ide teer cs eda 58 Table 12 Bandwidth Management Setup Services ees eese eene inen nnn ente hhsttanh auae denn a aan 59 Table 13 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information sssssssssseee 60 Table 14 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration sssesseee een 61 Table 15 WAN Intem et Connect uua cecae eur een onc cix E Ere a CHE EHEPA e PHA ERES EP EA bI ELE RO EXE eH RE X EX VER M EA PITE kaadi 76 Table T5 wire e Service Mode 11 suicida on a ERN DR PERI ES EHE IM eM RMI ee 79 Table 17 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Advanced Setup
94. between 0 and 255 A value of 0 matches ANY protocol IP Source Route Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes to apply the rule to packets with an IP source route option Otherwise the packets must not have a source route option The majority of IP packets do not have source route Destination IP Addr Enter the destination IP Address of the packet you wish to filter This field is ignored if it is 0 0 0 0 IP Mask Enter the IP mask to apply to the Destination IP Addr Port Enter the destination port of the packets that you wish to filter The range of this field is 0 to 65535 This field is ignored if it is 0 Port Comp Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the comparison to apply to the destination port in the packet against the value given in Destination Port Options are None Equal Not Equal Less and Greater Source P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration Table 116 Menu 21 1 1 1 TCP IP Filter Rule FIELD DESCRIPTION IP Addr Enter the source IP Address of the packet you wish to filter This field is ignored if it is 0 0 0 0 IP Mask Enter the IP mask to apply to the Source IP Addr Port Enter the source port of the packets that you wish to filter The range of this field is 0 to 65535 This field is ignored if it is O Port Comp Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the comparison to apply to the source port in th
95. categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Immediate Alert Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E mail alerts immediately Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings P 793H User s Guide Tools This chapter covers uploading new firmware managing configuration and restarting your ZyXEL Device 19 1 Firmware Upgrade Find firmware at www zyxel com in a file that usually uses the system model name with a bin extension for example ZyXEL Device bin The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your device Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Figure 127 Tools Firmware Firmware Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and c
96. chapter for more information on filename conventions Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 34 5 4 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload Figure 225 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put firmware bin ras 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 1103936 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp quit More commands found in GUI based FTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter Refer to Section 34 3 5 on page 326 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 34 5 5 TFTP File Upload The ZyXEL Device also supports the uploading of firmware files using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Putthe SMT in command interpreter CI mode by entering 8 in Menu 24 System Maintenance 3 Enter the co
97. configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a machine in order to access it Remote DHCP Server If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then type the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server here TCP IP Setup IP Address Enter the LAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device RIP Direction Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the RIP direction Options are Both In Only Out Only or None Version Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the RIP version Options are RIP 1 RIP 2B or RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a session layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and version 2 IGMP v2 Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to enable IP Multicasting or select None default to disable it IP Policies You can apply up to four policy routes for this remote node Configure the policy routes in menu 25 first See Chapter 36 on page 343 for information about policy routes Edit IP Alias The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gatew
98. d s CO2 Call Terminated The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected Table 157 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting Starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening Ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 158 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 159 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s Keyword blocking The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword o s Not in trusted web list The web site is not in a trusted domain and the router blocks all traffic except trusted domain sites s Forbidden Web site The web site is in the forbidden web site list s Contains ActiveX The web site contains Act
99. dynamic IGA Inside Global Address assigned by your ISP Figure 172 NAT Example 1 Inside Local A Addresses ILA LAN 5 192 168 1 10 Internet J Dynamic Inside Global Address P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup Figure 173 Menu 4 Internet Access amp NAT Example Menu 4 Internet Access Setup ISP s Name MyISP Encapsulation ENET ENCAP ultiplexing LLC based VPI 0 VCI 33 ATM QoS Type UBR Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 Sustain Cell Rat SCR 0 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 y Login N A y Password N A ENET ENCAP Gateway 0 0 0 0 IP Address Assignment Static IP Address 0 0 0 0 Network Address Translation SUA Only Address Mapping Set N A From menu 4 shown above simply choose the SUA Only option from the Network Address Translation field This is the Many to One mapping discussed in Section 28 4 on page 286 The SUA Only read only option from the Network Address Translation field in menus 4 and 11 3 is specifically pre configured to handle this case 28 4 2 Example 2 Internet Access with a Default Server Figure 174 NAT Example 2 a Inside Local e Addresses ILA LAN rire 192 168 1 10 SEE mi Dynamic Inside Server 192 168 1 10 Inside Global Address In this case you do exactly as above use the convenient pre configured SUA Only set and also go to menu 15 2 1 t
100. ee AR B RdA 309 Table 119 Menu 29 System PassWord iaacisesecccseseete cete sese pt ert kate Eee kt uS Cb aue Ee El damus Eaa asa EEEREN 311 Table 120 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status 314 Table 121 Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information c c cccccssesecceceeesseceeeeetsececeeeeetnenees 316 Table 122 Menu 24 3 2 System Maintenance UNIX Syslog esee nnns 318 Table 123 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic ssssse enne 321 Table 124 Filename Conventions em 324 P 793H User s Guide 33 List of Tables Table 125 General Commands for GUI based FTP Clients eese 326 Table 126 General Commands for GUI based TFTP Clients sse 327 Table 127 Menu 24 9 1 Budget Management 2 ieccsisieeeiedaec esee tdt hd ttd Dx dd aa 339 Table 128 Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting sssssssesess 340 Table 129 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control eene nnne 342 Table 130 Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy SQUID iuuusasseccces ient tnos tetit nina smart tta toda 345 Table 131 Menu 25 IP Routing Policy Setup Abbreviations ssssse em 345 Table 132 Nene 25 Tor Routing Poly isossaia ktesixeae rEFEDIS UPPER EN TEFER UI EE CERE DISER EFE ONSE e FEE DE UE EIER DN IER DUM 346 Tabs T1235 Monu zb Schedule Sell 41 iou pn ont M e ovt bp n bee de dati Lao un dudas i
101. host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 29 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 7 1 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 30 on p
102. is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 11 Internet Setup Wizard Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Return to Click this to return to the wizard main page See Figure 11 on page 53 Wizard Main Page Go to Click this to go to the main window See Figure 8 on page 46 Advanced Setup Page Finish Click this to close the wizard main screen and return to the Status screen or the main window P 793H User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features 3 2 Bandwidth Management Wizard Use these screens to control the amount of bandwidth going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth This helps keep one service or application from using all of the available bandwidth and shutting out other services The following table describes the services you can select Table 12 Bandwidth Management Setup Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are som
103. is the number of received packets on this port P 793H User s Guide Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis Table 120 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status continued FIELD DESCRIPTION WAN This section displays information about the WAN port Note In a point to 2points connection this field only displays line 1 status Line Status This field displays the port speed and duplex setting if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down or not connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call or Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation Transfer Rate This field shows the transmission speed in kilobits per second on this port CPU Load This field displays the percentage of CPU utilization You may enter 1 to reset the counters or ESC to return to menu 24 33 3 System Information and Console Port Speed This section describes your system and allows you to choose different console port speeds To get to the System Information and Console Port Speed 1 Enter 24 to go to Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 Enter 2 to open Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed 3 From this menu you have two choices as shown in the next figure Figure 204 Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed 1 System Information 2 Console Port Speed 33 3 1 System Information
104. least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response KeepAlive Fail Typethe number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device may ping the IP Tolerance addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks to whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic ICMP Timeout sec Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect This feature is disabled in 2wire 2line service mode Dial Backup This feature is disabled in 2wire 2line service mode When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt
105. like Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is USER DEFINED the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number e Port s This value depends on the Protocol Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers Ifthe Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number Ifthe Protocol is USER this is the IP protocol number Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used Table 149 Commonly Used Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header IPSEC_TUNNEL tunneling protocol uses this service AIM New ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service It is also used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from UDP 24032 White Pines Software DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names for example www zyxel com to IP numbers ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security IPSEC_TUNNEL Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger i
106. load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Constant Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR Variable Bit Rate for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 20 WAN gt More Connections gt Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is O cells sec Maximum Burst Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be
107. mapping types described in Chapter 7 on page 103 Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device When you select Full Feature you must configure at least one address mapping set NAT is disabled when you select this option None When you select this option the SMT will use Address Mapping Set 255 SUA Only menu 15 1 see Section 28 2 1 on page 281 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device 28 2 NAT Setup Use the address mapping sets menus and submenus to create the mapping table used to assign global addresses to computers on the LAN and the DMZ Set 255 is used for SUA When you select Full Feature in menu 4 or menu 11 3 the SMT will use the address mapping set that you specify When you select SUA Only the SMT will use the pre configured Set 255 read only A server set is a list of LAN servers mapped to external ports To use this set a server rule must be set up inside the NAT address mapping set Please see the section on port forwarding in Section 7 4 on page 107 for further information on these menus To configure NAT enter 15 from the main menu to bring up the following screen Figure 166 Menu 15 NAT Setup Menu 15 NAT Setup 1 Address Mapping Sets 2 NAT Server Sets 28 2 1 Address Mapping Sets Enter 1 to bring up Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Sets P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup
108. not record logs for that category 1 to record only logs for that category 2 to record only alerts for that category and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category Not every parameter is available with every category 5 Step 5 Use the sys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL Device you must do this in order to record logs Displaying Logs Use the sys logs display command to show all of the logs in the ZyXEL Device s log Use the sys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the log categories Use the sys logs display log category command to show the logs in an individual ZyXEL Device log category Use the sys logs clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL Device s logs P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Log Command Example This example shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to record the access logs and alerts and then view the results ras sys logs load ras sys logs category access 3 ras sys logs save ras sys logs display access f time source destination notes message 0 06 08 2004 05 58 21 172 21 4 154 224 0 1 24 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 1 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 3 56 239 255 255 250 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 2 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 0 2 239 255 255 254 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW
109. number before NAT for outgoing packets and after NAT for incoming packets On the other hand the generic or device filters are applied to the raw packets that appear on the wire They are applied at the point when the ZyXEL Device is receiving and sending the packets in other words the interface The interface can be an Ethernet port or any other hardware port The following diagram illustrates this Figure 197 Protocol and Device Filter Sets 30 5 Firewall Versus Filters Firewall configuration is discussed in Chapter 9 on page 129 Further comparisons are also made between filtering NAT and the firewall 30 6 Applying a Filter BS This section shows you where to apply the filter s after you design it them The ZyXEL Device already has filters to prevent NetBIOS traffic from triggering calls and block incoming telnet FTP and HTTP connections If you do not activate the firewall it is advisable to apply filters P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration 30 6 1 Applying LAN Filters LAN traffic filter sets may be useful to block certain packets reduce traffic and prevent security breaches Go to menu 3 1 shown next and enter the number s of the filter set s that you want to apply as appropriate You can choose up to four filter sets from twelve by entering their numbers separated by commas for example 3 4 6 11 Input filter sets filter incoming traffic to the ZyXEL Device and o
110. number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait between dropping a callback request call and dialing the corresponding callback call P 793H User s Guide Chapter 23 WAN Setup P 793H User s Guide LAN Setup Use this to apply LAN filters configure LAN DHCP and TCP IP settings and to activate or deactivate VLAN on each LAN port 24 1 Accessing the LAN Menus From the main menu enter 3 to open Menu 3 LAN Setup Figure 147 Menu 3 LAN Setup Menu 3 LAN Setup 1 LAN Port Filter Setup 2 TCP IP and DHCP Setup 6 Port Based VLAN Setup 24 2 LAN Port Filter Setup This menu allows you to specify the filter sets that you wish to apply to the LAN traffic You seldom need to filter the LAN traffic however the filter sets may be useful to block certain packets reduce traffic and prevent security breaches Figure 148 Menu 3 1 LAN Port Filter Setup Menu 3 1 LAN Port Filter Setup Input Filter Sets protocol filters device filters Output Filter Sets protocol filters device filters P 793H User s Guide 257 Chapter 24 LAN Setup 24 3 TCP IP and DHCP Setup Menu From the main menu enter 3 to open Menu 3 LAN Setup to configure TCP IP RFC 1155 and DHCP setup From menu 3 select the submenu option TCP IP and DHCP Setup and press ENTER The screen now displays Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup as shown next Not all fields are available on al
111. of incoming packet Action GW Gateway IP address T Outgoing Type of service P Outgoing Precedence Service NM Normal MD Minimum Delay MT Maximum Throughput MR Maximum Reliability MC Minimum Cost P 793H User s Guide Chapter 36 IP Routing Policy Setup 36 6 IP Routing Policy Use this menu to configure policy routes To open this menu select Edit and enter the appropriate rule number in menu 25 Figure 239 Menu 25 1 1 IP Routing Policy Menu 25 1 1 IP Routing Policy Set Name Active No Criteria IP Protocol Type of Service Precedenc ex1 0 Don t Care Don t Care Policy Packet length 0 Len Comp N A Source addr start 0 0 0 0 end N A port start N A end N A Destination addr start 0 0 0 0 end N A port start N A end N A Action Matched Gateway addr 0 0 0 0 Log No Type of Service No Change Precedenc No Change The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 132 Menu 25 1 1 IP Routing Policy FIELD DESCRIPTION Policy Set Name This is the descriptive name of the routing policy selected in Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy Summary Active Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes to activate the policy Criteria IP Protocol Enter a number that represents an IP layer 4 protocol for example UDP 17 TCP 6 ICMP 1 and Don t care 0 Type of Service Prioritize incoming network traffic by choosing fro
112. or ENET ENCAP Select which line is the default remote node 1 or 2 4 Scroll down to the Service Type section The following screen appears Figure 24 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Service Type Service Type Service Mode 2wire 2line j Service Type Servet z Linel Line2 Enable Rate Adaption Disable Enable Rate Adaption Enable Transfer Max Rate Kbps 5696 7 Transfer Max Rate Kbps 5696 7 Transfer Min Rate Kbps 3200 Transfer Min Rate Kbps 2304 j Standard Mode ANSI ANNEX A 7 Standard Mode ANSI ANNEX A 7 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup 5 Inthe Service Mode field select 2wire 2line mode The Service Type field automatically selects Server 7 Configure the rest of the fields if necessary For example you might want to set the Transfer Max Rate to the maximum value for Line1 but set it to a smaller value for Line2 in case the client ZyXEL Device does not support maximum transfer rate 8 Click Apply 9 Browse to Network gt WAN gt More Connections and configure the settings for your second remote node o P 793H User s Guide Chapter 4 Point to 2 point Configuration 4 4 2 Set up the Clients 1 Log in to one of the ZyXEL Devices that will be the client See Chapter 2 on page 43 2 Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection 3 Setthe VPI VCI Multiplexing and Encapsulation to the same values you set in the server 4 Scroll down to the Service Type section A screen simila
113. or if you want to restrict the amount of bandwidth that can be used for the traffic that matches this rule Filter Configuration P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management Table 69 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup gt Add Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Service This field simplifies bandwidth class configuration by allowing you to select a predefined application When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the bandwidth filter fields other than enabling or disabling the filter SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select SIP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for FTP traffic H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and videoconferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed
114. other device and may exceed this rate Transfer Min Rate Kbps The field on the left refers to DSL 1 connection and the field on the right refers to DSL 2 connection Press SPACE BAR to set the minimum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information If you enable Rate Adaption the ZyXEL Device adjusts to the speed of the other device and may transfer information at less than this rate Standard Mode The field on the left refers to DSL 1 connection and the field on the right refers to DSL 2 connection Press SPACE BAR to select the operational mode the ZyXEL Device uses in the DSL connection Wan Backup Setup P 793H User s Guide 254 Chapter 23 WAN Setup Table 95 Menu 2 2wire 2line Service Mode continued Interval sec FIELD DESCRIPTION Check Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Mechanism Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address1 address of up to three reliable nearby computers for example your ISP s DNS Check WAN IP server address Address2 Check WAN IP Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must Address3 configure at
115. possible to verify the integrity of the source IP address BS The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router must use the same encapsulation Usually you should use tunnel mode because it is more secure Transport mode should only be used when the IPSec SA is used for communication between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router for example for remote management not between computers on the local and remote networks 11 1 3 4 IPSec SA Proposal and Perfect Forward Secrecy An IPSec SA proposal is similar to an IKE SA proposal see Section 11 1 1 2 on page 155 except that you also have the choice whether or not the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router perform a new DH key exchange every time an IPSec SA is established This is called Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS If you enable PFS the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router perform a DH key exchange every time an IPSec SA is established changing the shared secret from which encryption keys are generated As a result if one encryption key is compromised other encryption keys are secure because they are created from different shared secrets If you do not enable PFS the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router use the same shared secret that was generated when the IKE SA was established to generate encryption keys The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router still create a new shared secret every time they establish or re establish the IKE SA A DH key exchange is time consuming You might
116. quality of service Select H 323 from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses H 323 Select User defined from the drop down list box if you do not want to use a predefined application for the bandwidth class When you select User defined you need to configure at least one of the following fields other than the Subnet Mask fields which you only enter if you also enter a corresponding destination or source IP address Destination Address Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation Destination Subnet Netmask Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Destination Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting Destination Port Enter the port number of the destination See Appendix G on page 401 for some common services and port numbers A blank destination IP address means any destination IP address Source Address Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation A blank source IP address means any source IP address Source Subnet Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Netmask Source Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting A blank source port means any source port number Source Port Enter the port number of the source See Appendix G on page 401 for some common services and port numbers Protocol Sele
117. remote node CHAP Your ZyXEL Device accepts CHAP only PAP Your ZyXEL Device accepts PAP only Secondary Type the backup phone number from the ISP If the Primary Phone number is busy or does not answer your ZyWALL dials the Secondary Phone number if available Some areas require dialing the pound sign before the phone number for local calls Include a symbol at the beginning of the phone numbers as required Dial Backup Port Select the speed of the connection between the Dial Backup port and the external Speed device Available speeds are 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 or 230400 bps AT Command Enter the AT command string to initialize the WAN device Consult the manual of Initial String your WAN device connected to your Dial Backup port for specific AT commands P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 22 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Advanced Modem Setup Click Edit to change the advanced settings for the modem TCP IP Options Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater t
118. reply from the WAN goes directly to the computer on the LAN without going through the ZyXEL Device As a result the ZyXEL Device resets the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged 132 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Figure 58 Triangle Route Problem LAN WAN x BO 3l B A nw A Se A Internet Ee BA 9 5 2 Solving the Triangle Route Problem You can have the ZyXEL Device allow triangle route sessions However this can allow traffic from the WAN to go directly toa LAN computer without passing through the ZyXEL Device and its firewall protection Another way to solve the triangle route problem is to use IP alias IP alias allows you to partition your network into logical sections over the same Ethernet interface Your ZyXEL Device supports up to three logical LAN interfaces with the ZyXEL Device being the gateway for each logical network By putting your LAN and Gateway A in different subnets all returning network traffic must pass through the ZyXEL Device to your LAN The following steps describe such a scenario 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the packet to Gateway A which is in Subnet 2 3 The reply from the WAN goes to the ZyXEL Device 4 The ZyXEL Device then sends it to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1 Figure 59 IP Alias LAN Subnet 1 WAN Internet I
119. s World Wide Web settings Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 99 Remote MGMT gt WWW WWW Port 80 Access Status LAN amp WAN v Secured Client IP Cal Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note 1 For UPnPto function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP 2 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 71 Remote MGMT WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration Table 71 Remote MGMT gt WWW continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 3 Telnet You can configure your
120. s cetus edente etit en qe nad ente ePu eee etx oe ue klud S 328 Figure 216 Successful Backup Confirmation Sorgen 1s isses esse sett nnana 328 Figure 217 Menu 24 6 Restore Configuration 1 eeaseeeeecu senes ner thth ann tht nu E ERA au ERR A LX AE E EI2AA 329 Figure 219 Restore Using FTP Session EXSITIplB 2 ocio IR MI ri ER gri ap Aa 330 Figure 218 System Maintenance Restore Configuration iiu cd n d a dete nene nia 330 Figure 220 System Maintenance Starting Xmodem Download Screen sssseeess 330 Figure 221 Restore Configuration EXatple i22 ree ener ctn tutti theta etaed aiaiaaeo 330 Figure 222 Successful Restoration Confirmation SOPBBIT 1i tpa tti den ln Urn ea AERE ERA SNAN 331 Figure 223 Menu 24 7 1 System Maintenance Upload System Firmware ssssessss 331 Figure 224 Menu 24 7 2 System Maintenance Upload System Configuration File 332 Figure 225 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload sssss esee dod Figure 226 Menu 24 7 1 Ae Seen Using the Consola POT occ peto iei a ir niat Deben iua 334 Figure 227 Example modem Upload Louise pads itt ona pe I LER M S EPOR REESE d SE SR pico Sad 335 Figure 228 Menu 24 7 2 As een Using the Console Port iasussucaesen cake avbSR RR EE EU ban eda i 335 Figure 229 Example Xmocem LIpIOSd 2 crie eese abire cbvx Ib vei reo EV2 a EN E ERR HIE E EOY IN FEY PCI Es ve qur canes 336 Figure 230 Command Meds In Menu 24 1 sidec
121. same active protocol ESP is recommended ESP is recommended because AH does not support encryption and ESP is more suitable with NAT Use AH only if the remote IPSec router does not support ESP 11 1 3 3 Encapsulation There are two ways to encapsulate packets These modes are illustrated below Figure 81 VPN Transport and Tunnel Mode Encapsulation Original Packet IP Header TCP Data Header Transport Mode Packet IP Header AH ESP TCP Data Header Header Tunnel Mode Packet IP Header AH ESP IP Header TCP Data Header Header In tunnel mode the ZyXEL Device encapsulates the entire IP packet As a result there are two IP headers as well as the header for the active protocol e Outside header The outside IP header contains the IP addresses of the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router AH ESP header The header for the active protocol encapsulates the original packet P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN nside header The inside IP header contains the IP address of the computers behind the ZyXEL Device or remote IPSec router In transport mode the IP header is the original IP header and the encapsulation depends on the active protocol If the active protocol is AH the ZyXEL Device includes part of the IP header when it encapsulates the packet If the active protocol 1s ESP the ZyXEL Device does not include the original IP header when it encapsulates the packet in which case it is not
122. scence ceeeeteneeceeeeeeeesceeeeseneccomettenss 323 MonUS 2O TO 2AT DU 337 PROOMO Po Op sea HEN n UI UEM MEM ERN MEM 343 we UP TN LE 349 orci T E me re ener ren te oe 353 Appeadices and NUEK ariii ereet e 359 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This User s Gilde eii eir reb Dr bis xke cea tak ta LER ER La rk berba de roa Eo bu cia doe Rr eias iaia 3 D cument Conventos Mee 4 Saroy War aan T PT 6 pes piper PR 9 Table of CORTGINIS io odes iocis ad dax adaa b PU Ga aaas E CARE Ras REL de SER 11 a EP qc 23 ECL me 31 Part I Introduction Wizards and Tutorials 37 Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL DewviCe iiiserien nnne n anni n ana inna nano aao a arant aant Rt naar aa nora aaeanoa 39 TI OE ea eh a a i ec ay te Ba ea A acre a neal aera 39 USES oM Nono GR SS NN anna A 39 1 1 2 High speed Point to point Connections sissiscscssissscesceisenncssecassesssevvessaasseetsoaaessesiesascee 40 1 1 3 High speed Point to 2points Connections ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeneees 40 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL DGVIGG as sccscccecsnssrcesinacdurcsssnrtues tecti dock nde irdd 41 1 3 Good Habits for Managing tha ZyXEL Device suiit rbd e pra ot eri 41 TSE p qe EET 41 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator seiirt
123. see in GUI based TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter 34 5 7 Uploading Via Console Port FTP or TFTP are the preferred methods for uploading firmware to your ZyXEL Device However in the event of your network being down uploading files is only possible with a direct connection to your ZyXEL Device via the console port Uploading files via the console port under normal conditions is not recommended since FTP or TFTP is faster Any serial communications program should work fine however you must use the Xmodem protocol to perform the download upload 34 5 8 Uploading Firmware File Via Console Port 1 Select 1 from Menu 24 7 System Maintenance Upload Firmware to display Menu 24 7 System Maintenance Upload System Firmware and then follow the instructions as shown in the following screen Figure 226 Menu 24 7 1 As Seen Using the Console Port Menu 24 7 1 System Maintenance Upload System Firmware To upload system firmware 1 Enter y at the prompt below to go into debug mode 2 Enter atur after Enter Debug Mode message 3 Wait for Starting XMODEM upload message before activating Xmodem upload on your terminal 4 After successful firmware upload enter atgo to restart the router Warning Proceeding with the upload will erase the current system firmware Do You Wish To Proceed Y N 2 Afterthe Starting Xmodem upload message appears activate the Xmodem protocol on
124. selected the default P 793H User s Guide Appendix D Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 275 Security Settings Java Scripting Security Settings Settings Scripting amp Active scripting Disan Q Pramp 3 Allow paste operations via script Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt amp Scripting of Java applets Q Disable OQ Prompt Lienas AukhSenkie Sion E b custom settings Reset to Medium Reset ced Java Permissions From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Microsoft VM Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected Click OK to close the window cO WN Figure 276 Security Settings Java Security Settings Settings Q Disable 9 Enable es Font download Q Disable 9 Enable a Prompt 3 Microsoft VM Java permissions Q Custom J Disable Jav 9 High safety Q Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Reset ced P 793H User s Guide 387 Appendix D Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for applet under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 277 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Pro
125. settings are N A When Once is selected the schedule rule deletes automatically after the scheduled time elapses How Often Enter the start date when you wish the set to take effect in year month date format Valid dates are from the present to 2036 February 5 Once Date If you selected Once in the How Often field above then enter the date the set should activate here in year month date format Weekdays If you selected Weekly in the How Often field above then select the day s when the set should activate and recur by going to that day s and pressing SPACE BAR to select Yes then press ENTER Start Time Enter the start time when you wish the schedule set to take effect in hour minute format Duration Enter the maximum length of time this connection is allowed in hour minute format Action Forced On means that the connection is maintained whether or not there is a demand call on the line and will persist for the time period specified in the Duration field Forced Down means that the connection is blocked whether or not there is a demand call on the line Enable Dial On Demand means that this schedule permits a demand call on the line Disable Dial On Demand means that this schedule prevents a demand call on the line P 793H User s Guide Chapter 37 Schedule Setup 352 P 793H User s Guide Troubleshooting This chapter offers some suggestions to solve p
126. static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup Table 27 LAN gt Client List continued LABEL DESCRIPTION MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 32 entries in this table Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table 6 6 LAN IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports
127. sys logs category followed by a log category to display the parameters that are available for the category Figure 286 Displaying Log Parameters Example ras gt sys logs category access Usage 0 none 1 10g 2 alert 3 both 0 don t show debug type 1 show debug type 4 Usesys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to record Use 0 to not record logs for that category 1 to record only logs for that category 2 to record only alerts for that category and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category Not every parameter 1s available with every category 5 Usethesys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL Device you must do this in order to record logs Displaying Logs Use the sys logs display command to show all of the logs in the ZyXEL Device s log Usethesys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the log categories Usethesys logs display log category command to show the logs in an individual ZyXEL Device log category Use the sys logs clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL Device s logs P 793H User s Guide Appendix H Command Interpreter Log Command Example This example shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to record the access logs and alerts and then view the results ras sys logs load ras sys logs category access 3 ras sys logs save ras sys logs display ac
128. the TCP header TCP idle established timeout s 150 minutes TCP reset timeout 10 seconds Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block sent TCP RST The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 154 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Attempted access matched a configured filter rule denoted Generic packet filter by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded matched set d rule d according to the rule Table 155 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy Packet Direction code d ICMP type d ICMP access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the user s setting For type and code details see Table 167 on page 422 Firewall rule NOT Packet Direction type d code d match
129. the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet Remote Address This is the IP address es of computer s on the remote network behind the remote IPSec router This field displays N A when the Secure Gateway Address field displays 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet Encap This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode Tunnel is the default selection IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocols used for an SA Both AH and ESP increase ZyXEL Device processing requirements and communications latency delay Secure Gateway IP
130. the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in decimal Table 138 IP Address Network Number and Host ID Example OCTET OCTET OCTET Se TOE 192 168 1 2 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111114 11111111 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes P 793H User s Guide Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 139 Subnet Masks BINARY DECIMAL OCTET OCTET OCTET SUl OGEN 8 bitmask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000
131. the outgoing packet Prioritize incoming network traffic by choosing No Change Normal Min Delay Max Thruput Max Reliable or Min Cost Precedence Set the new outgoing packet precedence value Values are 0 to 7 or Don t Care Log Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes to make an entry in the System log when a policy is executed 36 7 IP Policy Routing Example If a network has both Internet and remote node connections you can route Web packets to the Internet using one policy and route FTP packets to a remote network using another policy See the next figure Route 1 represents the default IP route and route 2 represents the configured IP route Figure 240 P Routing Policy Example E Web UN B Gz as a BEER Internet gt f WAN N 192 168 1 1 EM ow Y QE FTP X LAN pa 4 WAN 4 a eae WAN Router 192 168 1 100 To force Web packets coming from clients with IP addresses of 192 168 1 33 to 192 168 1 64 to be routed to the Internet via the WAN port of the ZyWALL follow the steps as shown next 1 Create arule in Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy Setup as shown next P 793H User s Guide 347 Chapter 36 IP Routing Policy Setup Figure 241 IP Routing Policy Example 1 Menu 25 1 1 IP Routing Policy Policy Set Name Active Yes Criteria IP Protocol xamplel 6 Type of Service Don t Care Packet length 10
132. this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Figure 104 Remote MGMT SNMP SNMP Port 161 Access Status LAN amp WAN v Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 SNMP Configuration Get Community public Set Community public TrapCommunity public TrapDestination 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 76 Remote MGMT gt SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set comm
133. three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets BES Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Figure 42 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethemet B 192168 2 1 192 168 2 24 Interface i m C 192168 3 1 192 168 3 24 Use this screen to configure subnets on the LAN Click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias The screen appears as shown P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup Figure 43 LAN gt IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version IP Alias 2 Ip Alias 2 IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version v a None s zl Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 LAN gt IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically c
134. to 0 0 0 0 only if the types are Many to One or Server End Enter the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server types Server This field is available only when you select Server in the Type field Select which server Mapping mapping set to use for this rule Set Once you have finished configuring a rule in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel 28 3 Configuring a Server behind NAT BS If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup Follow these steps to configure a server behind NAT 1 Enter 15 in the main menu to go to Menu 15 NAT Setup 2 Enter 2 to open menu 15 2 and configure the address mapping rules for the WAN port on a ZyXEL Device with a single WAN port Figure 170 Menu 15 2 NAT Server Sets Menu 15 2 NAT Server Sets Server Set 1 Used for SUA Only Server Set 2 Server Set 3 Server Set 4 Server Set 5 Server Set 6 Server Set 7 Server Set 8 Server Set 9 Server Set 1 O 000 1001 0 N rP un 0 3 Enter to configure the server set used by SUA or enter the number of the server set you want to modify for full feature NAT In Menu 15 2 NAT Server Setu
135. tunnel is not configured correctly the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router cannot establish an IKE SA BS Both routers must use the same encryption algorithm authentication algorithm and DH key group See the field descriptions for information about specific encryption algorithms authentication algorithms and DH key groups You can also see Section 11 1 1 3 on page 155 for more information about the role of DH key groups 11 1 1 3 Diffie Hellman DH Key Exchange The ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router use a DH key exchange to establish a shared secret which is used to generate encryption keys for IKE SA and IPSec SA In main mode the DH key exchange is done in steps 3 and 4 as illustrated below Figure 78 IKE SA Main Negotiation Mode Steps 3 4 DH Key Exchange 3 X 1 Y The DH key exchange is based on DH key groups Each key group is a fixed number of bits long The longer the key the more secure the encryption keys but also the longer it takes to encrypt and decrypt information For example DH2 keys 1024 bits are more secure than DHI keys 768 bits but DH2 encryption keys take longer to encrypt and decrypt P 793H User s Guide 155 Chapter 11 IPSec VPN 11 1 1 4 Authentication Before the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router establish an IKE SA they have to verify each other s identity This process is based on pre shared keys and router identities In main mode the ZyXEL Device and remote I
136. view and configure the advanced features on the ZyXEL Device Old Password Type the default administrator password 1234 or the existing password you use to access the system for configuring advanced features in this field P 793H User s Guide Chapter 17 System Table 81 System General continued LABEL DESCRIPTION New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 2 Time Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 124 System gt Time Setting Current Time and Date Current Time 01 09 37 Current Date 2000 01 01 Time and Date Setup Manual New Time hh mm ss fi f fa New Date yyyy mm dd 2000 sft R C Get from Time Server Time Protocol f Y Time Server Address Time Zone Setup Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London 7 Enable Daylight Savings Start Date JF of 2000 01
137. 02 at o clock End Date EM of 2000 01 02 at o clock Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 82 System gt Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time and Date Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server P 793H User s Guide 221 Chapter 17 System Table 82 System gt Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Time and Date Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time hh mm ss configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date yyyy mm dd configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Se
138. 2 SNMP ConigUTatlOiN succi asnck tsi ttt RIO EnA 309 Figure 201 Menu 23 System PASSWOrd Lau eer rti kis pertice t pix t or ti ke e CI rt da d EB CI a 311 Figure 202 Menu 24 System Muallitelagpo 2222 ooo ccs rer ttt ek retro prete bed d kk pair ka pce d E oe addu da 313 Figure 203 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status 2 0 0 cccccccceseecccceessecceeeeeesecaeeeesseeaacenenseaaeeenenses 314 Figure 204 Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed sss 315 Figure 205 Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information eeesceeeeeeecseeeeeee eene enn nennt 316 Figure 206 Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenance Change Console Port Speed n se 316 Figure 207 Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace esee nenne 317 Figure 208 Examples of Error and Information Messages essei eese nnne nnne 317 Figure 209 Menu 24 3 2 System Maintenance UNIX Syslog seme 318 Figure 210 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic eeeseeeeseseeeeeeeennnnennnnn 321 P 793H User s Guide List of Figures Figure 211 Menu 24 5 Backup COonoab sili 2 5 Rotten S Fa a qb rd itd app d t 325 Foure 212 LP Session ze AU i e 325 Figure 213 System Maintenance Backup Configuration sesseee eene 328 Figure 214 System Maintenance Starting Xmodem Download Screen sss 328 Figure 215 Backup Configuration EXSITIple
139. 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 1s used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces 6 3 Configuring LAN IP Use this screen to set the LAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device Click LAN gt IP See Section 6 1 on page 93 for background information Figure 38 LAN gt IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 24 LAN gt IP LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the sub
140. 3 Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options IP Options Bridge Options IP Address Assignment Dynamic Ethernet Addr Timeout min N A Rem IP Addr 0 0 0 0 Rem Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 y WAN Addr N A NAT SUA Only Address Mapping Set N A etric 2 Private No RIP Direction None Version RIP 1 ulticast None IP Policies The following figure shows how to configure the first rule Figure 178 Example 3 Menu 15 1 1 1 Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule Type One to One Local IP Start 192 168 1 10 End N A Global IP Start 10 132 50 1 End N A Server Mapping Set N A P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup Figure 179 Example 3 Final Menu 15 1 1 Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Rules Set Name Example3 Idx Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Type 1 192 168 1 10 10 132 50 1 qe 2 192 168 1 11 10 132 50 2 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 2954255 255 255 10 32 50 3 M 1 4 10 132 50 3 Servet 5 6 T 8 9 10 Action None Select Rule N A Now configure the IGA3 to map to our web server and mail server on the LAN 1 Enter 15 from the main menu 2 Enter2 to go to menu 15 2 3 Enter 1 or 2 from menu 15 2 on a ZyXEL Device with multiple WAN ports configure the menu as shown in Figure 180 on page 290 Figure 180 Example 3 Menu 15 2 Menu 15 2 NAT Server Setup Rule Start Port No End Port No IP Add
141. 3 MB Description Includes accessories to help you connect to other computers and online services 5 of 10 components selected Details Have Disk OK Cancel Apply 3 Inthe Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box 207 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 110 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components EE To install a component select the check box next to the component name or clear the check box if you do not want to install it amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components i NetMeeting Phone Dialer 0 2 MB Universal Plug and Play 0 4 MB Virtual Private Networking 0 0 MB J Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 856 3 MB r Description Universal Plug and Play enables seamless connectivity and communication between Windows and intelligent appliances Details omen 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Inthe Network Conne
142. 4 46 59 2000 PPOc WAR netMakeChannDial err 3001 52 Sat Jan 1 04 58 00 2000 PP10 WAR Last errorlog repeat 65 Times 53 Sat Jan 1 04 58 00 2000 PP10 INFO SMT Password pass Clear Error Log y n P 793H User s Guide 31 7 Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis 33 4 2 Syslog Logging The ZyXEL Device uses the syslog facility to log the CDR Call Detail Record and system messages to a syslog server Syslog and accounting can be configured in Menu 24 3 2 System Maintenance Syslog Logging as shown next Figure 209 Menu 24 3 2 System Maintenance UNIX Syslog Menu 24 3 2 System Maintenance UNIX Syslog UNIX Syslog Active No Syslog IP Address 0 0 0 0 Log Facility Local 1 You need to configure the syslog parameters described in the following table to activate syslog then choose what you want to log Table 122 Menu 24 3 2 System Maintenance UNIX Syslog FIELD DESCRIPTION UNIX Syslog Active Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to turn syslog on or off Syslog IP Address Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected categories of logs Log Facility Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select a location The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the documentation of your syslog program for more details When finished configuring this screen press ENTER to confi
143. 4 gt R01mF P 793H User s Guide Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis 4 PPP log PPP Log Message Format SdcmdSyslogSend SYSLOG PPPLOG SYSLOG_NOTICE String String ppp Proto Starting ppp Proto Opening ppp Proto Closing ppp Proto Shutdown Proto LCP ATCP BACP BCP CBCP CCP CHAP PAP IPCP IPXCP Jul 19 11 42 44 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL ppp LCP Closing Jul 19 11 42 49 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL ppp IPCP Closing Jul 19 11 42 54 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL ppp CCP Closing 5 Firewall log Firewall Log Message Format SdcmdSyslogSend SYSLOG_FIREWALL SYSLOG_NOTICE buf buf IP Src2xx xx xx xx spo2xxxx Dst2xx xx xx xx dpo xxxx prot rule action Src Source Address spo Source port empty means no source port information Dst Destination Address dpo Destination port empty means no destination port information prot Protocol TCP UDP ICMP IGMP GRE ESP rule a b where a means set number b means rule number Action nothing N block B forward F 08 01 200011 48 41Local1 Notice192 168 10 10RAS FW 172 21 1 80 137 gt 172 21 1 80 137 UDP default permit 2 02 B 08 01 200011 48 41Local1 Notice192 168 10 10RAS FW 192 168 77 88 520 gt 192 168 77 88 520 UDP default permit lt 2 0 gt B 08 01 200011 48 39Local1 Notice192 168 10 10RAS FW 172 21 1 50 2172 21 1 50 IGMP lt 2 gt default permit 2 02 B 08 01 200011 48 39Lo
144. 4 rules active for a single port Sets of factory default filter rules have been configured in menu 21 to prevent NetBIOS traffic from triggering calls and to prevent incoming telnet sessions A summary of their filter rules is shown in the figures that follow The following figure illustrates the logic flow when executing a filter rule See also Figure 192 on page 302 for the logic flow when executing an IP filter P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration Figure 187 Filter Rule Process Packet into filter Fetch First Filter Set Filter Set Fetch Next Fetch First Filter Set Filter Rule Fetch Next Filter Rule Yes Next Filter Set io ee n i one Available Yes No Filter Rule T l Forward Drop Packet Accept Packet You can apply up to four filter sets to a particular port to block multiple types of packets With each filter set having up to six rules you can have a maximum of 24 rules active for a single port 30 2 Configuring a Filter Set The ZyXEL Device includes filtering for NetBIOS over TCP IP packets by default To configure another filter set follow the procedure below 297 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration 1 Enter 21 in the main menu to open menu 21 Figure 188 Menu 21 Filter and Firewall Setup Menu 21 Filter and Firewall Setup 1 Filter Setup 2 Firewall Setup
145. 49 LAN Setup 257 Internet Access Setup 263 Remote Node Setup 265 Static Route Setup 275 NAT Setup 279 Firewall Setup 293 Filter Configuration 295 SNMP Configuration 309 System Password 311 System Information amp Diagnosis 313 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 323 Menus 24 8 to 24 11 337 IP Routing Policy Setup 343 Schedule Setup 349 Troubleshooting 353 237 Introducing the SMT The System Management Terminal SMT provides a text based menu driven console to manage the ZyXEL Device This chapter describes how to access the SMT and then provides an overview of its menus 21 1 Accessing the SMT Use Telnet to access the SMT Follow these steps 1 In Windows click Start gt Run 2 Type telnet w x y Z and click OK w x y z is the IP address of the ZyXEL Device the default address is 192 168 1 1 The ZyXEL Device prompts you for the password Figure 138 Login Screen Password xxxx 3 Enter the password The default password is 1234 As you type the password the screen displays an asterisk for each character you type 4 After you enter the password the SMT main menu appears as shown next BS Use menu 23 1 to change the password P 793H User s Guide Chapter 21 Introducing the SMT Figure 139 SMT Main Menu Copyright c 1994 2006 ZyXEL Communications Corp P 793H Main Menu Getting Started 1 Gener
146. 500 Kbps High AS opera SRNO NetMeeting traffic Service H 323 500 kbps High FTP Service FTP 500 Kbps Medium If you use VoIP and NetMeeting at the same time the device allocates up to 500 Kbps of bandwidth to each of them before it allocates any bandwidth to FTP As a result FTP can only use bandwidth when VoIP and NetMeeting do not use all of their allocated bandwidth Suppose you try to browse the web too In this case VoIP NetMeeting and FTP all have higher priority so they get to use the bandwidth first You can only browse the web when VoIP NetMeeting and FTP do not use all 1000 Kbps of available bandwidth 13 6 4 Bandwidth Management Priorities The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through an interface Table 66 Bandwidth Management Priorities PRIORITY LEVELS TRAFFIC WITH A HIGHER PRIORITY GETS THROUGH FASTER WHILE TRAFFIC WITH A LOWER PRIORITY IS DROPPED IF THE NETWORK IS CONGESTED High Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay Mid Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Low This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users
147. 56 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwidth P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Table 45 Firewall gt Threshold continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes Select this to clear the oldest half open session when a new connection request Deny New Connection Request for Select this and specify for how long the ZyXEL Device should block new connection requests when TCP Maximum Incomplete is reached Enter the length of blocking time in minutes between 1 and 256 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Content Filtering This chapter covers how to configure content filtering 10 1 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to your needs Content filtering gives you the ability to block web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can set a schedule for when the ZyXEL Device performs content filtering You can also specify trusted IP addresses on the LAN for which the ZyXEL Device will not perform content filtering 10 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking
148. 77 Run P Log Off o Turn Off Computer 5 untitled Paint 2 Inthe Control Panel double click Network Connections Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT Figure 251 Windows XP Control Panel amp Control Panel File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Q Ba d po Search E Folders E Address Control Panel Vg Control Panel Network Add Hardware Je Switch to Category view Connections danced See Also 7 2s Fonts Game Controllers A Windows Update 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties P 793H User s Guide 371 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 372 Figure 252 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties 5 Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help ck v Ss 2 ya Search Folders E s e Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks ocal Area Connection E Create a new d connection Standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte 9 Set up a home or small Disable office network Stat atus Disable this network device Repair W Repair this connection Bridge Connections mij Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this connection Create Shortcut 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and then click Properties Figure 253 Windows XP Local Area Connection Pro
149. 89ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 52 VPN gt Setup gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 fo
150. 92 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet Figure 47 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example E A 192 168 1 33 M mE cse LAN B 192 168 1 34 192 168 1 1 x5 pm ind IP address D 192 168 1 36 assigned by ISP 7 5 Configuring Port Forwarding BS The Port Forwarding screen is available when you select SUA Only in the NAT gt General screen or when you edit a server mapping set with Full Feature NAT P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens BS If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen See Appendix G on page 401 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 48 NAT gt Port Forwarding Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Port Forwarding Service Name Ww x Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Add ERRETA A EA Server IP Address Ea Vv Wa 192 168 1 10 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 32 NAT gt Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for s
151. 93H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 21 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Timeout Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet Active Traffic Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use traffic redirect if the normal Redirect WAN connection goes down Note If you activate traffic redirect you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Backup Gateway Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal not
152. A INTERNET SETUP ZyXEL STEP rrr STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration Pl ter the User User Name Password Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet lt Back Apply exit P 793H User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 10 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to finish manual configuration Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 3 1 3 Screen 3 This screen appears when you complete the Internet Setup wizard Figure 17 Internet Setup Wizard Summary Screen INTERNET SETUP CONGRATULATIONS Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup Page 3 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured
153. AN WAN to WAN Router and WAN to LAN Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a log when the above action is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this button to display more information Basic Click this button to display less information P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Table 39 Firewall gt General continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh
154. AN NetBIOS packets This command blocks IPSec NetBIOS packets This command stops NetBIOS commands from initiating calls P 793H User s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright O 2006 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following tw
155. Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 12 Static Route P 793H User s Guide Bandwidth Management This chapter contains information about configuring bandwidth management editing rules and viewing the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth management logs 13 1 Bandwidth Management Overview ZyXEL s Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth management rules based on an application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth rules The ZyXEL Device applies bandwidth management to traffic that it forwards out through an interface The ZyXEL Device does not control the bandwidth of traffic that comes into an interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to any interface must be less than or equal to the speed allocated to that interface in the Bandwidth Management Summary screen 13 2 Application based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on individual applications like VoIP Web FTP E mail and Vide
156. Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 70 Dynamic DNS gt Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic Select this check box to use dynamic DNS DNS Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Option Enable off line This option is available when Custom DNS is selected in the DDNS Type field option Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select this option to update the IP address of the host name s to the WAN IP Address address Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL server auto Device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS server automatically detect IP detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper
157. Command string to answer a call Drop DTR When Press the SPACE BAR to choose either Yes or No When Yes is selected the Hang Up default the DTR Data Terminal Ready signal is dropped after the AT Command String Drop is sent out AT Response Strings CLID Calling Line Enter the keyword that precedes the CLID Calling Line Identification in the AT Identification response string This lets the ZyXEL Device capture the CLID in the AT response string that comes from the WAN device CLID is required for CLID authentication Called Id Enter the keyword preceding the dialed number Speed Enter the keyword preceding the connection speed Call Control Dial Timeout sec Enter a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to keep trying to set up an outgoing call before timing out stopping The ZyXEL Device times out and stops if it cannot set up an outgoing call within the timeout value Retry Count Enter a number of times for the ZyXEL Device to retry a busy or no answer phone number before blacklisting the number Retry Interval sec Enter a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait before trying another call after a call has failed This applies before a phone number is blacklisted Drop Timeout sec Enter a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait before dropping the DTR signal if it does not receive a positive disconnect confirmation Call Back Delay sec Enter a
158. Configure the NAT router to forward packets with the extra header unchanged The extra header may be UDP port 500 or UDP port 4500 depending on the standard s the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router support BS You must enable NAT traversal on the ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router and you must configure the NAT router to forward packets with the extra header unchanged 11 1 3 IPSec SA Overview Once the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router have established the IKE SA they can use the IKE SA to securely negotiate IPSec SAs through which to send data between computers on the networks P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN BS An IPSec SA stays connected even if the underlying IKE SA is not available anymore This section introduces the key components of IPSec SA 11 1 3 1 Local Network and Remote Network In IPSec SA terminology the local network the one s connected to the ZyXEL Device may be called the local policy Similarly the remote network the one s connected to the remote IPSec router may be called the remote policy 11 1 3 2 Active Protocol The active protocol controls the format of each packet It also specifies how much of each packet is protected by the encryption and authentication algorithms IPSec VPN includes two active protocols AH Authentication Header RFC 2402 and ESP Encapsulating Security Payload RFC 2406 BS The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router must use the
159. DNS field Press ENTER to display Menu 1 1 Configure Dynamic DNS shown next Figure 141 Menu 1 1 Configure Dynamic DNS Menu 1 1 Configure Dynamic DNS Service Provider WWW DynDNS ORG Active No DDNSType DynamicDNS Host 1 Host 2 Host 3 Username Password KKKKKKKK Enable Wildcard Option No Enable Off Line Option N A IP Address Update Policy DDNS Server Auto Detect IP Address No Use Specified IP Address No Use IP Address N A P 793H User s Guide Chapter 22 General Setup Follow the instructions in the next table to configure Dynamic DNS parameters Table 93 Menu 1 1 Configure Dynamic DNS Update Policy FIELD DESCRIPTION Service This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Provider Active Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to make dynamic DNS active DDNSType Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select DynamicDNS if you have the Dynamic DNS service Select StaticDNS if you have the Static DNS service Select CustomDNS if you have the Custom DNS service Host 1 3 Enter up to three host names in these fields Username Enter your user name Password Enter the password assigned to you Enable Your ZyXEL Device supports DYNDNS Wildcard Press SPACE BAR and then Wildcard ENTER to select Yes or No This field is N A when you choose DDNS client as your Option service provider Enable Off This field is only av
160. Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Private This field is related to RIP This field determines whether or not the ZyXEL Device includes the route to this remote node in its RIP broadcasts If you select Yes this route is not included in RIP broadcast If you select No the route to this remote node is propagated to other hosts through RIP broadcasts Usually you should keep the default value RIP Direction Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives through this connection None The ZyXEL Device does not send or receive routing information through this connection Both The ZyXEL Device sends and receives routing information through this connection In Only The ZyXEL Device only receives routing information through this connection Out Only The ZyXEL Device only sends routing information through this connection 270 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup Table 104 Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options continued FIELD DESCRIPTION Version Select which version of RIP the ZyXEL
161. E SA Steps 1 2 The ZyXEL Device sends its proposals to the remote IPSec router The remote IPSec router selects an acceptable proposal and sends it back to the ZyXEL Device Steps 3 4 The ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router participate in a Diffie Hellman key exchange based on the accepted DH key group to establish a shared secret Steps 5 6 Finally the ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router generate an encryption key from the shared secret encrypt their identities and exchange their encrypted identity information for authentication In contrast aggressive mode only takes three steps to establish an IKE SA Step 1 The ZyXEL Device sends its proposals to the remote IPSec router It also starts the Diffie Hellman key exchange and sends its unencrypted identity to the remote IPSec router for authentication Step 2 The remote IPSec router selects an acceptable proposal and sends it back to the ZyXEL Device It also finishes the Diffie Hellman key exchange authenticates the ZyXEL Device and sends its unencrypted identity to the ZyXEL Device for authentication Step 3 The ZyXEL Device authenticates the remote IPSec router and confirms that the IKE SA is established P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Aggressive mode does not provide as much security as main mode because the identity of the ZyXEL Device and the identity of the remote IPSec router are not encrypted It is usually used when the address of t
162. Edit Name field and press ENTER Edit Name Enter the name of the schedule set you want to configure or leave this field blank to delete the specified schedule set 37 3 Schedule Set Setup This menu is only applicable if your Internet connection uses PPPoE encapsulation Use this menu to configure the schedule sets in the ZyXEL Device To open this menu enter the number of the schedule set in the Enter Schedule Set Number to Configure field enter the name of the schedule set in the Edit Name field and press ENTER in menu 26 Figure 244 Menu 26 1 Schedule Set Setup Once Active Start Date yyyy mm dd 2000 01 01 How Often Once Menu 26 1 Schedule Set Setup Yes Date yyyy mm dd 2000 01 01 Weekdays Sunday N A Monday N A Tuesday N A Wednesday N A Thursday N A Friday N A Saturday N A Start Time hh mm 00 00 Duration hh mm 00 00 Action Forced On P 793H User s Guide Chapter 37 Schedule Setup The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 134 Menu 26 1 Schedule Set Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION Active Press SPACE BAR to select Yes or No Choose Yes and press ENTER to activate the schedule set Start Date Should this schedule set recur weekly or be used just once only Press the SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Once or Weekly Both these options are mutually exclusive If Once is selected then all weekday
163. Figure 81 VPN Transport and Tunnel Mode Encapsulation sss 159 P 793H User s Guide List of Figures Figure o2 VEM S SIME 12 555 2 1 11 XYXLEIA DLE E GR IROU RR RA EN HRK TEX Kd UE RU ada SS rd S Rt ud 162 d ee YPN NS cw mS 163 Figure 84 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt AVANCO 1s err ba ebbe tta aa PER Ep ba a di EE Pba MERE EE bid d Desa a dada i 167 Figue 85 VPN gt Setup gt Edit MAUS isses eoo te aedi tti ada d pe tpe e EO RC eR 170 gs Rok dcEdi a e Am T Tm 173 Figure 87 VPN VPN Global SUING m M 173 Figure 88 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example ccceeeeeccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeneeaeaneneneees 174 Figure 89 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example eese nnne nnne 175 Figure 90 Example er static Routing TOBOIOY 12 3 0 eh i eire oet doccia i UU oi ac 177 Figure 91 Static Route gt Static ROME 2s Leander ca Engel ER c E a Eu i d d 178 Figure 92 Static Route gt Static Route gt Edit 1 cceeieeeettn rere tt reir ttt pe pec enne aaro c doas a 179 Figure 93 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example sss 182 Figure 94 Bandwidth MGMT gt SIMIAN Loxseaersdecsdakkerti temi nnna pts betubi vd kerEU T QU FORM UTE Pr RO TUR P UADIN 186 Figure 95 Bandwidth MONT gt Rule Setup i uecoieseiucsessueuuuseihaddua sa be paequ Epor ttd ue parta donar s abd auus sata cado pea 187 Figure 96 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup gt Add Ed
164. Firmware Routing Bridge Support IP RFC 791 routing is supported TCP UDP ICMP IGMP v1 and v2 ARP RIP v1 RIP v2 Transparent bridging IEEE 802 1D PPP BCP RFC 3185 support G SHDSL TC PAM line modulation Configurable as either server or client mode Rate negotiating Manually rate adaptation configuration 2 wire and 4 wire support Data Rate Selections From 192 kbps to 5696 kbps 2 wire mode Data Rate Selections From 384 kbps to 11392 kbps 4 wire mode P 793H User s Guide Appendix A Product Specifications Table 136 Firmware continued ATM Support Multiple protocols over AAL5 RFC1483 PPP over ATM RFC 2364 PPP over Ethernet RFC2516 ATM AALS5 supported Support 8 PVCs ATM Forum UNI3 0 4 0 PVC UBR CBR and VBR traffic shaping Internet Access Sharing NAT includes multi to multi NAT SUA 2048 NAT sessions Port restricted cone NAT NAT server Port forwarding Multi NAT Dynamic DNS www dyndns org DHCP server client relay Security User Authentication PAP CHAP with PPP RFC 1334 RFC 1994 Microsoft CHAP Stateful packet inspection firewall Content filter Prevent Denial of service Access control of service Real time attack alert and log Network Management Web based Configuration Command line interface Password protected Telnet support SNMP MIB MIB II support TFTP amp FTP firmware upgrade and configuration backup VP
165. Germany for instance you would type 02 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date mm nth week hr Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Yes in the Daylight Saving field The hr field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the last Sunday of October Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Oct Last Sun and type 02 in the hr field Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Oct Last Sun The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 02 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Once you have filled in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel 35 4 Remote Management To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Server Access field Enter 11 from menu 24 to bring up Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control P 793H User s Guide Chapter 35 Menus 24 8 to 24 11 Figure 236 Menu 24 11
166. High Mid or Low to prioritize the bandwidth for each service LICUIT CE CE ICT LT RI Auto classifier rest bandwidth Automatically assign the rest bandwidth to predefined classes depending on the packet size m e m The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select an entry s Active check box to turn on bandwidth management for the service application Service These fields display the services names Priority Select High Mid or Low priority for each service to have your ZyXEL Device use a priority for traffic that matches that service A service with High priority is given as much bandwidth as it needs If you select services as having the same priority then bandwidth is divided equally amongst those services Services not specified in bandwidth management are allocated bandwidth after all specified services receive their bandwidth requirements If the rules set up in this wizard are changed in Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup then the service priority radio button will be set to User Configured The Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup screen allows you to edit these rule configurations Auto classifier Select Auto classifier rest bandwidth to automatically allocate unbudgeted or rest bandwidth unused bandwidth to services based on the packet t
167. IP Pr 6 for destination telnet ports DP 23 M N means an action can be taken immediately The action is to drop the packet m D if the action is matched and to forward the packet immediately n F if the action is not matched no matter whether there are more rules to be checked there aren t in this example After you ve created the filter set you must apply it 1 Enter 11 from the main menu to go to menu 11 2 Enter 1 or2 to open Menu 11 x Remote Node Profile 3 Goto the Edit Filter Sets field press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER 4 This brings you to menu 11 1 4 Apply a filter set our example filter set 3 as shown in Figure 157 on page 272 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration 5 Press ENTER to confirm after you enter the set numbers and to leave menu 11 1 4 30 4 Filter Types and NAT There are two classes of filter rules Generic Filter Device rules and protocol filter TCP IP rules Generic filter rules act on the raw data from to LAN and WAN Protocol filter rules act on the IP packets Generic and TCP IP filter rules are discussed in more detail in the next section When NAT Network Address Translation is enabled the inside IP address and port number are replaced on a connection by connection basis which makes it impossible to know the exact address and port on the wire Therefore the ZyXEL Device applies the protocol filters to the native IP address and port
168. IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 30 on page 106 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device 7 3 NAT General Setup You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen Figure 46 NAT gt General NAT Setup I Active Network Address Translation NAT C sua Only Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 2048 Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 NAT General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to enable NAT Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing applications they Firewall need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the number of NAT sessions a Session Per single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessi
169. If this information is retained your ZyXEL Device will not have to recompile the tables when the line comes back up Once you have completed filling in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration and return to menu 11 1 or press ESC at any time to cancel 26 5 Remote Node Filter Move the cursor to the field Edit Filter Sets in menu 11 1 and then press SPACE BAR to set the value to Yes Press ENTER to open Menu 11 1 5 Remote Node Filter Use this menu to specify the filter set s to apply to the incoming and outgoing traffic between this remote node and the ZyXEL Device to prevent certain packets from triggering calls You can specify up to 4 filter sets separated by commas for example 1 5 9 12 in each filter field Note that spaces are accepted in this field For more information on defining the filters please refer to Chapter 30 on page 295 For PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation you have the additional option of specifying remote node call filter sets P 793H User s Guide 271 Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup Figure 157 Menu 11 5 Remote Node Filter Menu 11 5 Remote Node Filter Input Filter Sets protocol filters device filters Output Filter Sets protocol filters device filters Call Filter Sets protocol filters device filters The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 105 Menu 11 5 Remote
170. Information DSL Standard IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway VPI VCI LAN Information IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP Security Firewall Content Filter Device Information ZyNOS Firmware Version Refresh Interval None g Apply System Status P 793H System Uptime 0 07 12 P 793H Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 07 25 00 13 49 12 34 56 System Mode Routing Bridging V3 40 RQ 2 bi 2006 CPU Usage aa 1 43 iaith ni Memory Usage EN E IFX Soc2U 1 1 1 5 2_003 ANSI ANNEX_A OET 0 0 0 0 E 0 0 0 0 9 33 DSL1 Down 0 kbps ANSI ANNEX A DSL2 Down 0 kbps LAN 1 Up 100M Full Duplex LAN 2 Down LAN 3 Down 192 168 1 1 LAN 4 Down 255 255 255 0 Server Enabled Disable B idth Stat Packet Statistics VPN Status The following table describes the labels shown in the Status screen Table 3 Status LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Select a number of seconds or None from the drop down list box to refresh all screen statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not refresh the screen statistics Apply Click this button to refresh the status screen statistics Device Information Host Name This is the System Name you enter in the Maintenance System General screen It is for identification purposes Model Number This is the model name of the ZyXEL Device MAC Address This is the MAC Media Acc
171. KIE ELE RN AERE RE ERI Pel INIM aa 149 10 1 Coment FIORI CREER sessionis aeina 149 10 2 Coniiguring Keyword Blocking ioa casimaxted perii qnr tela tan ELTE E OU NEUEN pM Id M iate 149 10 3 Configuring the Schedule sisisi kt abes buca see cebuci n ra rtt eor ttd ea cadere 150 10 4 Configuring Trusted Computers 15er rra Enea Rd x xp ra Xn nt a Kan ig 151 Chapter 11 IPSS du em 153 EMIL IcRuL Ee cchecasinscecincicinsouaincneontsnederdeaxsatuurdentaadiur tebinaniedveues ious nad cues teoraanens Hane 153 TELTIKE SA QUBTVIGUE Lec ses cas pd cote p Dd be Dr ley a UR S DON aa 154 11 1 2 Additonal Topics Tor IKE SA senpi aeaa aaa AES 157 TELSIP SEG eri e poengene aaeeea 158 11 14 Additonal Topics for IP SOS SA rrisin Xp bn Lk naana o E Eni dE ba ra Rx xa CREE Fx 160 TLZ VPNUSSIUD SP sso ere Hbi ieie ca aces REP EP EAS Ra RUE ME NIMM M MIR 161 TT OS Edina VFN POES 20 dini CQ SD ER RAO HP RR Y d RU S d 163 11 4 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings 222 acsi ee eintreten ker hr d Rn Er ta dd 167 11 5 Contiguring Manual KOy 169 TLE Ru golpe M 172 TE Comoumng Sonal Sol SE TO T S LO EESTI 173 711 8 Telecommuter VPNAIPSec Examples a2 cp irpo r IR ese open PVP x LI exa bp E diei seniidis 174 11 8 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example seen 174 11 8 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example e ccceeceeeee
172. L Device to manage a remote node and dictate when a remote node should be called and for how long This feature is similar to the scheduler that lets you specify a time period to record a television program in a VCR or TiVo 37 2 Schedule Setup This menu is only applicable if your Internet connection uses PPPoE encapsulation Use this menu to look at the schedule sets in the ZyXEL Device To open this menu enter 26 in the main menu Figure 243 Menu 26 Schedule Setup Menu 26 Schedule Setup Schedule Schedule Set 4 Name Set Name Enter Schedule Set Number to Configure 0 Edit Name N A P 793H User s Guide Chapter 37 Schedule Setup The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 133 Menu 26 Schedule Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION 1 12 This field shows the beginning of the name of each schedule set Lower numbered sets take precedence over higher numbered sets This avoids scheduling conflicts For example if sets 1 2 3 and 4 in are applied in the remote node then set 1 takes precedence over set 2 3 and 4 Enter Schedule Set Number to Configure If you want to configure a schedule set enter the number of the static route in this field enter the name in the Edit Name field and press ENTER Menu 26 1 appears If you want to delete a schedule set enter the number of the static route in this field leave the name blank in the
173. LAN or in menu 11 5 WAN is applied to block a Telnet FTP or Web service You have disabled that service in menu 24 11 The IP address in the Secure Client IP field menu 24 11 does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately There is an SMT console session running There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it P 793H User s Guide IP Routing Policy Setup Use this menu to look at and configure policy routes 36 1 Policy Route Traditionally routing is based on the destination address only and the ZyXEL Device takes the shortest path to forward a packet IP Policy Routing IPPR provides a mechanism to override the default routing behavior and alter the packet forwarding based on the policy defined by the network administrator Policy based routing is applied to incoming packets on a per interface basis prior to the normal routing 36 2 Benefits Source Based Routing Network administrators can use policy based routing to direct traffic from different users through different connections Bandwidth Shaping Organizations can allocate bandwidth to traffic that matches the routing policy and prioritize traffic e Cost Savings IPPR allows organizations to distribute interactive traf
174. MP to transmit data Each ISAKMP packet contains many different types of payloads All of them show in the LOG Refer to RFC2408 ISAKMP for a list of all ISAKMP payload types Recv lt Main or Aggressive gt The router received an IKE negotiation request from the peer Mode request from lt IP gt address specified Send Mode lt Main or Aggressive gt request to lt IP gt The router started negotiation with the peer Invalid IP lt Peer local gt lt Peer local gt The peer s Local IP Address is invalid P 793H User s Guide 417 Appendix Log Descriptions Table 162 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Remote IP Remote IP The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used Remote IP conflicts the peer s Local Address as the router s Remote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus the connection is not allowed Phase 1 ID type mismatch This router s Peer ID Type is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Type Phase 1 ID content mismatch This router s Peer ID Content is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Content No known phase 1 ID type found The router could not find a known phase 1 ID in the connection attempt ID type mismatch Local Peer Local ID type Peer ID type The phase 1 ID types do not match ID content mismatch The phase 1 ID content
175. Mask Gateway IP address HRN First DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Second DNS Server 0 0 0 0 mm m The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 7 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters Ethernet LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP Select this if you have a dynamic IP address Address Automatically Static IP Select this if you have a static fixed IP address and enter the information below Address These fields appear if you select Static IP Address IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway provided by your ISP If your ISP did not provide Address one use the default value First DNS Enter the IP address es of the DNS server s provided by your ISP If your ISP did Server not provide one or both use the default value s Second DNS Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to finish manual configuration Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes This screen appears if your Internet connection uses PPPoE encapsulation P 793H User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Figure 14 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters PPPoE STEP STEP 2 lt Back Apply Exit The following table describes the fields in th
176. Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Configuring 1 Inthe Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab f your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically Ifyou have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 248 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address TCP IP Properties NE 7 x Bindings Advanced NeBIOS DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address n IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer IF your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below C Specify an IP address v Detect connection to network media Cancel 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab f you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS f you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 249 Wi
177. N IPSec VPN support 10 VPN tunnels IKE Manual Key DES 3DES AES Encryption software MD5 SHA1 Authentication FQDN NETBIOS pass through for IPSec IPSec VPN keep alive IPSec NAT Traversal Diagnostics Capabilities FLASH memory for the following SDSL circuitry circuitry RAM LAN port Others DNS Proxy UNIX syslog P 793H User s Guide Appendix A Product Specifications Table 137 Firmware Features FEATURE DESCRIPTION Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware when available from the ZyXEL web site and use the web configurator an FTP or a TFTP tool to put it on the ZyXEL Device Note Only upload firmware for your specific model Configuration Backup amp Restoration Make a copy of the ZyXEL Device s configuration You can put it back on the ZyXEL Device later if you decide to revert back to an earlier configuration Network Address Translation NAT Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address Use NAT to convert your public IP address es to multiple private IP addresses for the computers on your network Port Forwarding If you have a server mail or web server for example on your network you can use this feature to let people access it from the Internet DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Use this feature to have the ZyXEL Device assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your network
178. N AE IA A ETEN E E OE NE E PAAR RR E 203 Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPRP isse vo pina aine o dim IE Soo ea aa aaa 205 16 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play 1222 ient toe tierna itta post tt pp tata pa 205 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents 16 11 How do iknow T musing UPR 4er doas npa a dedo tera od 205 LANAT TATIE riaan err 205 1619 Cautions Mn 205 TELZ UFFI E EL ca ea a ad da waa trt uiii end LEM EA 206 T e Conmara UPP cna a 206 16 3 Installing UPnP in Windows EXOITIDlG eiseneonaisanseninniinneaisannn a 207 16 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example i e senoncrt erret rtt cnr kin 210 andi l 217 Chapter 17 QUSS ne daria bia HDTV ER HA E aa EA xe HAY HAS RMU LII MG DUO RUM A TA Ho R IS Fa DEEP EAT TEN RE V OUDE 219 T Gonera O ei dsl cdic ieee eon hai ee eee 219 17 1 4 General Setup and System Name iiccei cccseccrecsusiencracsuoseesssassseenaracstmnnesar vente 219 Ds Ue SIR Eig Avec mr 219 pedit uic DUET 221 Chapter 18 E m 225 19 1 L ge LIVER sascnssxisazttssudeten dato HERO E URL REEVEA DD GR R POLLEN URL RERUA IRL ES LER DR 225 16 1c Gleiie ONG LOGS E E E E E eee A 225 18 2 T UR A R 225 19 2 Connounig Log Sell auusansxengenaum inintatettinanntani hood co ed Ede Cup q de ad a 226 Chapter 19 p I 229 19 1 Fimware Upgrade e
179. NMP See SNMP using Telnet See command interface using the command interface See command interface using the web configurator See web configurator using TR 069 See TR 069 Maximum Burst Size MBS 74 Media Access Control address See MAC address metric 73 and policy route 74 and pre defined priority 73 multicast 97 multiplexing 72 LLC 72 VC 72 N nailed up connection 73 NAT 73 103 396 address mapping See address mapping 111 P 793H User s Guide Index and filter set 306 and IP alias 104 and remote management 196 and VPN 158 examples 286 global 103 how it works 104 inside 103 local 103 many to many no overload 105 many to many overload 105 many to one 105 one to one 105 outside 103 port forwarding See port forwarding server 104 105 SUA See SUA types of mapping 105 what it does 104 when to enable 95 NAT traversal 158 navigation panel 45 Network Address Translation See NAT network number 95 recommended values for LAN 95 P Peak Cell Rate PCR 74 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Diffie Hellman key group 160 point to point connections 40 63 65 client 64 66 conditions 64 encapsulation 63 65 procedure 64 66 roles for the ZyXEL Device in 64 66 server 64 66 Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 See PPPoA Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet See PPPoE policy route 343 actions 343 and metric 74 criteria 343 port forwarding 107 and your ISP 107 de
180. NS server fields If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them 374 P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 256 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties A General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings btain an IP address automatically C Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically C Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click Close OK in Windows 2000 NT to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Close the Network Connections window Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT 11 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP IP Control Panel 375 P 793H User s Guide
181. Network Layer Options seem 270 Table 105 Menu 11 5 Remote Node Fiter 22 ariete pe uia Ine EbzERE ERE PRI HERR EX PAPE SHEER FINE CERTE NI IURE PE REPE ERU OE 272 Table 106 Menu 11 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options seeseseseeeeeeeen nennen nnne nnns 273 Table 107 Menu 11 8 Advance Setup Options nennen ernst 274 Table 108 Menu 12 1 1 Edit IP State ROUTE cievccssusrresiacahieececisenieteiaviencenstpean ecauesdun sidan side ies o 276 Table 109 Menu 12 3 1 Edit Bridge Static ROUTE sse rnt trt n hk d ped t Hd d nde 277 Table TIO Appling NAT in Menis A S 11 3 iissusrbeterdi bei teer rM Ee ane R N Ene 281 Table 111 Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Rules usns ciceseceta set e Roa peti Rea rad tbe Fal eon abisi abra 283 Table 112 Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule c cccccceceeeeeeeeeeecenenaeceeceeeeeeeeeseeensaanaeeaeeeeeees 284 Table 113 Momu 15 2 MAT Server SOUP usuxsessani eive tH METH E ee rH EHI TR ERR ER ME UTU REIS 286 Table 114 Abbreviations Used in the Filter Rules Summary Menu eem 299 Table 115 RUNS Abbreviations USed eT tardies 299 Table 116 Menu 211 4012 TGPAP Filter RUIE ccccsdsuerisiccatuce contscdievisuntebiensondddaaietsurtnbvie Lata idv Le RE be do kcu 300 Table 117 Monu 2 L1 LE Gonone Filter Fe usce oat d o OR ERE POE p EE Rt Ep ean 303 Table 118 Menu 22 SNMP C ODIRGBESUDH coche eg vact bebe dab Eb e ana b blan Ee ER ep ena bebe pue neY eor tva eu De
182. Node Filter FIELD DESCRIPTION Input Filter Sets protocol filters Enter up to four filter sets If you enter more than one separate each one with a comma device filters Enter up to four filter sets If you enter more than one separate each one with a comma Output Filter Sets protocol filters Enter up to four filter sets If you enter more than one separate each one with a comma device filters Enter up to four filter sets If you enter more than one separate each one with a comma Call Filter Sets These fields appear if you selected PPPoA or PPPoE in Encapsulation in menu 11 1 protocol filters Enter up to four filter sets If you enter more than one separate each one with a comma device filters Enter up to four filter sets If you enter more than one separate each one with a comma 26 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options Move the cursor to the Edit ATM Options field in menu 11 1 then press SPACE BAR to select Yes Press ENTER to open this menu This menu depends on the multiplexing and encapsulation you select in menu 11 1 272 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup Figure 158 Menu 11 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options Menu 11 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options VPI VCI VC Multiplexing VC Options for IP VC Options for Bridge VPI 0 VPI 0 VCI 38 VCI 38 ATM QoS Type UBR ATM QoS Type UBR P
183. None in the Time Protocol field Current Date This field displays an updated date only when you reenter this menu New Date yyyy mm dd Enter the new date in year month and day format This field is available when you select None in the Time Protocol field Time Zone Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Saving Daylight Saving Time is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daylight time in the evenings If you use daylight savings time then choose Yes Start Date mm nth week hr Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Yes in the Daylight Saving field The hr field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the first Sunday of April Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Apr 1st Sun and type 02 in the hr field Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Mar Last Sun The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone In
184. P 93H G SHDSL bis 4 port Security Gateway User s Guide Version 3 40 1 2007 Edition 2 ZyXEL www zyxel com About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access Web Configurator Online Help Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary information BS It is recommended you use the web configurator to configure the ZyXEL Device e Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E mail techwriters zyxel com tw P 793H User s Guide 3 Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings a
185. P Alias Se UA uu scc eet eae Oa a get eaa ana Len dd C pa 260 Figure 151 Menu 3 6 Port Based VLAN SQUID iiec esetu niti pr ttu tui tt ep etui ir dmn aaepe Inu pue E RURE 261 Figure 152 Menu 4 Internet Access SetuP uuiuscisssetesexisbezeit np DA ES ORE FERA LM SEVA CA EV RUE LI FRE SM ad 263 Figure 193 Mena 11 Remote Node SLD 22 5 renisdpek cinere knub ipe En TRn EEH EINE VERON DEM E PIC iani 265 Figure 154 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile nodes 1 7 ccctccseccccseeccesscceesetecscenesseneceeeeesneecenentneees 266 Figure 155 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile node 8 esee enne than ninth annua unn 268 Figure 156 Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options essen nnne 269 Figure 157 Manu TLS Remote Node FINOT uiesssect isnt e yon E EE bx Mun ES Fk pP Lxx S iene 272 FOUG TOG T Menu 11 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options 273 Figure 159 Menu 11 8 Advance Setup OPTIONS uiicocesss cie eie erae ve vr e tH Rhone 4E nni anion dd dE kae 274 Figure 160 Menu 12 1 IP Statie RROUIGOOBUUD scubssxcdenidauemddqsddexedasped o adden dai lest nominates 275 Figure TOT Men T2 L1 Edt IP Stale Roule 22e abd esp bo ext tete vene cob br api N vene op aus 276 Figure 162 Menu 12 3 Bridge Static Route Setup 1i ern tmett etia tuae eaa sumus e a Epp aba aaro acaavveuie 277 Figure 163 Menu 12 3 1 Edit Bridge Static ROUTE 1 sss rneetar kac porta t i ii Hu tines 277 Figure 164 Menu 4 Applying NAT for Internet ACCESS ccceceeeccccee
186. P addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Local ID Type Select IP to identify this ZyXEL Device by its IP address Select DNS to identify this ZyXEL Device by a domain name Select E mail to identify this ZyXEL Device by an e mail address Content When you select IP in the Local ID Type field type the IP addres
187. P network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT 16 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention 16 2 UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnPTM Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP 16 2 1 Configuring UPnP Use this screen to set up UP
188. PSec SA through which the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router can send data between computers on the local network and remote network This is illustrated in the following figure P 793H User s Guide 153 Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Figure 76 VPN IKE SA and IPSec SA IPSec SA IKE SA In this example a computer in network A is exchanging data with a computer in network B Inside networks A and B the data is transmitted the same way data is normally transmitted in the networks Between routers X and Y the data is protected by the tunneling encryption and authentication of the IPSec SA The IPSec SA is established securely using the IKE SA that routers X and Y established first The rest of this section discusses IKE SA and IPSec SA in more detail 11 1 1 IKE SA Overview BS The IKE SA provides a secure connection between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router It takes several steps to establish an IKE SA The negotiation mode determines how many steps are required There are two negotiation modes main mode and aggressive mode Main mode provides better security while aggressive mode is faster Both routers must use the same negotiation mode These modes are discussed in more detail in Section 11 1 2 1 on page 157 The examples in this section use main mode 11 1 1 1 IP Addresses of the ZyXEL Device and Remote IPSec Router In the ZyXEL Device you have to specify the IP addresses of the ZyXEL Device
189. PSec router authenticate each other in steps 5 and 6 as illustrated below Their identities are encrypted using the encryption algorithm and encryption key the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router selected in previous steps Figure 79 IKE SA Main Negotiation Mode Steps 5 6 Authentication 5 D ae X 6 Y The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router use a pre shared key in the authentication process though it is not actually transmitted or exchanged The ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router must use the same pre shared key Router identity consists of ID type and ID content The ID type can be IP address domain name or e mail address and the ID content is a specific IP address domain name or e mail address The ID content is only used for identification the IP address domain name or e mail address that you enter does not have to actually exist The ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router each has its own identity so each one must store two sets of information one for itself and one for the other router Local ID type and ID content refers to the ID type and ID content that applies to the router itself and peer ID type and ID content refers to the ID type and ID content that applies to the other router in the IKE SA The ZyXEL Device s local and peer ID type and ID content must match the remote IPSec router s peer and local ID type and ID content respectively In the following example the ZyXEL Device an
190. Remote Management Control Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control TELNET Server Server Port 23 Server Access ALL Secured Client IP 0 0 0 0 FTP Server Server Port 21 Server Access ALL Secured Client IP 0 0 0 0 Web Server Server Port 80 Server Access ALL Secured Client IP 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 129 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control FIELD DESCRIPTION TELNET Server Each of these read only labels denotes a service that you may use to remotely FTP Server manage the ZyXEL Device Web Server Server Port This field shows the port number for the service or protocol You may change the port number if needed but you must use the same port number to access the ZyXEL Device Server Access Select the access interface if any by pressing SPACE BAR then ENTER to choose from LAN only WAN only ALL or Disable IP Secured Client The default 0 0 0 0 allows any client to use this service to remotely manage the ZyXEL Device Enter an IP address to restrict access to a client with a matching IP address Once you have filled in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel 35 4 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when 1 2 A filter in menu 3 1
191. S servers using the DNS server extensions of PPP IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature If the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen are not specified for instance left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients that it itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen This way the ZyXEL Device can pass the DNS servers to the computers and the computers can query the DNS server directly without the ZyXEL Device s intervention 6 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addres
192. SP 2 Subnet 2 3 A 9 6 General Firewall Policy Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Activate the firewall by selecting the Active Firewall check box as seen in the following screen Refer to Section 8 1 on page 117 for more information P 793H User s Guide 133 Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Figure 60 Firewall General General General IV Active Firewall A Caution Firewall check GB Bypass Triangle Route When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN and WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Log WAN to LAN pep Vv LAN to WAN Permit gt Iv WAN to WAN Router Drop z v LAN to LAN Router Permit gt r Basic Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 39 Firewall gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated Bypass Triangle Route Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device firewall permit the use of triangle route topology on the network See the appendix for more on triangle route topology Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the router Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets LAN to LAN Router LAN to W
193. Section 8 1 on page 117 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Anti Probing to display the screen as shown Figure 70 Firewall gt Anti Probing Anti Probing Anti Probing Respond to PING on LAN amp WAN 7 I Do Not Respond to Requests for Unauthorized Services Apply Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 44 Firewall gt Anti Probing LABEL DESCRIPTION Respond to PING The ZyXEL Device does not respond to any incoming Ping requests when on Disable is selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do Not Respond Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for to Requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port Unauthorized request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device Services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechani
194. Sel iiu since ib reri e EEPRI AS UR FII ERE HI IS MERERI ICA PER EP ERERMISM EAS 260 Chapter 25 Internet Access SotuUp ssiri skad esiea 263 oe Mmiomt Atco SOUP ienaa AA 263 Chapter 26 Remote Node STUD asia icini e a CASA S n a 265 26 1 Introduction to Remote Node SSID assisen RiR 265 20 2 Remote Node SED siparis a aa REM 265 20 3 Remere Nos PRSE arauri nsaan inns deus ibs is rasta E E ASN REAA ASEA KEERAS AAAS 265 26 4 Remote Node Network Layer Options vcsvecascsvcccsuvsaresdvevenecdtervencedservineceaduvtvenceddervanes 269 20 2 Remore Node PAIGE scs roo ois evt ia a A 271 285 Remote Node ATM Layer OBDOMS dn tere ettet den ab ven civ eti iua ue eH EUR pA MER AUR 272 20 7 Advance Sep OPIONS eM 274 Chapter 27 e FR LS SENT udo T E Vide AY A A E ER ERO On den i RC Gu 275 FORNITI iita fm C c EE 275 VERUM r Ecrbedsteri Ecip e 276 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents Chapter 28 BAT BEP Lais ui ua vede IRA OEL SARI GERIT T A T APE AN E HER RIZ VE ERREUR 279 roS MU T cg pr deem c d DET IH Td 279 28 1 1 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT 1 eisiscer ennt teorie oreet terr tna pae 279 were RUN 279 28 2 MAT SSE apir HIGH Ra PE MEMEDIN MI DIM EI HM n EVO 281 end Address Mapping EIS el es ts ol i dede Uo naso tip b T ERR Ret 281 28 3 Configuring a Server behind NAT 22i trea ttn Etna kid n Pha d kg EAR RAE Ea a Rd gba 284 28 4 General NAT EXAMES
195. Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 5 Configuring FTP You can upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files using FTP please see the chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client See Section 15 1 on page 195 for background information Use this screen to control FTP access to the ZyXEL Device To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP tab The screen appears as shown Figure 102 Remote MGMT gt FTP FTP FTP Port Access Status Secured Client IP qQ Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule 21 LAN amp WAN v Cal Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 73 Remote MGMT gt FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted comp
196. Service Type Service Mode Select 2 wire 4 wire or 2wire 2line mode for the DSL connection This is depends on the network configuration you want to set up and the phone lines you use Service mode affects the maximum speed of the connection In 2 wire mode the maximum data rate is up to 5 69 Mbps while in 4 wire mode the maximum data rate is up to 11 38 Mbps In 2wire 2line mode the maximum data rate is 5 69 Mbps for each line See Section 5 4 1 on page 78 for more information on configuring 2wire 2line mode Service Type Indicate whether the ZyXEL Device is the server or the client in the DSL connection Select Server if this ZyXEL Device is the server in a point to point application See Chapter 4 on page 63 Otherwise select Client This field is not configurable if you select 2wire 2line mode because the ZyXEL Device is P 793H User s Guide automatically set to Server Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 15 WAN gt Internet Connection continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Rate This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Indicate whether or not the Adaption ZyXEL Device can adjust the speed of its connection to that of the other device Transfer Max Rate Kbps This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Set the maximum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information The actual transfer rate will be between this value and the minimum transfer rate you configure Note W
197. Size sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 MTU Maximum Transmission Unit Type the maximum size of each data packet in bytes that can move through this interface If a larger packet arrives the ZyXEL Device divides it into smaller fragments Allowed values are 512 1500 Usually this value is 1500 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 6 Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet An example is shown in the figure below Figure 32 Traffic Redirect Example Internet i WAN p Backup Gateway The following network topology allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is connected to the LAN Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical networks with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Put the protected LAN in one subnet Subnet 1 in the following figure and the backup gateway in another subnet Subnet 2 Configure filters that allow packets from the protected LAN Subnet 1 to the backup gateway Subnet 2 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Figure 33 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup Subnet 1 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 mm LAN wi ans j REM CUm di m me NEESERS intenet PU T Gateway
198. Standard ANSI ANNEX_A DSL2 Down 0 kbps EXIT LAN 1 Up 100M Full Duplex Use LAN 2 submenus LAN 3 to configure 192 168 1 1 LAN 4 ZyXEL 255 255 255 0 Device Server Summary Firewall Enabled anten i Di ble iret Configuration updated successfully Click the amp icon located in the top right corner of most screens to view embedded help Table 2 Web Configurator Screens Summary LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Wizard INTERNET Use these screens for initial configuration including general SETUP setup ISP parameters for Internet Access and WAN IP DNS Server MAC address assignment BANDWIDTH Use these screens to limit bandwidth usage by application or MANAGEMENT packet size SETUP Logout UJ Click this icon to exit the web configurator Status Use this screen to look at the ZyXEL Device s general device system and interface status information You can also access the summary statistics tables Network WAN Internet Use this screen to configure ISP parameters WAN IP address Connection assignment DSL line point to point or point to 2point connections More Connections Use this screen to configure and place calls to a remote gateway WAN Backup Use this screen to configure your traffic redirect properties and Setup WAN backup settings P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 2 Web Configurator Screens Summary con
199. Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address ILA If the rule is for all local IP addresses then this field displays 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to one and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting Inside Global IP Address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP You can only do this for Many to One and Server mapping types Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address IGA This field is N A for One to one Many to One and Server mapping types P 793H User s Guide 111 Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Table 34 NAT gt Address Mapping continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Type 1 1 One to one mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for the One to one NAT mapping type M 1 Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA in other words PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only M M Ov Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses MM No No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps eac
200. T table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP corresponding NAT table entry GRE OSPF Router sent blocked web site The router sent a message to notify a user that the router message TCP blocked access to a web site that the user requested 412 P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 153 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out The default timeout values are as follows ICMP idle timeout 3 minutes UDP idle timeout 3 minutes TCP connection three way handshaking timeout 270 seconds TCP FIN wait timeout 2 MSL Maximum Segment Lifetime set in
201. TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution P 793H User s Guide Appendix G Common Services P 793H User s Guide Command Interpreter The following describes how to use the command interpreter See Section 35 1 on page 337 for how to access the command interpreter from SMT See www zyxel com for more detailed information on these commands lt gt Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable Command Sy
202. TM QoS Type UBR Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 Sustain Cell Rat SCR 0 aximum Burst Size MBS 0 y Login N A y Password N A ENET ENCAP Gateway 0 0 0 0 IP Address Assignment Static IP Address 0 0 0 0 Network Address Translation SUA Only Address Mapping Set N A The following figure shows how you apply NAT to the remote node in menu 11 3 Enter 11 from the main menu Enter 1 to open Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile Move the cursor to the Edit IP Bridge field press SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to bring up Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options Figure 165 Menu 11 3 Applying NAT to the Remote Node IP Options Bridge Options Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options IP Address Assignment Static Ethernet Addr Timeout min N A Rem IP Addr 0 0 0 0 Rem Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 y WAN Addr 0 0 0 0 NAT SUA Only Address Mapping Set N A etric 2 Private No RIP Direction Both Version RIP 2B ulticast None IP Policies P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 110 Applying NAT in Menus 4 amp 11 3 FIELD DESCRIPTION OPTIONS Network When you select this option the SMT will use the specified address Full Address mapping set menu 15 1 see Section 28 2 1 on page 281 for further Feature Translation discussion You can configure any of the
203. UMINAIY teils bete da bebes pe EBEE PI prEPE FUd E EE EUUIE e Ri EUH ae PORT peer EPUN OE gq binds 186 Table 568 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup uiceecesstesseienkatena ceti eiii e ti aera oa tado kbo oA FUP aahi ova abbii Xd Ruin 187 Table 69 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup gt Add Edit ssssssssssssee 188 Table 70 Dynamic DNS DOME DNS oscasustnlcaciinGonacianchriniereenaucacieine nu Gunton aeeaeat aniseed 192 Table 1 ue MOMT s iir m 196 Table 72 Remote MGMT Tenet RU m T TT 198 Tele 73 REMOTE MAGI mda 198 TORETE 5 aaa TADS tuit ne putet aee en b eM ose te ee pty orar evry rrr ee erence rer epee rere re 200 Table FS NP 2 Tie aoii niches ernest 200 Table 76 Remote MOMT gt SNMP samaisa ieira aea i aaa a i 201 Table 77 Remalo MGMT gt DNS asra oda aE aaa Uo a AA E aa 202 Table 78 Remote MGMT gt ICMP 31 5 i i EERT ER XREEN dS REEPUUSSEXRRENTH AME EEFHXS EXE FRUH SER FRKIAS EO S EHA NEEDS ERN EPA M RRU E 203 Table 79 TER UBSULOBDBISENOS aches sas ws ae DR LR b pb o n gad E e evt Ren ares 204 Tabe g0 URIP GEETE MP ER S E t m eran 206 Ttable 81 System gt General e 220 32 P 793H User s Guide List of Tables TAS Oz SSIES HO SEINE auixsnszussriospexasdktescidsekvexsas artem assu dag LH IH AR X RU Rd 221 TOGO LOOS a VIEN LOD Se deed st raTa EE AEEA EAE EE EAE A 226 Table 64 Logs gt LOG SotlingS sersrsisisisorrisiur rsin s sairin E ATA S E REND
204. User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 259 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu r1 Grab File Edit Capt About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software a System Preferences Location 2 Click Network in the icon bar Select Automatic from the Location list Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list Click the TCP IP tab 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list P 793H User s Guide 377 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 260 Macintosh OS X Network eo Network Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic m Show Built in Ethernet AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID
205. VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP etc VC based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical 5 1 2 2 LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 5 1 3 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more information 5 1 4 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup 5 1 4 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you hav
206. a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events 15 6 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administ
207. a packet takes between two endpoints Sometimes when a packet filter firewall is configured incorrectly an attacker can traceroute the firewall gaining knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall Often many DoS attacks also employ a technique known as IP Spoofing as part of their attack IP Spoofing may be used to break into systems to hide the hacker s identity or to magnify the effect of the DoS attack IP Spoofing is a technique used to gain unauthorized access to computers by tricking a router or firewall into thinking that the communications are coming from within the trusted network To engage in IP spoofing a hacker must modify the packet headers so that it appears that the packets originate from a trusted host and should be allowed through the router or firewall The ZyXEL Device blocks all IP Spoofing attempts 8 5 Stateful Inspection With stateful inspection fields of the packets are compared to packets that are already known to be trusted For example if you access some outside service the proxy server remembers things about your original request like the port number and source and destination addresses This remembering is called saving the state When the outside system responds to your request the firewall compares the received packets with the saved state to determine if they 122 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls are allowed in The ZyXEL Device uses stateful packet inspection to protec
208. a so ekani 353 38 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS 55er tx rH ERE ei an t ERR ans 353 LINGE PUER CIS ACEOSS Ec M NAA 354 SN gles Me 356 9048 Advanced Fe Us Saas Barcode n Nia etal laa aaah ela ipa 357 38 5 Reset ihe ZyXEL Device to Its Factory Defaults ssciicsssscceccossaeaacecsarrecaeceasrneeccorsecneceantaneds 357 Part VI Appendices and Index esses 359 Appendix A Product Speoifi cator ue o Lor Lrpi ile kh ab RCM R UR ERRR MME ERROR NA DN REB DEP LET LpEE 361 Appendix B Wal mounting Instrucbtonies eise ai rei bn UR ERG DA PEEL DU UE LEN A MILAN GM EB EPI EU RM RAE 365 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address eseseseeneeeeeennee 367 Appendix D Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions ssssss 383 P 793H User s Guide 21 Table of Contents Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting ccccccccccccccceccceccceeceececeeceeceeeeceeeeseeeeeeseteeess 389 Appendix F IP Address Assignment Conflicts cccccccccseccnecceecceeceaeceeceeeeceeseeeeeaeeeeeeeees 397 Appendix G Common Services c cccccccsccceccceccaeccecceececeeccecceeceeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneess 401 Appendix H Command Interpreter cccccccccccscccceccceccceccecccecececceecceecceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeerenss 405 Appendix Log Descriptions lseeeeeeeeesesesssssssesssseseeeee n
209. abled connection Internet Connection Set up a home or small i 9 office network Disable Disable this network LLANOrHE Status devi i SRE l Create Shortcut mij Rename this connection ulia view status of this m connection Cu Rename Change settings of this Properties 3 Inthe Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 115 Internet Connection Properties 2 Internet Connection Properties a m General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intemet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings v Shaw icon in notification area when connected 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings Figure 116 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Gerace Selec fe services unnig on pour networks that Inlemel uzei can aoa Seraces f mernege 192 168 1 659859 27177 UDP v mirng 192 168 1 91 7281 26037 UDP v memso 132 158 1 0 7810 21 011 TCR P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 117 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add Service Settings Description of service Test Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the comput
210. age 106 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL Device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 7 1 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 44 How NAT Works NAT Table LAN Inside Local Inside Global IP Address IP Address WAN 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 11 IGA2 192 168 1 13 m 192168 1 12 IGA3 192 168 1 13 IGA4 m ak A 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 10 es Internet _ s E l 192 168 1 11
211. ailable when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type field Line Option Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes When Yes is selected http www dyndns org traffic is redirected to a URL that you have previously specified see www dyndns org for details IP Address You can select Yes in either the DDNS Server Auto Detect IP Address field recommended or the Use Specified IP Address field but not both With the DDNS Server Auto Detect IP Address and Use Specified IP Address fields both set to No the DDNS server automatically updates the IP address of the host name s with the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address DDNS does not work with a private IP address When both fields are set to No the ZyXEL Device must have a public WAN IP address in order for DDNS to work DDNS Server Auto Detect IP Address Only select this option when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to have the DDNS server automatically detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use Specified Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to update the IP address IP Address of the host name s to the IP address specified below Only select Yes if the ZyXEL Device u
212. al Setup 2 WAN Setup 3 LAN Setup 4 Internet Access Setup Advanced Applications 11 Remote Node Setup 12 Static Routing Setup 15 NAT Setup Advanced Management 21 5 22 295 24 255 26 Enter Menu Selection Filter and Firewall Setup SNMP Configuration System Password System Maintenance IP Routing Policy Setup Schedule Setup Exit Number There is an inactivity timeout and the default value is ten minutes If there is no activity for longer than this your ZyXEL Device will automatically log you out You will then have to telnet into the ZyXEL Device again You can use the web configurator or the Cl commands menu 24 8 to change the inactivity timeo ut period 21 2 SMT Menu Items The following table provides an overview of each menu item Table 89 Main Menu Summary MENU FUNCTION 1 General Setup Use this menu to set up device mode dynamic DNS and administrative information 2 WAN Setup Use this menu to configure the DSL connection traffic redirect and dial backup interface 3 LAN Setup Use this to apply LAN filters configure LAN DHCP and TCP IP settings and to allow or block layer 2 traffic between each pair of ports 4 Internet Access Setup Use this menu to configure your Internet connection 11 Remote Node Setup Use this menu to configure detailed remote node settings for example your ISP is a remote node as well as apply filters
213. alculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version This field is enabled if RIP Direction is not None The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on y
214. all Configuration Figure 64 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit gt Edit Customized Services gt Edit Config Service Name Service Type TCPAUDP Port Configuration Type single Port Range Port Number From 0 To 0 Apply Cancel Delete The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 43 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit gt Edit Customized Services gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Config Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from the drop down list box Port Configuration Type Click Single to specify one port only or Port Range to specify a span of ports that define your customized service Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen Delete Click Delete to delete the current rule and return to the previous screen 9 8 Example Firewall Rule The following Internet firewall rule example allows a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Figure 65 Firewall Example Rules Rules Firewal
215. also fails If you want the dial backup route to take first priority over the traffic redirect route or even the normal route all you need to do is set the dial backup route s metric to 1 and the others to 2 or greater IP Policy Routing overrides the default routing behavior and takes priority over all of the routes mentioned above 5 3 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS i
216. among the classes that require more bandwidth Therefore the ZyXEL Device divides a total of 3072 kbps of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth among the classes that require more bandwidth 13 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the priorities of the bandwidth classes and the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 63 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES PRIORITIES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration Priority 4 1024 kbps Sales Priority 6 3584 kbps Marketing Priority 6 3584 kbps Research Priority 5 2048 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The sales and marketing are first to get extra bandwidth because they have the highest priority 6 If they each require 1536 kbps or more of extra bandwidth the ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally between the sales and marketing departments 1536 kbps extra to each for a total of 3584 kbps for each because they both have the highest priority level Research requires more bandwidth but only gets its budgeted 2048 kbps because all of the unbudgeted and unused bandwidth goes to the higher priority sales and marketing c
217. any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses Inthe IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add Click OK when finished P 793H User s Guide 373 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 255 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties Advanced TCP IP Settings IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Metric Automatic metric 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate D
218. ar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ Close P 793H User s Guide Appendix D Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 274 Internet Options Security General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e Z o e Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet A This zone contains all Web sites you Gites haven t placed in other zones m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone E Medium Safe browsing and still functional a Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned Activex controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Scripting oar WO ND Click OK to close the window Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is
219. are here Multiple logical devices can be T associated with a single piece of hardware Profile Status Device Nickname Type X Inactive ethO ethO Ethemet 2 Double click on the profile of the network card you wish to configure The Ethernet Device General screen displays as shown Figure 262 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General Ethernet Device General Route Hardware Device Nickname eth0 lt Activate device when computer starts Allow all users to enable and disable the device Automatically obtain IP address settings with dhcp DHCP Settings Hostname optional Automatically obtain DNS information from provider Statically set IP addresses Manual IP Address Settings Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Address 3 Cancel P 793H User s Guide 379 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address f you have a dynamic IP address click Automatically obtain IP address settings with and select dhep from the drop down list If you have a static IP address click Statically set IP Addresses and fill in the Address Subnet mask and Default Gateway Address fields Click OK to save the changes and close the Ethernet Device General screen 4 If you know your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Configuration screen Enter the DNS ser
220. ass B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Viewing Certifications 1 Go to http www zyxel com 2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantabili
221. at Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the first Sunday of April Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday April and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 17 System Table 82 System gt Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the last Sunday of October Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Last Sunday October and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Dayli
222. at 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General eesseeseesseeeeeeenen nnne nnne 379 Figure 263 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS sisisi recen anaiei enin Rea ku pia 380 Figure 264 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate asseverent demisit tasto nid cimnee etia 380 Figure 265 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO ssssssseeesssss 381 Figure 266 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO eeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeess 381 Figure 267 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolvGonT iuuucscesesiieett erectae kabet nnus itia d deu aab bu dec Ran 381 Figure 268 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card esei seen eret th ana uii th d RR a 381 Figure 269 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties auos eee ee ERAI ER E ia a 382 Figure 270 Pop up NOCHE M 383 Figur 27 Y alte 1g lee SIU Uw PEDE deu a bic ebat nec en re UU CHO One paca Bb arene ony rer aU Ten OED meneame Ter 384 Figure 272 Internet Options PTINEDU srir rovinosa d pd ilo de cb HH Rok bu dust eiii 385 Figuig 273 Pop up BIOcKer Settings Ls iato o Ee en er ro b ode a o ptc Dodd 385 Figure 274 Inigemer Dg ge SEGUY cac caeci bei bp a e EL e HII OAA RR 386 Figure 275 Security Settings Java SCMPUNG auis sei cieeeenu siet tutus io itd diner Zub ea appear ur EE o pL ioun ereas 387 Figure 276 Security Sellngs Java NE 387 Foe gt ge ee de etc 388 Figure 278 Network Nambsr anid Host ID gai sess ces cae al
223. ation The ZyXEL Device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL Device s Internet connection terminates Dial Backup Active Dial Select this to have the ZyXEL Device use a dial backup connection if the normal Backup WAN connection goes down Note If you activate dial backup you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Port Speed Use the drop down list box to select the speed of the connection between the DSL port and the external device User Name Type the login name assigned by your ISP Password Type the password assigned by your ISP Primary Phone Number Type the first primary phone number from the ISP for this remote node If the Primary Phone number is busy or does not answer your ZyWALL dials the Secondary Phone number if available See Advanced Setup Some areas require dialing the pound sign before the phone number for local calls Include a symbol at the beginning of the phone numbers as required
224. ation with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version This field is enabled if RIP Direction is not None The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it
225. atssianaavucs snes 307 30 5 2 Applying Remote Node Fillers iuueni crainte tta ati Etpa bei bbb a vue bbb stud ni 307 Chapter 31 iliius 309 SLT eu nrelr TRU T TEN 309 Chapter 32 rra urls ge 311 Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis ceeeseeseseeesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennt tnnt 313 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents scm ipee t0 Syston SUS e 313 Sx Sc ccr I MM TT 213 33 3 System Information and Console Port Speed oce emere ete tpa uta 315 cx ue can pg Pm 315 od3 2 Console Por SPEC iiec niv m p tentaverit a 316 CIE Log and NIIT e 317 cst ME I II Bs RT T T T MT 317 edd eo RN LUDGIBO aoi pecia rH EV pO kd E ERN BUD NM RUM M Pe ME REIN 318 a S 2 Lj E 320 Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance eeeeeeeeeeeeneneneeeeenennn nnn 323 v me Manrxsipa ol Meme P 323 34 2 Filaname Se nuca n Ke M 323 24 5 Backup CODTOGBEUOEE crossi nanaii eee usate ueni epa toatl veniadets EA 324 3213 1 Bp C ARTA ANON csrsbaiiistbebenatun ud endet ertet ud adu toten divide de a bulo 324 34 3 2 Using the FTP Command from the Command Line eeeeeeeess 325 34 3 3 Example of FTP Commands from the Command Line sssesssssss 325 4 3 4 GUl based FTP CIeniS Cm 326 34 3 5 Fi
226. ay for each LAN network Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to display menu 3 2 1 When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel 24 4 LAN IP Alias Use menu 3 2 to configure the first network and you use menu 3 2 1 to configure the other two networks Move the cursor to the Edit IP Alias field press SPACE BAR to choose Yes and press ENTER to configure the second and third network P 793H User s Guide Chapter 24 LAN Setup Figure 150 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup IP Alias 1 2 No IP Address N A IP Subnet Mask N A RIP Direction N A Version N A Incoming protocol filters N A Outgoing protocol filters N A IP Alias 2 2 No IP Address N A IP Subnet Mask N A RIP Direction N A Version N A Incoming protocol filters N A Outgoing protocol filters N A Use the instructions in the following table to configure IP alias parameters Table 100 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Choose Yes to configure the LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mas
227. b service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP 7 4 1 Default Server IP Address In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens BS If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup 7 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network The most often used port numbers are shown in Appendix G on page 401 Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers 7 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 1
228. based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask for this destination Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is an immediate neighbor of your Address ZyXEL Device that will forward the packet to the destination On the LAN the gateway must be a router on the same segment as your ZyXEL Device over the WAN the gateway must be the IP address of one of the remote nodes Metric Enter a number from 1 to 15 to set this route s priority among the ZyXEL Device s routes see Section 5 2 on page 73 The smaller the number the higher priority the route has Private This parameter determines if the ZyXEL Device will include the route to this remote node in its RIP broadcasts If set to Yes this route is kept private and not included in RIP broadcast If No the route to this remote node will be propagated to other hosts through RIP broadcasts Once you have completed filling in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel 27 2 Bridge Static Route Setup Enter 3 from menu 12 Select one of the bridge static routes as shown next to configure IP static routes in menu 12 3 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 27 Static Route Setup Fig
229. box to enable it Name This is the descriptive name for this connection VPI VCl This is the VPI and VCI values used for this connection Encapsulation This is the method of encapsulation used for this connection Modify The first ISP connection is read only in this screen Use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to edit it Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the connection Click the delete icon to remove an existing connection You cannot remove the first connection Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 5 1 More Connections Edit Use this screen to configure a connection Click the edit icon in the More Connections screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Figure 30 WAN gt More Connections gt Edit General Active Name changeMe Mode Routing gt Encapsulation PPPoE User Name SH Password Service Name i Multiplexing vc z YPI I VCI Ba Line fi IP Address C Obtain an IP Address Automatically static IP Address IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 Connection C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle timeout sec NAT C None SUA Only Edit Back Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 19 WAN gt More Connections gt Edit
230. by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 52 VPN gt Setup gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses The remote fields do not apply when the Secure Gateway IP Address field is configured to 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote I
231. c Maximum Burst Size MBS Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 Once you have completed filling in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration and return to menu 11 1 or press ESC at any time to cancel P 793H User s Guide 273 Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup 26 7 Advance Setup Options 274 Move the cursor to the Edit Advance Options field in menu 11 1 only for remote node 1 then press SPACE BAR to select Yes Press ENTER to open Menu 11 8 Advanced Setup Options Figure 159 Menu 11 8 Advance Setup Options enu 11 8 Advance Setup Options PPPoE pass through No The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 107 Menu 11 8 Advance Setup Options FIELD DESCRIPTION PPPoE pass through Once you have completed filling in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration and return to menu 11 1 or press ESC at any time to cancel In addition to the ZyXEL Device s built in PPPoE client you can enable PPPoE Passthrough to allow up to ten hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP via the ZyXEL Device Each host can have a separate account and a public WAN IP address PPPoE pass through is an al
232. c IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Obtain an IP PPPoE PPPoA and ENET ENCAP only Select this if you have a dynamic IP Address address Static IP Address PPPoE PPPoA and ENET ENCAP only Select this if you do not have a dynamic IP address IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP Subnet Mask ENET ENCAP only This field is enabled if you select Static IP Address Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP Gateway IP ENET ENCAP only This field is enabled if you select Static IP Address Enter Address the gateway IP address provided by your ISP You must enter a valid IP address for Internet access If you enter 0 0 0 0 the Internet connection does not work Connection This section only appears if the Encapsulation is PPPoE and PPPoA Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout
233. cal1 Notice192 168 10 10RAS FW 172 21 1 25 172 21 1 25 IGMP lt 2 gt default permit lt 2 0 gt B 33 5 Diagnostic The diagnostic facility allows you to test the different aspects of your ZyXEL Device to determine if it is working properly Menu 24 4 allows you to choose among various types of diagnostic tests to evaluate your system as shown next Not all fields are available on all models Follow the procedure below to get to Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic 1 From the main menu select option 24 to open Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 From this menu select option 4 Diagnostic This will open Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic P 793H User s Guide Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis Figure 210 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic xDSL System 1 Reset xDSL 21 Reboot System 22 Command Mode TCP IP 12 Ping Host Enter Menu Selection Number Host IP Address N A The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 123 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic FIELD DESCRIPTION Reset xDSL Enter 1 to reset the DSL connection on the WAN port Ping Host Enter 12 to ping any machine with an IP address on your LAN or WAN Enter its IP address in the Host IP Address field below Reboot System Enter 11 to reboot the ZyXEL Device Command Mode Enter 22 to go to the Command
234. ce from the Service scrolling list box If the service is not listed it is necessary to first define it See Appendix G on page 401 for more information on predefined services 9 3 3 3 Source Address What is the connection s source address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 9 3 3 4 Destination Address What is the connection s destination address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 9 4 Connection Direction This section describes examples for firewall rules for connections going from LAN to WAN and from WAN to LAN LAN to LAN Router and WAN to WAN Router rules apply to packets coming in on the associated interface LAN or WAN respectively LAN to LAN Router means policies for LAN to ZyXEL Device the policies for managing the ZyXEL Device through the LAN interface and policies for LAN to LAN the policies that control routing between two subnets on the LAN Similarly WAN to WAN Router polices apply in the same way to the WAN port P 793H User s Guide 131 Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration 9 4 1 LAN to WAN Rules The default rule for LAN to WAN traffic is that all users on the LAN are allowed non restricted access to the WAN When you configure a LAN to WAN rule you in essence want to limit some or all users from accessing certain services on the WAN WAN to LAN Rules The default rule for WAN to LAN traffic blocks all incoming connecti
235. cess f time source message 0 06 08 2004 05 58 21 172 21 BLOCK Firewall default policy IG 1 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 BLOCK Firewall default policy IG 2 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 BLOCK Firewall default policy IG 3 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 BLOCK Firewall default policy IG 4 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 BLOCK Firewall default policy IG 5 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 BLOCK Firewall default policy UD 4 154 P W to 3 56 P W to 0 2 P W to 191 Co P W to 254 oe 4 187 137 W ZW W ZW W ZW W ZW P W to W ZW P W to W ZW destination 224 0 1 24 239 255 255 250 239 255 255 254 224 0 1 22 224 0 0 1 122 21 255 255 2137 n ACC ACCI ACC ACC ACC ACCI Ores ESS ESS ESS ESS ESS ESS Routing Command Syntax ip nat routing 0 LAN 0 no 1 yes Use this command to set the ZyXEL Device to route traffic that does not match a NAT rule through a specific interface An example of when you may want to use this is if you have servers with public IP addresses connected to the LAN The following command example sets the ZyXEL Device to route traffic that does not match a NAT rule through the LAN interface Figure 287 Routing Command Example ras ip nat routing 2 0 Routing can work in NAT when no NAT rule match P 793H User s Guide 407 Appendix H Command Interpr
236. ci bid e bo tio dad et otii do Di but d a e 337 Foute 231 Es nar scq 338 Figure 232 Menu 24 8 System Maintenance Call Gontrol 12 iiiicecese esses atta attt i et tntha asd dehet 338 Figure 233 Menu 24 9 1 Budget Management 1 eei eeee narrandi etna nau ER nata raa kk ata a Rau EE naa 339 Figure 234 Ment 24 System cem T T 340 Figure 235 Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting ssessssssss 340 Figure 236 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control sssssssseeeeeeneeeeennn 342 Figure 237 Menu 25 IP Routing Policy Setup auiissscececsesse tenero retta poor ctae pere tao peer tae pue Ena eee tre taa pad 344 Figure 238 Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy SELDUp usisccix pectine tet ER RER FEE E E EE ERREUR UHR LE pnta e 345 Figure 239 Menu 25 LU IP Roving Poly T 346 Figure 240 IP Routing Policy EXample sisciccsissctezscsssieiaciisseans cestiassiuasiers a aa 347 Figure 241 IP Routing Policy Example 1 uoce mad ea Epod a eR ak n Rada i ex a bas s lab n a p 348 Figur 247 IP Routing Policy Example 2 usc dup p VIE E opPR ERE UE bo ve Pi eae cee UbPeR Dcus pu IO vn iE EHLu UR 348 Figure 243 Menu 26 eu lea 349 Figure 244 Mend 26 1 ea NS ODD aide cakes alana ac kala asada ca saad nanan Kaa anaes 350 Figure 245 Y Dable CODE BOR scuccidoxkenddopieruui d dit dine iHd rc cene o clau os EA pida eene Fes 364 Figure 246 Wal mouming fexatple ea eode has ea te
237. cing the Web Configurator 43 Wizards 53 Point to 2 point Configuration 63 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device This chapter introduces the main features and applications of your ZyXEL Device 1 1 Overview This ZyXEL Device is a secure G SHDSL bis router with a 4 port switch Set up your ZyXEL Device for high speed Internet access or for high speed point to point connections with other ZyXEL Devices of the same type In either setup the ZyXEL Device itself can act as a router or as a bridge See Appendix A on page 361 for a complete list of features you can configure on your ZyXEL Device 1 1 1 High speed Internet Access The ZyXEL Device is the ideal high speed Internet access solution In addition unlike ADSL or VDSL GSHDSL bis supports the same high speed for transmission and receiving Figure 1 High speed Internet Access with Your ZyXEL Device Internet D For Internet access connect the DSL port to the phone port Then connect your computers or servers to the LAN ports for shared Internet access See the Quick Start Guide for detailed instructions about hardware connections Next set up each ZyXEL Device as a router or as a bridge depending on the desired configuration As a router the ZyXEL Device provides features such as firewall content filtering and bandwidth management As a bridge the ZyXEL Device minimizes the configuration changes you have to make in your existing network P 793H User s G
238. col See ICMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol See IGMP Internet Protocol Security See IPSec IP address and ENET ENCAP 73 and PPPoA PPPoE 73 and RFC 1483 73 dynamic 72 network number See network number private 96 static 72 IP address class and IGMP 97 IP alias 101 and bandwidth management 181 and firewall 101 and NAT 104 and traffic redirect 85 and triangle route 133 IP Control Protocol IPCP 94 IP Policy Routing IPPR See policy route IP pool 94 IP protocol 119 IPSec 153 IPSec SA active protocol 159 authentication algorithms 155 168 169 authentication key manual keys 161 encapsulation 159 encryption algorithms 155 168 169 encryption key manual keys 161 local policy 159 manual keys 160 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS 160 proposal 160 remote policy 159 Security Parameter Index SPI manual keys 161 transport mode 160 tunnel mode 159 when IKE SA is disconnected 159 IPSec SA See also VPN IPSec See also VPN L LAN 93 and WAN 93 LAN ports communication between 260 LEDs 41 LLC multiplexing 72 Local Area Network See LAN log 225 log categories 226 logical interface See IP alias logical network See IP alias Login screen 44 MAC address 100 MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol See ENET ENCAP main screen navigation panel 45 management inactivity timer 196 Management Information Base MIB 200 managing the device good habits 41 using FTP See FTP using SMT See SMT using S
239. components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN port Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window P 793H User s Guide 367 Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 247 WIndows 95 98 Me Network Configuration LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y TCP IP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B T Ij Ff Client for Microsoft Networks sl Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 3 Select
240. consider disabling PFS if it takes a long time to establish IPSec SA and if the VPN tunnel has good security for example strong encryption without it 11 1 4 Additional Topics for IPSec SA This section provides more information about IPSec SA 11 1 4 1 IPSec SA using Manual Keys You might set up an IPSec SA using manual keys when you want to establish a VPN tunnel quickly for example while troubleshooting You should do this only as a temporary solution however because it 1s not as secure as a regular IPSec SA P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN In IPSec SAs using manual keys the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router do not establish an IKE SA They only establish an IPSec SA As a result an IPSec SA using manual keys has some characteristics of IKE SAs and some characteristics of IPSec SAs There are also some differences between IPSec SAs using manual keys and other types of SAs 11 1 4 1 1 IPSec SA Proposal using Manual Keys In IPSec SAs using manual keys you can only specify one encryption algorithm and one authentication algorithm You cannot specify several proposals There is no DH key exchange so you have to provide the encryption key and the authentication key the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router use LES The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router must use the same encryption key and authentication key 11 1 4 1 2 Authentication and the Security Parameter Index SPI In IPSec SAs using ma
241. creen Table 5 Wizard Main Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION INTERNET Click this if you want to configure Internet access settings See Section 3 1 on page SETUP 54 BANDWIDTH Click this if you want to configure basic bandwidth management See Section 3 2 on MANAGEMEN page 59 T SETUP Exit Click this to close the wizard main screen and return to the Status screen or the main window P 793H User s Guide r1 Chapter 3 Wizards 3 1 Internet Setup Wizard Use these screens to configure Internet access settings To access this wizard click INTERNET SETUP in the wizard main screen 3 1 1 Screen 1 This screen lets you enter some of the ISP settings for your Internet connection Figure 12 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters INTERNET SETUP ZyXEL f Internet Configuration e multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID vel L va E ct the VPI Virtual Path Idei Virtual Channel Identifier used by your ISP The Exit The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 6 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode Select Routing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary dep
242. ct the protocol TCP or UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number ID 0 means any protocol number Back Click Back to go to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 13 9 Bandwidth Monitor See Section 13 1 on page 181 for background information Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor The screen appears as shown P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules Figure 97 Bandwidth MGMT Monitor Monitor LAN 7 To LAN Interface Www 0 kbps P 793H User s Guide Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your ZyXEL Device to use Dynamic DNS 14 1 Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you eve
243. ctions window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 111 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools gt S Operator Assisted Dialing Back j 27 f 75 Dial up Preferences Address e Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Network Tasks Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components ra z rni 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details 208 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 112 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components E 22 Management and Monitoring Tools M Networkin 0 3 MB 4 25 Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 9 MB 5 In the Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Figure 113 Networking Services Networking Services
244. current status of each VPN tunnel VPN Global Use this screen to allow NetBIOS traffic through VPN tunnels Setting Advanced Static Route Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes Bandwidth Summary Use this screen to enable bandwidth management on an MGMT interface Rule Setup Use this screen to define a bandwidth rule Monitor Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Use this screen to set up dynamic DNS P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 2 Web Configurator Screens Summary continued LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTPS or HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to change your anti probing settings
245. d PPPoE and PPPoA only Type your password again for confirmation ENET ENCAP ENET ENCAP only Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP Gateway Idle Timeout PPPoE and PPPoA only Specify an idle time out The default setting is 0 which sec means the Internet session will not timeout IP Address If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address press SPACE BAR and then Assignment ENTER to select Dynamic otherwise select Static and enter the IP address and subnet mask in the following fields IP Address This field is enabled if the IP Address Assignment is Static Enter the fixed IP address assigned to you by your ISP static IP address assignment is selected in the previous field Network Network Address Translation NAT allows the translation of an Internet protocol Address address used within one network for example a private IP address used in a local Translation network to a different IP address known within another network for example a public IP address used on the Internet Choose None to disable NAT Choose SUA Only if you have a single public IP address SUA Single User Account is a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public IP addresses Full Feature mapping types include One to One Many to One SUA PAT Many to Many Overload Many One to One and Server When you select Full Feature you must config
246. d Setup 5 Inthe Service Mode field indicate whether the phone line is a 2 wire connection or a 4 wire connection 6 Inthe Service Type field select Server The rest of the fields are enabled 7 Configure the rest of the fields 1f necessary For example you might want to set the Transfer Max Rate to the maximum value 8 Click Apply 4 2 2 Set up the Client 1 Log in to the ZyXEL Device that will be the client See Chapter 2 on page 43 2 Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection P 793H User s Guide Chapter 4 Point to 2 point Configuration 3 Setthe VPI VCI Multiplexing and Encapsulation to the same values you set in the server 4 Scroll down to the Service Type section See Figure 22 on page 64 above 5 Inthe Service Mode field select the same type of connection you selected for the server 6 Inthe Service Type field select Client The rest of the fields will be negotiated with the server 7 Click Apply 4 2 3 Connect the ZyXEL Devices Connect the DSL ports on the ZyXEL Devices together and wait while the ZyXEL Devices automatically establish the connection When the connection is established the DSL1 DSL2 and INTERNET lights are on It takes up to half a minute to establish the connection If the ZyXEL Devices do not establish the connection verify that the settings except the Service Type match 4 3 Point to 2points Connection Overview You can set up a point to 2points connection bet
247. d against the interface s existing outbound access list and the packet is permitted a denied packet would simply be dropped at this point 3 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule to determine and record information about the state of the packet s connection This information is recorded in a new state table entry created for the new connection If there is not a firewall rule for this packet and it is not an attack then the settings in the Firewall General screen determine the action for this packet 4 Based on the obtained state information a firewall rule creates a temporary access list entry that is inserted at the beginning of the WAN interface s inbound extended access list This temporary access list entry is designed to permit inbound packets of the same connection as the outbound packet just inspected 5 The outbound packet is forwarded out through the interface P 793H User s Guide 123 Chapter 8 Firewalls 6 Later an inbound packet reaches the interface This packet is part of the connection previously established with the outbound packet The inbound packet is evaluated against the inbound access list and is permitted because of the temporary access list entry previously created 7 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule and the connection s state table entry is updated as necessary Based on the updated state information the inbound extended access list temporary entries might be modified in order to permit o
248. d standard for implementing VoIP SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP is transported primarily over UDP but can also be transported over TCP using the default port number 5060 Telnet Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems Telnet uses TCP port 23 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Table 12 Bandwidth Management Setup Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol WWW The World Wide Web WWW is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser To access this wizard open the web configurator see Section 2 2 on page 43 and click BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP in the wizard main screen 3 2 1 Screen
249. d the remote IPSec router authenticate each other successfully Table 49 VPN Example Matching ID Type and Content ZYXEL DEVICE REMOTE IPSEC ROUTER Local ID type E mail Local ID type IP Local ID content tomasz yourcompany com Local ID content 1 1 1 2 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 49 VPN Example Matching ID Type and Content ZYXEL DEVICE REMOTE IPSEC ROUTER Peer ID type IP Peer ID type E mail Peer ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID content tomasz yourcompany com In the following example the authentication fails so they cannot establish an IKE SA Table 50 VPN Example Mismatching ID Type and Content ZYXEL DEVICE REMOTE IPSEC ROUTER Local ID type E mail Local ID type IP Local ID content tom yourcompany com Local ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID type IP Peer ID type E mail Peer ID content 1 1 1 15 Peer ID content tom yourcompany com It is also possible to configure the ZyXEL Device to ignore the identity of the remote IPSec router In this case you usually set the peer ID type to Any This is not as secure as other peer ID types however 11 1 2 Additional Topics for IKE SA This section provides more information about IKE SA 11 1 2 1 Negotiation Mode There are two negotiation modes main mode and aggressive mode Main mode provides better security while aggressive mode is faster Main mode takes six steps to establish an IK
250. d your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remo
251. damaged as it might cause electrocution If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the device and the power source Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord If you wall mount your device make sure that no electrical lines gas or water pipes will be damaged P 793H User s Guide Safety Warnings This product is recyclable Dispose of it properly P 793H User s Guide Safety Warnings P 793H User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview Introduction Wizards and Tutorials LLseeeeeesee esee eLee esee eese esee esee nennen 37 Gelmo To New Your XL DEVOE 1escisdek n Heo EXP SRR REDE Pr RM Fl t RE Up NR p uc 39 introducing the Web Configurator ew enonedins satipianucasinnewess saonndeanrenpeeleend eatin aiia 43 io m rinia nEn A 53 Pomno pont Connora si 63 Network Setup a 69 WAN SUR aaa REN ESEE AEA EEE AE AR 71 LAN SOD rtt 93 Network Address Translation NAT Screens sesssseessssesssssresrsrssssresnrneerinanestssnnesirnrnassetennaaas 103 Secum and Advanced Set
252. ddress of the ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation IP Mask This shows the IP mask of the ZyXEL Device DHCP This field shows the DHCP setting of the ZyXEL Device When finished viewing press ESC or ENTER to exit 33 3 2 Console Port Speed You can change the speed of the console port through Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenance Change Console Port Speed Your ZyXEL Device supports 9600 default 19200 38400 57600 and 115200 bps for the console port Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the desired speed in menu 24 2 2 as shown next Figure 206 Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenance Change Console Port Speed Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenance Change Console Port Speed Console Port Speed 9600 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis 33 4 Log and Trace There are two logging facilities in the ZyXEL Device The first is the error logs and trace records that are stored locally The second is the UNIX syslog facility for message logging 33 4 1 Viewing Error Log The first place you should look for clues when something goes wrong is the error trace log Follow the procedure below to view the local error trace log 1 Select option 24 from the main menu to open Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 From menu 24 select option 3 to open Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace 3 Select the first option from Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace to dis
253. deae 350 Table 134 Menu 26 1 Schedule Set Setup essssssssssesssssese esee nennt ntes nnns 351 Table 139 DOVIGE 361 Toe TOG INVES 361 TOET Fma 51 c TEE 363 Table 138 IP Address Network Number and Host ID Example ssssssssseee 390 Table 139 Subnet Masks om TD NE 391 Table 0 Maximum Fost cre em 391 Table 141 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation cccccccsceeeecsenseeeecsensneeeecenseeeceeeenseseeeseenneeeeeeeennenes 391 i resi ui PRU 393 Table 149 T pi cones 394 Tate TO OD wie bedient etii pei eds pino o dog Ui dco ddr id 394 Dalits 145 SOG m 394 Table T46 EIGHT SUDNOIS e 394 Table 147 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning sese ene 395 Table 148 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning ciiin erret tener rre enne derer eer Rekda 395 Table 149 Commonly Used ServibBs geared bsp Er or RU p FA pao rae oct oat a A 401 Table 150 System Maintenance LOGS 2 5 csse e redet Le hha tod n Lb Ru pa hg Lipa o eaa Ag Lp d ou a 411 Table 151 System Error LOGS 412 Nee 152 ACCESS Control MY 412 Pale We TOF E door rET 413 Table 154 Packet Piller LOGS isses eieitecs cone fens enti d dust ca
254. der to find a computer on the WAN Allow between LAN and WAN Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup Table 25 LAN gt IP gt Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 6 4 DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Figure 40 LAN DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Pool Size Remote DHCP Server DNS Server Primary DNS Server IP Pool Starting Address DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server Secondary DNS Server Server v 192 168 1 33 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 LAN DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP Select what type of DHCP services the ZyXEL Device provides to the network Choices are None the ZyXEL Device does not prov
255. disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 15 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it 15 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Usethe ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN 15 1 3 System Timeout There is a system management idle timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling The default value is five minutes and you can change or disable this in Section 17 1 2 on page 219 15 2 WWW Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device
256. displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s content filtering is activated System Status System Uptime This is the total time the ZyXEL Device has been on Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time System Mode This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a bridge CPU Usage This number shows how many kilobytes of the heap memory the ZyXEL Device is using Heap memory refers to the memory that is not used by ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System and is thus available for running processes like NAT VPN and the firewall The bar displays what percent of the ZyXEL Device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Memory Usage This number shows the ZyXEL Device s total heap memory in kilobytes The bar displays what percent of the ZyXEL Device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Interface Status Interface This displays the ZyXEL Device interfaces Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation Rate For the LAN ports this displays the port speed and duplex setting Ethe
257. dress 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C telecommuterc dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 3 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content myVPN 2myplace com Peer ID Content myVPN myplace com Local IP Address 192 168 4 15 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterc com Remote Address 192 168 4 15 11 9 VPN and Remote Management If a VPN tunnel uses Telnet FTP WWW then you should configure remote management Remote Management to allow access for that service P 793H User s Guide Static Route This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL Device 12 1 Static Route Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router 1 via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 90 Example of Static Routing Topology N1 a VA E VA T 4 i 12 2 Configuring Static Route Use this screen to look at static routes in the ZyXEL Device Click Advanced Static Route to o
258. e Call Control 24 9 1 Budget Management 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting 24 11 Remote Management Control 25 IP Routing Policy Summary 25 1 IP Routing Policy Setup 25 1 1 IP Routing Policy 26 Schedule Setup 26 1 Schedule Set Setup 21 3 Navigating the SMT Interface You should be familiar with the following operations before you try to use the SMT to modify the configuration Table 91 Main Menu Commands previous menu OPERATION KEYSTROKE DESCRIPTION Move down to ENTER To move forward to a submenu type in the number of the another menu desired submenu and press ENTER Move up to a ESC Press ESC to move back to the previous menu menu Move to a hidden Press SPACE BAR to change No to Yes then press ENTER Fields beginning with Edit lead to hidden menus and have a default setting of No Press SPACE BAR once to change No to Yes then press ENTER to go to the hidden menu P 793H User s Guide Chapter 21 Introducing the SMT Table 91 Main Menu Commands OPERATION KEYSTROKE DESCRIPTION Move the cursor ENTER or UP DOWN arrow keys Within a menu press ENTER to move to the next field You can also use the UP DOWN arrow keys to move to the previous and the next field respectively Entering information Type in or press SPACE BAR then press ENTER
259. e Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup Figure 154 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile nodes 1 7 Incoming Rem Login Rem Password x Outgoing My Login My Password Authen CHAP PAP Line 1 Rem Node Name MyISP Active Yes Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile Route IP Bridge No Encapsulation PPPoE Edit IP Bridge No ultiplexing LLC based Service Name Edit ATM Options No Edit Advance Options No Telco Option Allocated Budget min 0 Period hr 0 Schedule Sets Nailed Up Connection No Session Options Edit Filter Sets No Idle Timeout sec 0 The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 102 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile nodes 1 7 FIELD DESCRIPTION Rem Node Name Enter the name of the ISP Active Select whether or not you want to use this Internet connection Encapsulation Select the type of encapsulation your ISP uses Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC Service Name PPPoE only Enter the service name provided by your ISP Leave this field blank if your ISP did not provide one Incoming This section is only enabled for PPPoA or PPPoE connections Rem Login Type the login name that this remote node will use to call your ZyXEL Device The login name and the Rem Password will be used to authenticate this node
260. e the packet is disposed of according to the action fields If More is Yes then Action Matched and Action Not Matched will be No Log Select the logging option from the following None No packets will be logged Action Matched Only packets that match the rule parameters will be logged Action Not Matched Only packets that do not match the rule parameters will be logged Both All packets will be logged P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration Table 117 Menu 21 1 1 1 Generic Filter Rule continued FIELD DESCRIPTION Action Select the action for a packet matching the rule Matched Options are Check Next Rule Forward and Drop Action Not Select the action for a packet not matching the rule Matched Options are Check Next Rule Forward and Drop Once you have completed filling in Menu 21 1 1 1 Generic Filter Rule press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel This data will now be displayed on Menu 21 1 1 Filter Rules Summary 30 3 Example Filter Let s look at an example to block outside users from accessing the ZyXEL Device via telnet Please see our included disk for more example filters Figure 194 Telnet Filter Example cO 0Nv o LAN E gt P User telnets into hcoming Traffic the LAN Enter 21 from the main menu to open Menu 21 Filter and Firewall Setu
261. e following figure shows an example P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 265 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO EVICE ethO0 BOOT yes OOT PROTO dhcp SERCTL no ERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet ucGUOog Ifyou have a static IP address enter static in the BOOTPROTO field Type IPADDR followed by the IP address in dotted decimal notation and type NETMASK followed by the subnet mask The following example shows an example where the static IP address is 192 168 1 10 and the subnet mask 1s 255 255 255 0 Figure 266 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO DEVICE eth0 ONBOOT yes BOOTPROTO static IPADDR 192 168 1 10 NETMASK 255 255 255 0 USERCTL no PEERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet 2 Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es enter the DNS server information in the resolv conf file in the etc directory The following figure shows an example where two DNS server IP addresses are specified Figure 267 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolv conf nameserver 172 23 5 1 nameserver 172 23 5 2 3 After you edit and save the configuration files you must restart the network card Enter network restart inthe etc rc d init d directory The following figure shows an example Figure 268 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card root localhost init d network r
262. e Appendix G on page 401 for some common IP protocols Enable Replay Detection Select this to enable replay detection As a VPN setup is processing intensive the system is vulnerable to Denial of Service DoS attacks The IPSec receiver can detect and reject old or duplicate packets to protect against replay attacks Local Start Port End Enter the port number or range of port numbers in the local network whose traffic is allowed to use the VPN tunnel Enter 0 in both fields to allow all port numbers in the local network to use the VPN tunnel See Appendix G on page 401 for some common port numbers Remote Start Port End Enter the port number or range of port numbers in the remote network whose traffic is allowed to use the VPN tunnel Enter 0 in both fields to allow all port numbers in the remote network to use the VPN tunnel See Appendix G on page 401 for some common port numbers Phase 1 Negotiation Mode Select the negotiation mode for the IKE SA Main is more secure than Aggressive The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router must use the same negotiation mode Pre Shared Key Type the pre shared key the IKE SA uses The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router must use the same pre shared key If the keys are different the ZyXEL Device receives a PYLD MALFORMED payload malformed packet You can use 8 31 ASCII characters or 16 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal ke
263. e IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address ofthe ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 38 5 on page 357 e forgot the password 1 2 The default password 1s 1234 If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 38 5 on page 357 e cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Make sure you are using the correct IP address The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 Ifyou changed the IP address Section 6 3 on page 97 use the new IP address f you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 38 1 on page 353 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Appendix D on page 383 Make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device If you know that there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device skip this step Ifthere is a DHCP server on your network make su
264. e Internet The ZyXEL Device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may be important to the security of your network The ZyXEL Device also has packet filtering capabilities The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN The ZyXEL Device has one DSL ISDN port and one Ethernet LAN port which physically separate the network into two areas The DSL ISDN port connects to the Internet The LAN Local Area Network port attaches to a network of computers which needs security from the outside world These computers will have access to Internet services such as e mail FTP and the World Wide Web However inbound access will not be allowed unless you configure remote management or create a firewall rule to allow a remote host to use a specific service P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls 8 3 1 Denial of Service Attacks Figure 52 ZyXEL Device Firewall Application 8 4 Denial of Service Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the Internet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL Device is pre configured to automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks 8 4 1 Basics Computers share information over t
265. e a b c d is the IP address of CNM Access You must change this value to reflect your actual management server IP address or domain name See Table 79 on page 204for detailed descriptions of the commands Figure 107 Enabling TR 069 ras gt wan tr069 load ras gt wan tr069 acsUrl a b c d Auto Configuration Server URL ras wan tr069 periodicEnable 1 ras wan tr069 informInterval 2400 TRO69 Informinterval 2400 ras wan tr069 active 1 ras wan tr069 save http a b c d The following table gives a description of TR 069 commands Table 79 TR 069 Commands COMMAND OR ROOT SUBDIRECTORY COMMAND DESCRIPTION wan tr069 All TR 069 related commands must be preceded by wan tr069 load Start configuring TR 069 on your ZyXEL Device active 0 no l yes Enable disable TR 069 operation acsUrl lt URL gt Set the IP address or domain name of CNM Access username maxlength 15 Username used to authenticate the device when making a connection to CNM Access This username is set up on the server and must be provided by the CNM Access administrator password maxlength 15 Password used to authenticate the device when making a connection to CNM Access This password is set up on the server and must be provided by the CNM Access administrator periodicEnabl e 0 Disable Whether or not the device must periodically send information to CNM Access It is recommended to
266. e a dynamic IP then the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A If you have a static IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field and not the ENET ENCAP Gateway field 5 1 4 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP Address Assignment must be static with the same requirements for the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as stated above 5 1 4 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL Device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN port and so the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL Device 5 1 5 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first is that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection is down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 5 1 6 NAT NAT Network Addre
267. e apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Rule Name This is the name of the rule Destination Port This is the port number of the destination 0 means any destination port Priority This is the priority of this rule Bandwidth kbps This is the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 13 8 1 Rule Configuration See Section 13 1 on page 181 for background information Use this screen to configure a bandwidth management rule Use bandwidth rules to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to specific applications and or subnets To open this screen click the Edit icon or select User define in the Service field Figure 96 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup gt Add Edit Rule Configuration M Active Rule Name www BW Budget 10 Kbps Priority High M Use All Managed Bandwidth Filter Configuratio
268. e default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 FTP File Transfer Program enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 NetMeeting A multimedia communications product from Microsoft that enables groups to H 323 teleconference and videoconference over the Internet NetMeeting supports VoIP text chat sessions a whiteboard and file transfers and application sharing NetMeeting uses H 323 H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and videoconferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service H 323 is transported primarily over TCP using the default port number 1720 VoIP H 323 Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and videoconferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service H 323 is transported primarily over TCP using the default port number 1720 VoIP SIP Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP Session Initiated Protocol SIP is an internationally recognize
269. e line you use and affects the maximum speed of the connection In 2 wire mode the maximum data rate is up to 5 69 Mbps while in 4 wire mode the maximum data rate us up to 11 38 Mbps See Section 23 1 1 on page 251 for information on 2wire 2line service mode Service Type Press SPACE BAR to indicate whether the ZyXEL Device is the server or the client in the DSL connection Select Server if this ZyXEL Device is the server in a point to point application See Chapter 4 on page 63 Otherwise select Client Rate Adaption This field is configurable if Service Type is Server Press SPACE BAR to let the ZyXEL Device adjust the speed of its connection to that of the other device P 793H User s Guide Chapter 23 WAN Setup Table 94 Menu 2 WAN Setup continued FIELD DESCRIPTION Transfer Max This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Press SPACE BAR to set the Rate Kbps maximum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information If you enable Rate Adaption the ZyXEL Device adjusts to the speed of the other device and may exceed this rate Transfer Min Rate Kbps This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Press SPACE BAR to set the minimum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information If you enable Rate Adaption the ZyXEL Device adjusts to the speed of the other device and may transfer information at less than this rate Standard Mode This field i
270. e packet against the value given in Source Port Options are None Equal Not Equal Less and Greater TCP Estab This field is applicable only when the IP Protocol field is 6 TCP Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes to have the rule match packets that want to establish a TCP connection SYN 1 and ACK 0 if No it is ignored More Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes or No If Yes a matching packet is passed to the next filter rule before an action is taken if No the packet is disposed of according to the action fields If More is Yes then Action Matched and Action Not Matched will be N A Log Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select a logging option from the following None No packets will be logged Action Matched Only packets that match the rule parameters will be logged Action Not Matched Only packets that do not match the rule parameters will be logged Both All packets will be logged Action Matched Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the action for a matching packet Options are Check Next Rule Forward and Drop Action Not Matched Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the action for a packet not matching the rule Options are Check Next Rule Forward and Drop When you have Menu 21 1 1 1 TCP IP Filter Rule configured press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel This data will no
271. e passage of the packets P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Table 41 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Source Destination Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses for example 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box that includes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address This is enabled if the Address Type is not Any Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address This is enabled if the Address Type is Range Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask This is enabled if the Address Type is Subnet Address Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Add Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit To edit an existing source or destination address select it from the box and click Edit Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services Available Selected Services Please see Appendix G on page 401 for more information on services available Highlight a service fr
272. e router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 authentication method mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication method did not match between the router and the peer o Rule d Phase 1 mismatch key group The listed rule s IKE phase 1 key group did not match between the router and the peer 9 Rule d Phase 2 protocol mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 2 protocol did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 encryption algorithm mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 162 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 authentication algorithm did not authentication algorithm match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encapsulation did not match encapsulation mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 pfs The listed rule s IKE phase 2 perfect forward secret pfs mismatch setting did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 ID mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 ID did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 hash The listed rule s IKE phase 1 hash did not match between the mismatch router and the peer Rule d Pha
273. e sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Permit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 9 7 1 Configuring Firewall Rules Refer to Section 8 1 on page 117 for more information Use this screen to create or edit a firewall rule In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Figure 62 Firewall Rules Add Edit Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets P
274. e the same VPI VCI multiplexing and encapsulation method P 793H User s Guide Chapter 4 Point to 2 point Configuration To establish a point to point connection one of the ZyXEL Devices becomes the server instead of the ISP The server controls some of the attributes of the DSL connection such as the transfer rate and the DSL operational mode Otherwise there is no difference between the server and the client Either one can initiate the point to point connection You can only establish point to point connections between ZyXEL Devices that support this kind of server client mode 4 2 Point to point Connection Procedure Follow these directions to set up a point to point connection 1 Setup the Server 2 Setup the Client 3 Connect the ZyXEL Devices 4 2 1 Set up the Server 1 Log in to the ZyXEL Device that will be the server See Chapter 2 on page 43 Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection 3 Configure the VPI VCI Multiplexing and Encapsulation fields for the point to point connection In the Encapsulation field select either RFC 1483 or ENET ENCAP 4 Scroll down to the Service Type section The following screen appears Figure 22 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Service Type Service Type Service Mode 2 wire x Service Type Server gt Enable Rate Adaption Enable Transfer Max Rate Kbps 5696 v Transfer Min Rate Kbps 122 Standard Mode ANSICANNEX_A v Cancel Advance
275. eak Cell Rate PCR 0 Peak Cell Rat PCR 0 Sustain Cell Rat SCR 0 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 VPI VCI LLC Multiplexing or PPP Encapsulation VPI 0 VCI 38 ATM QoS Type UBR Peak Cell Rat PCR 0 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 Menu 11 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 106 Menu 11 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options FIELD DESCRIPTION VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you ATM QoS Type Select CBR Constant Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR Variable Bit Rate for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate PCR Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate SCR The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells se
276. ecause of session timeout expired The router logged out a user whose session expired User logout because of user deassociation The router logged out a user who ended the session P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 165 802 1X Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION User logout because of no authentication response from user The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user request A user logged out Local User Database does not support authentication mothed A user tried to use an authentication method that the local user database does not support it only supports EAP MD5 o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use Local User Database to authenticate user The local user database is operating as the authentication server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server o Server to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user
277. ected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP code d type d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack For type and code details see Table 167 on page 422 illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack For type and code details see Table 167 on page 422 traceroute ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack For type and code details see Table 167 on page 422 Table 161 IPSec Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Discard REPLAY packet The router received and discarded a packet with an incorrect sequence number Inbound packet authentication failed The router received a packet that has been altered A third party may have altered or tampered with the packet Receive IPSec packet but no corresponding tunnel exists The router dropped an inbound packet for which SPI could not find a corresponding phase 2 SA Rule d idle time
278. ection Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 54 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Manual continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Protocol IPSec Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described next Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or NULL from the drop down list box When DES is used for data communications both sender and receiver must know the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Encryption Key With DES type a unique key 8 characters long With 3DES type a unique key 24 characters long Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms u
279. ed VPI VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you P 793H User s Guide Chapter 25 Internet Access Setup Table 101 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued FIELD DESCRIPTION VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you ATM QoS Type Select CBR Constant Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR Variable Bit Rate for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate PCR Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate SCR The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is O cells sec Maximum Burst Size MBS Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 My Login PPPoE and PPPoA only Enter the login name given to you by your ISP My Passwor
280. ed multiple requests from the same peer while still processing the first IKE packet from the peer IKE Negotiation is in process The router has already started negotiating with the peer for the connection but the IKE process has not finished yet No proposal chosen Phase 1 or phase 2 parameters don t match Please check all protocols settings Ex One device being configured for 3DES and the other being configured for DES causes the connection to fail Local remote IPs of incoming request conflict with rule d The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used the peer s Local Address as the router s Remote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus the connection is not allowed Cannot resolve Secure Gateway Addr for rule lt d gt The router couldn t resolve the IP address from the domain name that was used for the secure gateway address Peer ID lt peer id gt lt My remote type gt lt My local type gt The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Remot lt My remote gt lt My remote gt The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Local lt My local gt lt My local gt The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection Send lt packet gt A packet was sent Recv lt packet gt IKE uses ISAK
281. eeeeeeeeees 175 TLO VPN and Remote Management situe tart mptt itr hd Rr SH S ad HS at s 176 Chapter 12 POUL OO NLS E E T E E E T E EE EE E T 177 QE cuiu ecc 177 12 2 COMNQUIING SIGNS ROWE f 177 Te EAS ROMS EIE oraaa E E a aa EA aA A a a 178 Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management usines ise Xar Sen UR Secun Ten aee aa Eaa a 181 13 1 Bandwidth Management OVSIVIGW 25 555 corner aereis ta atto neck opea Ea ek YE SUPE CE ER vs ases e ieSUe 181 P 793H User s Guide 15 Table of Contents 13 2 Application based Bandwidth Management ssssssssssssseeeeeeee 181 13 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management eese eene rn tnn nna nna annua unn 181 13 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management ssssssssssssss 182 T Rec Loo eC 182 pet PON Based Schadilor eem t 182 13 5 2 FaWness Dased SCMOCUINET P 183 13 6 Maximize Bandwidth WAS 1ssccne karina rk centur itu RERO ERU RA MERI ditt ELE Read a P da d 183 13 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic ssssssssss 183 13 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example eeeeeececeeeeeeeen eene tnnt 183 13 6 3 Over Allotment of Bandwidth 1 22 icis ebrei d nona Fr ER Phara EXE NP ua Ln 185 13 6 4 Bandwidth Management PTIOCEIGS aucccccisesceetr ete entier tnt ttes dado 185 Tar CONi SUNWTIANY osccassca dax a vae b tct ad cea d ta ib OR a c v d a aad 185 13 8 Bandwidth Management Rule S
282. egotiation mode Encapsulation Mode Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box DNS Server for IPSec VPN If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs can have the same configured local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network
283. el Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 7 5 1 Port Forwarding Rule Edit Use this screen to edit a port forwarding rule Click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 49 NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edit Rule Setup M Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server IP Address www 80 80 192 168 1 10 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 33 NAT gt Port Forwarding gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Address Enter the inside IP address of the server here Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click
284. el setup and diagnostic functions Enter the CI from the SMT by selecting menu 24 8 Access can be by Telnet or by a connection to the console port although some commands are only available with a console connection See the included disk or zyxel com for more detailed information on CI commands Enter 8 from Menu 24 System Maintenance Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable Figure 230 Command Mode in Menu 24 Menu 24 System Maintenance System Status System Information and Console Port Speed Log and Trace Diagnostic Backup Configuration Restore Configuration Upload Firmware Command Interpreter Mode Call Control Time and Date Setting Remote Management r2 ps0 10 UO 50 hN rP POs 35 1 1 Command Syntax The command keywords are in courier new font Enter the command keywords exactly as shown do not abbreviate The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt P 793H User s Guide 337 Chapter 35 Menus 24 8 to 24 11 The optional fields in a command are enclosed in square brackets The symbol means or For example sys filter netbios config type lt on off gt means that you must specify the type of netbios filter and whether to turn it on or off 35 1 2 Command Usage A list of commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Always type the full command Type
285. en ri pecu xnl tet kan eb eben EAEN a tr REO tL EEN ANNEE RNA 231 Figure 132 Configuration Upload Successful iopecissvei peri aco nr prO enin toct be d ula NP centages 232 Figure 133 Network Temporarily Disconnected idees aea ad adnexa Mad Eo s 232 Figure 134 Configuration Upload Error iuis Doc puce etie nnd i Ep baa ERA n aw ban VR CU Lp 233 Figure 135 Tools gt RESTON e 233 Figure T25 DIOE Gona iuusiecouispetiestidencteessEbbcO SH upELRLIB Y o RFOD PEU MU EREV RE RE SMOKE RR ER 235 Foue T7 Dannie gt DSL LUM qc Mr 236 Foure T99 Login SOrGeN P MM M 239 Figure 159 SMT Main MONU seisein a E a e via ut NEEE ATEEN 240 gU TD A TAN UU dep m 245 Figure 141 Menu 1 1 Configure Dynamic DNS 1 5 tcr Fata LEE RE EX XR LEE Le d te 246 Figure 142 Menu s Eoi re 249 Figure 143 Menu 2 2wire 2line Service Mode senec tete iret hirta s eda aee IE aad 251 Figure 144 Menu 2 1 Trafic Redirect Selup diio sti i td hoo dcs d dn dod edad 252 Figure 145 Menu 2 2 Dial Backup Seblp 22 uec bred bhapr ERU TEFEUUN B EVER NR EE DM a TEE EE TAPA AiE 253 Figure 146 Menu 2 2 1 Advanced Dial Backup Setup sss 254 Figure 147 Monu d LAN AD sericea Rate de edv eia ido be ERA Ce LEG Ex OR ERR ua FLAG d KA cb a d 257 Figure 148 Menu 3 1 LAN Buell oM 257 Figure 149 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Selup 2212 seen neret red era aa dne t 258 Figure 150 Monu 3 2 1 I
286. en you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout NAT SUA Only is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Select SUA Only if you have one public IP address and want to use NAT Click Edit to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set Otherwise select None to disable NAT Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the More Connections Advanced screen and edit more details of your WAN setup P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup 5 5 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the More Connections Edit screen The screen appears as shown Figure 31 WAN More Connections Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast ATM Qos ATM
287. ending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box either VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit ID Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what mode and encapsulation you selected above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes P 793H User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards 3 1 2 Screen 2 These screens let you enter the rest of the Internet settings which depend on the encapsulation your Internet connection uses and the mode you selected for RFC1483 This screen appears if your Internet connection uses Ethernet encapsulation Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters Ethernet ZyXEL fli Internet Configuration Figure 13 INTERNET SETUP Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet
288. ennen nnne nnn nnne nennen nnns 411 Appendix J NetBIOS Filter CommandS iiie iu ces eec e esae tao ra panna a aaa aaa RERRaRRa EAR EARN Mea RR AaEA 427 Appendix K Legal Information ccccccccccccccecccecceeeceeeceeeceeeeeeeceeceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeess 429 Appendix L Customer SUPPO o n ea sc eee ERE REFER eet Fn Racer aree EEUU pr CRM EREE UH ANA pis 433 m P 437 22 P 793H User s Guide List of Figures List of Figures Figure 1 High speed Internet Access with Your ZyXEL Device cccceccccceesssccecceeseeeceecesneeeaecenenseanes 39 Figure 2 Point to point Connections with Your ZyXEL Device eseseseen emen 40 Figure 3 Point to 2points Connections with Your ZyXEL Device ccccccceeeeccceeeseeeeceeeneneeeseeentneeeees 40 zc eS 41 Fore s DOORN OOT eec 44 Figure 8 Change Password at LOGIW 2522 rt td aniei iaaa dla EA a 44 Figure 7 colecta Node sanepane T TT 45 gsrcmius coreenpbsiePIE M innin r an 46 PRI INE a S 49 Figure 10 Status gt Packet Statisti SN T 51 Figure 11 Wizard b co 53 Figure 12 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters essen 54 Figure 13 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters Ethernet ccccesccccceeeeccceceeeeeesceceeeneececenseeace 55 Figure 14 Internet Setup Wizard
289. entification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session either via the web configurator or CLI Command Line Interpreter can be left idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password User Password If you log in with the user password you can only view the ZyXEL Device status The default user password is user New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Admin In addition to the wizard setup a user logs in with the admin password can also Password
290. enu 24 9 1 Budget Management Connection Time Total Budget Elapsed Time Total Period 1 MyISP No Budget No Budget The total budget is the time limit on the accumulated time for outgoing calls to a remote node When this limit is reached the call will be dropped and further outgoing calls to that remote node will be blocked After each period the total budget is reset The default for the total budget is 0 minutes and the period is 0 hours meaning no budget control You can reset the accumulated connection time in this menu by entering the index of a remote node Enter 0 to update the screen The budget and the reset period can be configured in menu 11 1 for the remote node Table 127 Menu 24 9 1 Budget Management FIELD DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE Remote Node Enter the index number of the remote node you want to reset just one in this case 1 Connection Time Total Budget This is the total connection time that has gone by within the allocated budget that you set in menu 11 1 5 10 means that 5 minutes out of a total allocation of 10 minutes have lapsed Elapsed Time Total Period The period is the time cycle in hours that the allocation budget is reset see menu 11 1 The elapsed time is the time used up within this period 0 5 1 means that 30 minutes out of the 1 hour time period has lapsed Enter 0 to update the screen or press ESC to return to the prev
291. er FIELD DESCRIPTION Primary DNS The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address in Server the order you specify here to the DHCP clients Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address The IP Address field below displays the read only DNS server IP address that the ISP assigns Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the IP Address field below If you chose User Defined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 User Defined changes to None after you save your changes If you set a second choice to User Defined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined changes to None after you save your changes Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy The ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address displays in the IP Address field below read only The ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the DNS server When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the ZyXEL Device s system DNS server configured in menu 1 and relays the response back to the computer You can only select DNS Relay for one of the three servers if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server that choice changes to None after you save your changes Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers If you do not
292. er Max Rate Kbps 5696 Transfer Min Rate Kbps 4480 Transfer Min Rate Kbps 3200 Standard Mode ANSI ANNEX A Standard Mode ANSI ANNEX A Wan Backup Setup Check Mechanism DSL Link Check WAN IP Address1 Check WAN IP Address2 Check WAN IP Address3 KeepAlive Fail Tolerance Recovery Interval sec ICMP Timeout sec 0 Traffic Redirect No Dial Backup No n 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O a E aa S 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 95 Menu 2 2wire 2line Service Mode FIELD DESCRIPTION Service Mode Press SPACE BAR to select 2wire 2line service mode This means you are establishing a point to 2point connection See Chapter 4 on page 63 for more background information In 2wire 2line mode the maximum data rate is up to 5 69 Mbps for each DSL connection Service Type The ZyXEL Device automatically acts as a server in 2wire 2line mode Rate Adaption The field on the left refers to DSL 1 connection and the field on the right refers to DSL 2 connection Press SPACE BAR to let the ZyXEL Device adjust the speed of its connection to that of the other device Transfer Max Rate Kbps The field on the left refers to DSL 1 connection and the field on the right refers to DSL 2 connection Press SPACE BAR to set the maximum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information If you enable Rate Adaption the ZyXEL Device adjusts to the speed of the
293. er a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation It displays N A if the port is not connected TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packets on this port Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second P 793H User s Guide Ci Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 4 Status gt Packet Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up LAN Port Statistics Interface This field displays the type of port Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Collisions This is the number of collisions on this port Help Click this to open the embedded help Poll Interval s Type the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set I
294. er hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP C UDP Internal Port number for this service 143 Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray Figure 118 System Tray Icon J Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information upnp2 Paint 7 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status 212 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 119 Internet Connection Status Y Internet Connection Status aoo General Internet Gateway Status Connected Duration 00 00 56 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer w j 2 Packets Sent 8 B18 Received 5 943 746 Close Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places P 793H User s Guide 213 Chapter 16 Universal P
295. eral Commands for GUl based TFTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 1 is the ZyXEL Device s default IP address when shipped Send Fetch Use Send to upload the file to the ZyXEL Device and Fetch to back up the file on your computer Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware file bin extension or configuration file rom extension on your computer Remote File This is the filename on the ZyXEL Device The filename for the firmware is ras and for the configuration file is rom O Binary Transfer the file in binary mode Abort Stop transfer of the file Refer to Section 34 3 5 on page 326 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 34 3 9 Backup Via Console Port Back up configuration via console port by following the HyperTerminal procedure shown next Procedures using other serial communications programs should be similar 66 99 1 Display menu 24 5 and enter y at the following screen P 793H User s Guide 327 Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Figure 213 System Maintenance Backup Configuration Ready to backup Configuration via Xmodem Do you want to continue y n 2 The following screen indicates that the Xmodem download has started Figure 214 System Maintenance Starting Xmodem Download Screen You can enter ctrl x to terminate operation any time
296. ering vs Firewall Below are some comparisons between the ZyXEL Device s filtering and firewall functions 8 7 1 Packet Filtering The router filters packets as they pass through the router s interface according to the filter rules you designed Packet filtering is a powerful tool yet can be complex to configure and maintain especially if you need a chain of rules to filter a service Packet filtering only checks the header portion of an IP packet 8 7 1 1 When To Use Filtering To block allow LAN packets by their MAC addresses To block allow special IP packets which are neither TCP nor UDP nor ICMP packets To block allow both inbound WAN to LAN and outbound LAN to WAN traffic between the specific inside host network A and outside host network B If the filter blocks the traffic from A to B it also blocks the traffic from B to A Filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address To block allow IP trace route 8 7 2 Firewall The firewall inspects packet contents as well as their source and destination addresses Firewalls of this type employ an inspection module applicable to all protocols that understands data in the packet is intended for other layers from the network layer IP headers up to the application layer The firewall performs stateful inspection It takes into account the state of connections it handles so that for example a legitimate inco
297. ermit Source Address Address Type Any Address 7 Start IP Address BU _Add gt gt Edit End IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask EE De ete Destination Address Address Type Any Address Ser oos BASE End IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Service Available Services AIMANEA ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply Iv Everyday IV sun IV Mon V Tue M wed IV Thu IV Fri V sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format IV all day End o hour stando hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched minute Cancel Source Address List Any Destination Address List Any Selected Services The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Firewall Rules Add Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Edit Rule Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule Action for Matched Use the drop down list box to select what the firewall is to do with packets that Packet match this rule sender Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the Select Permit to allow th
298. ernatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen P 793H User s Guide Appendix D Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 272 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options PR Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet MER zone Medium privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable tj information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing v Block pop ups 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 273 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 4 192 168 1 1 Add Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information B
299. erwise It is recommended the ZyXEL Device uses a public WAN IP address Case D Two or more subscribers have the same IP address By converting all private IP addresses to the WAN IP address the ZyXEL Device allows subscribers with different network configurations to access the Internet However there are situations where two or more subscribers are using the same private IP address This may happen when a subscriber is configured to use a static or fixed IP address that is the same as the IP address the ZyXEL Device DHCP server assigns to another subscriber acting as a DHCP client In this case the subscribers are not able to access the Internet P 793H User s Guide Appendix F IP Address Assignment Conflicts Figure 284 P Address Conflicts Case D B IP 192 168 1 10 A IP 192 168 1 10 ee EN N z Internet Router Jj This problem can be solved by adding a VLAN enabled switch or set the computers to obtain IP addresses dynamically P 793H User s Guide Appendix F IP Address Assignment Conflicts P 793H User s Guide Common Services The following table lists some commonly used services and their associated protocols and port numbers For a comprehensive list of port numbers ICMP type code numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority web site Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you
300. ess Control or Ethernet address unique to your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS Firmware Version This is the ZyNOS Firmware version and the date created ZyNOS is ZyXEL s proprietary Network Operating System design DSL Firmware This is the DSL firmware version code associated with the ZyXEL Device This is Version sometimes needed by technicians to help troubleshoot problems WAN1 WAN2 If you configure a point to 2point connection then your WAN information is Information displayed for both DSL 1 and DSL 2 connections DSL Standard This is the standard that your ZyXEL Device is using IP Address This is the WAN port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the WAN port IP subnet mask Default Gateway This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 3 Status continued LABEL DESCRIPTION VPINCI This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the Wizard or WAN screen LAN Information IP Address This is the LAN port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the LAN port IP subnet mask DHCP This is the WAN port DHCP role Server Relay or None Security This section is not available if you use the user password to log in Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Content Filter This
301. ess Mapping Rules sess 292 Figure 184 Menu 21 Filter and Firewall Setup e hat rnt ert n dede 293 Figure 185 Menu 21 2 Firewall Sotup ea eaccaress dentate scares ned aa vane ae upmauieta Enan anik A RANE n aiaa s samdaa tenance 294 Figure 186 Outgoing Packet Filtering Proces scccciisvcccsrssvevecsverveasecaniesenccesvsmmcecdivinesecadrveadaenadevevenes 295 Figure 167 Filter Rule Prcess oranini na iata eon meee 297 Figure 189 Meno 21 Filter and Firewall SS aucabeeebeiserit eoptetasi tun iter ubX EE ip pac PREX REF E RPR anaes 298 Figure 189 Menu 21 1 Filter Set COPTIQUEBIDIOE uiccaauce cort turn torta tuat optatae ort donee nope s sia i 298 Figure 190 Menu 21 1 1 Filter Rules QUITO usssecen cscetrer dera nene rdi t ra dn nr ine 298 Figure 191 GQUECOMDMUSMEP did decer NR n 300 Figure T9Z Executing an IP FIT a win act DA YU ER obtu e dt a Motu e 302 Figure 193 Menu 1 1 1 1 Generic Filter Rule 1s rri esl RP a i e E P ak ent yond 303 Figure 194 Telnet Filter Example M 304 Figure 195 Example Fiter Marii Z T T oossezaxaae ex be AFER D PRU E EEER FAEERE DE EE RE LES s D 305 Figure 196 Example Filter Rules Summary Menu 21 1 3 1er rtr oontra tenth drohen td nek Enn pda 305 Figure 197 Protocol and Device Filler Sels Liioscessesiis iei iiisbeeuuuci be emori sib bd otia toad dua ai 306 Figure 198 Filtering LAN Traffic ca cc T 307 Figur 199 Filering Remote Node Tali rt 307 Figure 200 Menu 2
302. ess for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See the chapter on WAN for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Peer ID Type Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address Select DNS to identify the remote IPSec router by a domain name Select E mail to identify the remote IPSec router by an e mail address Content The configuration of the peer content depends on the peer ID type For IP type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection If you configure this field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank the ZyXEL Device will use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field refer to the Secure Gateway Address field description For DNS or E mail type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify the remote IPSec router Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from remote IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router wi
303. estart Shutting down interface eth0 OK Shutting down loopback interface OK Setting network parameters OK Bringing up loopback interface OK Bringing up interface eth0 OK P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Verifying Settings Enter ifconfig in a terminal screen to check your TCP IP properties Figure 269 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties root localhost ifconfig etho Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 50 BA 72 5B 44 inet addr 172 23 19 129 Bceast 172 23 19 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 717 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 13 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 100 RX bytes 730412 713 2 Kb TX bytes 1570 1 5 Kb Interrupt 10 Base address 0x1000 root localhost P 793H User s Guide Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default BS Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an except
304. et to Factory Default Settings Reset Click this to clear all user entered configuration information and return the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults There is no warning screen See Section 2 5 on page 52 for more information about resetting the ZyXEL Device gt Do not turn off the device while configuration file upload is in progress When the ZyXEL Device has finished restoring the selected configuration file the following screen appears Figure 132 Configuration Upload Successful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot 4s there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The device now automatically restarts This causes a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 133 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If the ZyXEL Device s IP address is different in the configuration file you selected you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the ZyXEL Device See your Quick Start Guide or the appendices for details on how to set up your computer s IP address You might have to open a new browser to log in again If the upload was not successful a Configuration Upload Err
305. eter ARP Behavior and the ARP ackGratuitous Commands The ZyXEL Device does not accept ARP reply information if the ZyXEL Device did not send out a corresponding request This helps prevent the ZyXEL Device from updating its ARP table with an incorrect IP address to MAC address mapping due to a spoofed ARP An incorrect IP to MAC address mapping in the ZyXEL Device s ARP table could cause the ZyXEL Device to send packets to the wrong device Commands for Using or Ignoring Gratuitous ARP Requests 408 A host can send an ARP request to resolve its own IP address This is called a gratuitous ARP request The packet uses the host s own IP address as the source and destination IP address The packet uses the Ethernet broadcast address FF FF FF FF FF FF as the destination MAC address This is used to determine if any other hosts on the network are using the same IP address as the sending host The other hosts in the network can also update their ARP table IP address to MAC address mappings with this host s MAC address Theip arp ackGratuitous commands set how the ZyXEL Device handles gratuitous ARP requests Useip arp ackGratuitous active no to have the ZyXEL Device ignore gratuitous ARP requests e Use ip arp ackGratuitous active yes to have the ZyXEL Device respond to gratuitous ARP requests For example say the regular gateway goes down and a backup gateway sends a gratuitous ARP request If the request is for an IP address that is not
306. etup iure roter e rrr etr a nre eEri Ieri HE aea g ERA 187 o EIU Sess es 188 13 9 Bandwidth reir re M ST 189 Chapter 14 BITE Ibl cT or e denies 191 14 1 Dynamic DNS OVOIVIBW seciiccicscessssr cass iet cauaa resa abaci cota dod d kate tt e koe ed dk obti dd kae etd dE pouce 191 HET BYNDRS NC ice ce es gat dta Dae p D a cde eto iss 191 14 2 Ss ee Lame DNS ecaeesataia De t Pob X AER PHEO N 191 Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration ecelesie eese eeueeeueeeen nennen nennen 195 15 1 Remote Management D VOrvib eoo buste toits tans rose et d eel b od Mose pe D RR fonda 195 15 1 1 Remote Management Limitations cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneenes 196 15 1 7 Remote Management and NAT iui iser or ierit pti bp r tecesineveseeuitiesntedas nieri 196 TEAS SCION TWO 196 ge ah Sir ene ee tee ce tree eet raion ee ot errpr erred rene ricer er rier rere brtree inte tre ceer Mmrpr ere tr teeter mre rrr 196 UNI M 197 ipf pes DCUM ARN 197 Toa COMODO a RE m S UL I I ere rer Tree 198 DD e p E 199 Imo SOG NES sisri kaanan p paa DYrE SP A EO EPEQU eaaa Saioan BIER UR PME RE 200 156 2 SNMP TADS C 200 15 5 2 CON NMF o RED tation ei ER S a n dpi RR SR RO Ra 201 iter DEB ce 202 156 Coniguning ICMP aee 202 19 9 E U NAE esse AO
307. evice to the computer for example put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file config rom on your computer to the ZyXEL Device See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 8 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt The ZyXEL Device will automatically restart after a successful restore process P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 34 4 2 Restore Using FTP Session Example Figure 218 Restore Using FTP Session Example ftp put config rom rom 0 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR rom 0 226 File received OK 221 Goodbye for writing flash ftp 16384 bytes sent in 0 06Seconds 273 07Kbytes sec ftp gt quit Refer to Section 34 3 5 on page 326 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 34 4 3 Restore Via Console Port Restore configuration via console port by following the HyperTerminal procedure shown next Procedures using other serial communications programs should be similar 1 Display menu 24 6 and enter y at the following screen Figure 219 System Maintenance Restore Configuration Ready to restore Configuration via Xmodem Do you want to continue y n 2 The following screen indicates that the Xmodem download has started Figure 220 System Maintenance Starting Xmodem Download Screen Starting XMODEM download CRC mode CCCCCCCCC 3 R
308. exit to return to the SMT main menu when finished Figure 231 Valid Commands Copyright c 1994 2006 ZyXEL Communications Corp p 793H Valid commands are Sys exit device ether wan poe xdsl aux config ip ipsec ppp bridge hdap bm lan P 793H gt 35 2 Call Control Support The ZyXEL Device provides a call control function for budget management Please note that this menu is only applicable when Encapsulation is set to PPPoE or PPPOA in menu 4 or menu 11 1 The budget management function allows you to set a limit on the total outgoing call time of the ZyXEL Device within certain times When the total outgoing call time exceeds the limit the current call will be dropped and any future outgoing calls will be blocked Call history chronicles preceding incoming and outgoing calls To access the call control menu select option 9 in menu 24 to go to Menu 24 9 System Maintenance Call Control as shown in the next table Figure 232 Menu 24 9 System Maintenance Call Control Menu 24 9 System Maintenance Call Control 1 Budget Management 35 2 1 Budget Management Menu 24 9 1 shows the budget management statistics for outgoing calls Enter 1 from Menu 24 9 System Maintenance Call Control to bring up the following menu Not all fields are available on all models P 793H User s Guide Chapter 35 Menus 24 8 to 24 11 Figure 233 Menu 24 9 1 Budget Management Remote Node M
309. ey usually have a control connection which is used for sending commands between endpoints and then data connections which are used for transmitting bulk information Consider the FTP protocol A user on the LAN opens a control connection to a server on the Internet and requests a file At this point the remote server will open a data connection from the Internet For FTP to work properly this connection must be allowed to pass through even though a connection from the Internet would normally be rejected In order to achieve this the ZyXEL Device inspects the application level FTP data Specifically it searches for outgoing PORT commands and when it sees these it adds a cache entry for the anticipated data connection This can be done safely since the PORT command contains address and port information which can be used to uniquely identify the connection Any protocol that operates in this way must be supported on a case by case basis You can use the web configurator s Custom Ports feature to do this P 793H User s Guide 125 Chapter 8 Firewalls 8 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall Change the default password Limit who can telnet into your router Don t enable any local service such as SNMP or NTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the ne
310. fault server 107 port number 119 PPPoA 72 and IP address 73 nailed up connection 73 PPPoE 71 access and authentication methods 71 and client software 71 and IP address 73 nailed up connection 73 services 71 product registration 431 R reboot 233 registration product 431 related documentation 3 remote management 195 and firewall 195 and management inactivity timer 196 and NAT 196 DNS 202 FTP 198 ICMP 202 limitations 196 342 locations 195 number of sessions 195 SNMP 201 Telnet 197 TR 069 203 WWW 196 remote node 265 and filter set 271 RESET button 52 reset to factory defaults 52 231 restart 233 RFC 1112 See IGMP RFC 1213 200 RFC 1215 200 RFC 1466 96 RFC 1483 72 and IP address 73 RFC 1597 96 RFC 1631 See NAT RFC 2131 See DHCP RFC 2132 See DHCP RFC 2236 See IGMP RIP 96 direction 96 version 96 Routing Information Protocol See RIP P 793H User s Guide Index S safety warnings 6 schedule set 349 Select Mode screen 45 Simple Network Management Protocol See SNMP Single User Account See SUA SMT 41 239 accessing 239 menu items 240 navigation 242 SNMP 41 199 agent 199 Get 200 GetNext 200 manager 199 MIB 200 operations 200 remote management 201 Set 200 Trap 200 traps 200 specifications 361 static route 177 SUA 106 subnet 389 subnet mask 95 390 subnetting 392 Sustained Cell Rate SCR 74 syntax conventions 4 system configuration file back up
311. fic on high bandwidth high cost paths while using low cost paths for batch traffic Load Sharing Network administrators can use IPPR to distribute traffic among multiple paths NAT The ZyXEL Device performs NAT by default for traffic going to or from the gel interface Routing policy s SNAT allows network administrators to have traffic received on a specified interface use a specified IP address as the source IP address 36 3 Routing Policy Individual routing policies are used as part of the overall IPPR process A policy defines the matching criteria and the action to take when a packet meets the criteria The action is taken only when all the criteria are met The criteria can include the user name source address and incoming interface destination address schedule IP protocol ICMP UDP TCP etc and port The actions that can be taken include Routing the packet to a different gateway outgoing interface VPN tunnel or trunk Limiting the amount of bandwidth available and setting a priority for traffic P 793H User s Guide Chapter 36 IP Routing Policy Setup IPPR follows the existing packet filtering facility of RAS in style and in implementation 36 4 IP Routing Policy Setup Use this menu to look at a summary of policy routes To open this menu enter 25 in the main menu Figure 237 Menu 25 IP Routing Policy Setup Menu 25 IP Routing Policy Setup Enter P
312. g HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol Table 151 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s exceeds the max This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of session per number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host host setNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter error settings readNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter error settings WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface Table 152 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded Packet Direction according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT match TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched or did not match a configured firewall rule Packet Direction rule d denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE through OSPF Packet without a NA
313. g allowed from the Internet to the LAN it is better to allow only certain machines on the Internet to access the LAN 9 3 2 Security Ramifications 1 2 Once the logic of the rule has been defined it is critical to consider the security ramifications created by the rule Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example if IRC is blocked are there users that require this service P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration 3 Isit possible to modify the rule to be more specific For example if IRC is blocked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 4 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 5 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules 6 Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of plugging the information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens 9 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 9 3 3 1 Action Should the action be to Drop Reject or Permit LES Drop means the firewall silently discards the packet Reject means the firewall discards packets and sends an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender 9 3 3 2 Service Select the servi
314. g rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions oah WD 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 34 3 3 Example of FTP Commands from the Command Line Figure 212 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom 0 zyxel rom 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 16384 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 34 3 4 GUI based FTP Clients The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in GUI based FTP clients Table 125 General Commands for GUI based FTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Address Enter the address of the host server Login Type Anonymous This is when a user I D and password is automatically supplied to the server for anonymous access Anonymous logins will work only if your ISP or service administrator has enabled this option Normal The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII plain text format or in binary mode Configuration and firmware files should be transferred in binary mode Initial Remote Directory Specify the default remote directo
315. ght Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 17 System P 793H User s Guide Logs This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs Refer to the appendix for example log message explanations 18 1 Logs Overview The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL Device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 18 1 1 Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 18 2 Viewing the Logs Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories t
316. grams Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings v Use HTTP 1 1 gH Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections amp Java ee Use Java 2 v1 4 1_07 fr lt appleb eques estan gt Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for Use Java 2 v1 4 1_07 fr lt appleb eques esar requires restart 3 Microso O Java ae enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing xf gt Restore Defaults 388 P 793H User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similar
317. h local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action 7 6 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit Use this screen to edit an address mapping rule Click the rule s edit icon in the Address Mapping screen to display the screen shown next Figure 51 NAT gt Address Mapping gt Edit Edit Address Mapping Rule2 Type One to One v Local Start IP ooo Local End IP N A Global Start IP oo 0 0 Global End IP Na Server Mapping Set vs v Edit Details Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 35 NAT Address Mapping gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following One to One One to One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for One to one NAT mapping type Many to One Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA in other words PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only Many to Many
318. half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below another threshold one minute low The rate is the number of new attempts detected in the last one minute sample period 9 10 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time An unusually high number of half open sessions with the same destination host address could indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s being launched against the host Whenever the number of half open sessions with the same destination host address rises above a threshold TCP Maximum Incomplete the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions according to one of the following methods Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is 0 the default then the ZyXEL Device deletes the oldest existing half open session for the host for every new connection request to the host This ensures that the number of half open sessions to a given host will never exceed the threshold Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is greater than 0 then the ZyXEL Device blocks all new connection requests to the host giving the server time to handle the present connections The ZyXEL Device continues to block all new connection requests until the Blocking Time expires e 9 10 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds The ZyXEL Device also sends alerts whenever TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall and Threshold to bring up the nex
319. han 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Enable SUA Select this if you have one public IP address and want to use NAT or clear it to disable NAT Enable RIP Select this if you want to enable RIP in the dial backup connection RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers Clear this if you want the ZyXEL Deviceto not send any RIP packets and to ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also RIP Direction The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadca
320. hat you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 18 3 on page 226 Log entries in red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order P 793H User s Guide 225 Chapter 18 Logs Figure 125 Logs gt View Log View Logs Display Al Logs 7 Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log CTE PU NEECCLOCUIT ICE PMET EE 2 01 01 2000 Firewall default policy UDP Lto W 192 168 1 34 1029 172 17 2 5 161 AGES a onian Rewer hic paiet 1CMPHOt ease aszaseaaa ARES 4 poto Firewall default policy UDP Lto W 192 168 1 34 1029172 17 2 5 161 eget en amp UDIN Router e Jene paca HER aeaaenaa 192169234 SIS 6 bri Firewall default policy UDP Lto W 192 168 1 34 1029172 17 2 5 161 seen 7 CUBANO Router reoh ICMP gute TCHR ieoiii avaaena se ACCESS 8 beret Firewall default policy UDP Lto W 192 168 1 4 102917247 2 5 161 pA IDED The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 83 Logs gt View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the L
321. he Internet using a common language called TCP IP TCP IP in turn is a set of application protocols that perform specific functions An extension number called the TCP port or UDP port identifies these protocols such as HTTP Web FTP File Transfer Protocol POP3 E mail etc For example Web traffic by default uses TCP port 80 When computers communicate on the Internet they are using the client server model where the server listens on a specific TCP UDP port for information requests from remote client computers on the network For example a Web server typically listens on port 80 Please note that while a computer may be intended for use over a single port such as Web on port 80 other ports are also active If the person configuring or managing the computer is not careful a hacker could attack it over an unprotected port Some of the most common IP ports are shown in Appendix G on page 401 8 4 2 Types of DoS Attacks There are four types of DoS attacks 1 Those that exploit bugs in a TCP IP implementation 2 Those that exploit weaknesses in the TCP IP specification 3 Brute force attacks that flood a network with useless data P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls 4 IP Spoofing 5 Ping of Death and Teardrop attacks exploit bugs in the TCP IP implementations of various computer and host systems Ping of Death uses a ping utility to create an IP packet that exceeds the maximum 65 536 bytes of data
322. he initiator is not known by the responder and both parties want to use pre shared keys for authentication for example telecommuters 11 1 2 2 VPN NAT and NAT Traversal In the following example there is another router A between router X and router Y Figure 80 VPN NAT Example in Internet n X A lt Y If router A does NAT it might change IP addresses source or destination port numbers source or destination or any combination of these If router X and router Y try to establish a VPN tunnel the authentication fails because authentication depends on the original IP addresses and port numbers Most routers that support NAT like router A have an IPSec pass through feature This feature helps router A recognize VPN packets and route them appropriately If router A has this feature router X and router Y can establish a VPN tunnel as long as the active protocol is ESP See Section 11 1 3 2 on page 159 for more information about active protocols If router A does not have an IPSec pass through or if the active protocol is AH you can solve this problem by enabling NAT traversal In NAT traversal router X and router Y add an extra header to the IKE SA and IPSec SA packets If you configure router A to forward these packets unchanged router X and router Y can establish a VPN tunnel You have to do the following things to set up NAT traversal Enable NAT traversal on the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router
323. he total outgoing call time exceeds the limit the current call will be dropped and any future outgoing calls will be blocked P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 22 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Period Enter how often in hours the Allocated Budget is reset For example if you can e for thirty minutes every hour set the Allocated Budget to 30 and set this field Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 5 8 2 Advanced Modem Settings for Dial Backup Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s modem settings for dial backup Click WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup gt Edit The screen appears as shown Figure 36 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup gt Edit AT Command Strings Dial atd Drop ett fev ath Answer ata Drop DTR When Hang Up AT Response Strings CLID NMBR Called ID Speed CONNECT Call Control Dial Timeout feo Retry Count fo Retry Interval to sec Drop Timeout zo fs Call Back Delay lt Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 23 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION AT Command Strings Dial Enter the AT Command string to make a call Drop En
324. hen you select 4 wire in the Service Mode field then the transfer rate you set here is doubled For example select 5696 Kbps to configure a maximum transfer rate of 11392 Kbps Transfer Min Rate Kbps This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Set the minimum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information The actual transfer rate will be between this value and the maximum transfer rate you configure Note When you select 4 wire in the Service Mode field then the transfer rate you set here is doubled For example select 192 Kbps to configure a minimum transfer rate of 384 Kbps Standard Mode This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Select the operational mode the ZyXEL Device uses in the DSL connection Annex A refers to connections over POTS and Annex B refers to connections over ISDN lines Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 5 4 1 2Wire 2Line Service Mode The Service Mode section of the Internet Connection screen allows you to set up two DSL connections when you select 2wire 2line mode This allows you to create a point to 2points configuration See Section 5 4 1 on page 78 for more background information about this mode Figure 27 2wire 2line Service Mode Service Type Ser
325. ication tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name In Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name 17 1 2 General Setup The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP Use this screen to set up the ZyXEL Device s system name domain name inactivity timer and passwords Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 17 System Figure 123 System gt General General System Setup System Name Domain Name Password User Password New Password Retype to confirm Admin Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution Administrator Inactivity Timer P 793H m 60 minutes 0 means no timeout Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 81 System General LABEL DESCRIPTION System Setup System Name Choose a descriptive name for id
326. ide any DHCP services There is already a DHCP server on the network Relay the ZyXEL Device routes DHCP requests to the DHCP server There may be a DHCP server on another network Server the ZyXEL Device assigns IP addresses and provides subnet mask gateway and DNS server information to the network The ZyXEL Device is the DHCP server for the network IP Pool Starting Address This field is enabled if the ZyXEL Device is a Server Enter the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool Pool Size This field is enabled if the ZyXEL Device is a Server Enter the size of or the number of addresses in the IP address pool Remote DHCP Server This field is enabled if the ZyXEL Device is a Relay Enter the IP address of the DHCP server to which the ZyXEL Device should route requests DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address to P 793H User s Guide the DHCP clients Chapter 6 LAN Setup Table 26 LAN DHCP Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server This field is not available when you set DHCP to Relay Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask If the fields are left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy and forwards the DHCP client s DNS q
327. if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically connect to your ISP Connection when it is turned on and to remain connected all the time This is not recommended if you pay for your Internet connected based on the amount of time you are connected Session Options Edit Filter Sets If you want to specify input and output filter sets for the WAN port press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER Menu 11 1 4 appears Idle Timeout sec Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait while there is no Internet traffic before it automatically disconnects from the ISP Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds 26 4 Remote Node Network Layer Options Move the cursor to the Edit IP Bridge field in menu 11 1 then press SPACE BAR to select Yes Press ENTER to open Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options Figure 156 Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options IP Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Options Options Bridge Options IP Address Assignment Static Ethernet Addr Timeout min N A Rem IP Addr 0 0 0 0 Rem Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 y WAN Addr 0 0 0 0 AT SUA Only Address Mapping Set N A etric 2 Private No RIP Direction Both Version RIP 2B ulticast None IP Policies P 793H User s Guide Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 104 Menu 11 3 Remote Node Network Layer Optio
328. ill not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version This field is enabled if RIP Direction is not None The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in or
329. iltering before they encounter call filtering as shown in the following figure i i Active Data No imatch Initiate call if line not up i i Send packet Figure 186 Outgoing Packet Filtering Process Call Filtering Built in default Call Filters User defined Call Filters if applicable Data Outgoing Packet Filtering a and reset Idle Timer Drop packet Drop packet if line not up if line not up Drop packet Send packet Send packet but do not reset but do not reset Idle Timer Idle Timer For incoming packets your ZyXEL Device applies data filters only Packets are processed depending upon whether a match is found The following sections describe how to configure filter sets P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration 30 1 1 The Filter Structure of the ZyXEL Device A filter set consists of one or more filter rules Usually you would group related rules for example all the rules for NetBIOS into a single set and give it a descriptive name The ZyXEL Device allows you to configure up to twelve filter sets with six rules in each set for a total of 72 filter rules in the system You cannot mix device filter rules and protocol filter rules within the same set You can apply up to four filter sets to a particular port to block multiple types of packets With each filter set having up to six rules you can have a maximum of 2
330. intenance Information to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version The AT command is the command you enter after you press y when prompted in the SMT menu to go into debug mode Table 124 Filename Conventions FILETYPE INTERNAL EXTERNAL NAME DESCRIPTION Configuration Rom 0 This is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL rom File Device Uploading the rom 0 file replaces the entire ROM file system including your ZyXEL Device configurations system related data including the default password the error log and the trace log Firmware Ras This is the generic name for the ZyNOS firmware on bin the ZyXEL Device 34 3 Backup Configuration BS The ZyXEL Device displays different messages explaining different ways to backup restore and upload files in menus 24 5 24 6 24 7 1 and 24 7 2 depending on whether you use the console port or Telnet Option 5 from Menu 24 System Maintenance allows you to backup the current ZyXEL Device configuration to your computer Backup is highly recommended once your ZyXEL Device is functioning properly FTP is the preferred method for backing up your current configuration to your computer since it is faster You can also perform backup and restore using menu 24 through the console port Any serial communications program should work fine however you must use Xmodem protocol to perform the download upload and you don t have to rename the file
331. ion authority server IP address and port Enrollment failed The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification lt SCEP CA server url authority server s address cannot be resolved Enrollment successful The CMP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port P 793H User s Guide m Appendix Log Descriptions Table 163 PKI Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Enrollment failed The CMP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve lt CMP CA server url gt The CMP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification authority server s IP address cannot be resolved Revd ca cert lt subject name gt The router received a certification authority certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd user cert lt subject name gt The router received a user certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd CRL lt size gt l
332. ion for your device s IP address Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 270 Pop up Blocker Mail and News Pop up Blocker urn Off Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Pop up Blocker Setting Synchronize f windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy P 793H User s Guide Appendix D Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 271 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet gt zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable LC information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alt
333. ions Table 169 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types continued LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification DE Delete VID Vendor ID Log Commands This section provides some general examples of how to use the log commands The items that display with your device may vary but the basic function should be the same Go to the command interpreter interface Appendix H on page 405 explains how to access and use the commands Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log 1 Use the sys logs load command to load the log setting buffer that allows you to configure which logs the ZyXEL Device is to record 2 Use sys logs category to view a list of the log categories Figure 290 Displaying Log Categories Example ras Valid commands are sys exit ip ipsec certificates cnm ras gt ether bridge 8021x 3 Use sys logs category followed by a log category to display the parameters that are available for the category P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Figure 291 Displaying Log Parameters Example ras sys logs category access Usage 0 none 1 10g 2 alert 3 both 4 Use sys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to record Use 0 to
334. ious screen 35 3 Time and Date Setting The ZyXEL Device s Real Time Chip RTC keeps track of the time and date There is also a software mechanism to set the time manually or get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device Menu 24 10 allows you to update the time and date settings of your ZyXEL Device The real time is then displayed in the ZyXEL Device error logs and firewall logs Select menu 24 in the main menu to open Menu 24 System Maintenance as shown next P 793H User s Guide Chapter 35 Menus 24 8 to 24 11 Figure 234 Menu 24 System Maintenance Menu 24 System Maintenance System Status System Information and Console Port Speed Log and Trace Diagnostic Backup Configuration Restore Configuration Upload Firmware Command Interpreter Mode Call Control Time and Date Setting Remote Management r2 HB 090 100 0 hN P o Enter 10 to go to Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting to update the time and date settings of your ZyXEL Device as shown in the following screen Figure 235 Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting Time Protocol None Time Server Address N A Current Time 06 3 er New Time hh mm ss 06 43 00 Current Date 2000 01 01 New Date yyyy mm dd 2000 01 01 Time Zone GMT 0100 Brussels Copenhagen Madrid
335. is not an exact representation of your device ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook computer N hk Ne mmc mm Server Firewall NN LL Nr ooo oom ml E qc c cd amm E I Seo cot SS SS Telephone Switch Router we M n lt P 793H User s Guide a Safety Warnings Safety Warnings gt For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device Connect it to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is
336. is not listed in the local user database Table 166 ACL Setting Notes PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN L to L LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device W to W WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device Table 167 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable 0 Net unreachable 1 Host unreachable 2 Protocol unreachable 3 Port unreachable 4 A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF 5 Source route failed 4 Source Quench P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 167 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network 5 Redirect 0 Redirect datagrams for the Network 1 Redirect datagrams for the Host 2 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network 3 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host 8 Echo 0 Echo mes
337. is screen Table 8 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here Leave this field blank if your ISP did not provide you a PPPoE service Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to finish manual configuration Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes This screen appears if your Internet connection uses RFC 1483 encapsulation P 793H User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizards Figure 15 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters RFC1483 pe STEP STEP 2 lt Back Apply Exit The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 9 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters RFC1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to finish manual configuration Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes This screen appears if your Internet connection uses PPPoA encapsulation Figure 16 Internet Setup Wizard ISP Parameters PPPo
338. it sss 188 Figure 97 Bandwidth t Ed cog t RET 190 Figure 98 Dynamic DNS gt Dynami DNS 12iiusiissccictia de RR REEERERMV REL SEUERREELA EROR ELS HR ER E E Ef 192 Figure 99 Remote MGMT lisi a ga nscasres sainsicueens satracartas sampanatdasninaanins EEEN dada wiasanmnuncans damaueketaanneneenneden 196 Figure 100 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network c50ccccccesesseceeeseseeseeeenenecseeeneneeceneeseeecneeneteee 197 Figure TOT Remote MOMT TEINS side tide detto aseo mano dod ui edet ud 197 gr T07 Remo MOMI og dee eet 198 Figure 103 SNMP Management Model 22 5 terreri eoo castcoustcabeesacei dinen daxiaaaaucabeeauend denntaamnaauvyenne 199 Figure 104 Remote MGMT gt SNMP acca cae ceccats seiirkaciada ki ler rl Cx En P UL Fk n Cn xt e Ln P ec 201 gs 109 FR eaten TCS p DN enr 202 Figure TOb Remote MONT ICMP oaan 203 Foure 107 Enabling TROSI eU NT 204 Figure TOS UPAP gt CGEneral 206 Figure 109 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication sss 207 Figure 110 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 208 Figure 171 Sepe eG G 208 Figure 112 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard ssseee 209 Figure mel Rol cuve iur gp TL Oo SEE 209 Figuic 174 NONOIE COISCBSB auxcuppxdipctt ped v pet ISVERHMUHESEERRU GIROCERI gu Haga dd SU n
339. iveX s Contains Java The web site contains a Java applet applet s Contains cookie The web site contains a cookie s Proxy mode The router detected proxy mode in the packet detected s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked category list but it did not return the category type s s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked category list and returned the category type s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in the blocked list from the local cache but does not know the category type oo s 3s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in blocked list from the local cache and knows the category type oo S Trusted Web site The web site is in a trusted domain oo S When the content filter is not on according to the time schedule or you didn t select the Block Matched Web Site check box the system forwards the web content Waiting content filter server timeout The external content filtering server did not respond within the timeout period DNS resolving failed The ZyXEL Device cannot get the IP address of the external content filtering via DNS query Creating socket failed The ZyXEL Device cannot issue a query because TCP IP socket creation failed port port number Connecting to content filter server fail The connection to the external content filtering server failed
340. k computed by the ZyXEL Device RIP Direction Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the RIP direction Options are Both In Only Out Only or None Version Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the RIP version Options are RIP 1 RIP 2B or RIP 2M Incoming Enter the filter set s you wish to apply to the incoming traffic between this node and protocol filters the ZyXEL Device Outgoing Enter the filter set s you wish to apply to the outgoing traffic between this node and protocol filters the ZyXEL Device When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel 24 4 1 Port based VLAN Setup You use menu 3 6 to control whether or not the ZyXEL Device sends layer 2 traffic MAC addresses between LAN ports For example if LAN port 1 and LAN port 2 are connected to different departments you might not want the ZyXEL Device to broadcast traffic to both networks In this case you should disable the connection between these ports These departments then have to communicate with each other using IP addresses instead of MAC addresses From the main menu enter 3 to open Menu 3 LAN Setup and select sub menu 6 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 24 LAN Setup Figure 151 Menu 3 6 Port Based VLAN Setup Menu 3 6 Port Based VLAN Setup 1 2 3 4 1 Yes Yes Yes 2 Yes Yes 3 Yes 4 a
341. ke those using audio or video a higher priority number to provide smoother operation P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 13 5 2 Fairness based Scheduler The ZyXEL Device divides bandwidth equally among bandwidth classes when using the fairness based scheduler thus preventing one bandwidth class from using all of the interface s bandwidth 13 6 Maximize Bandwidth Usage The maximize bandwidth usage option see Figure 94 on page 186 allows the ZyXEL Device to divide up any available bandwidth on the interface including unallocated bandwidth and any allocated bandwidth that a class is not using among the bandwidth classes that require more bandwidth When you enable maximize bandwidth usage the ZyXEL Device first makes sure that each bandwidth class gets up to its bandwidth allotment Next the ZyXEL Device divides up an interface s available bandwidth bandwidth that is unbudgeted or unused by the classes depending on how many bandwidth classes require more bandwidth and on their priority levels When only one class requires more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives extra bandwidth to that class When multiple classes require more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives the highest priority classes the available bandwidth first as much as they require if there is enough available bandwidth and then to lower priority classes if there 1s still bandwidth available The ZyXEL Device distributes the available bandwidth equa
342. l P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 52 VPN gt Setup gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy This option determines whether a VPN rule is applied before a packet leaves the firewall Keep Alive Select either Yes or No from the drop down list box Select Yes to have the ZyXEL Device automatically reinitiate the SA after the SA lifetime times out even if there is no traffic The remote IPSec router must also have keep alive enabled in order for this feature to work NAT Traversal Select this check box if you want to set up a VPN tunnel when there are NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The remote IPSec router must also enable NAT traversal and the NAT routers have to forward UDP port 500 packets to the remote IPSec router behind the NAT router Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box IKE provides more protection so it is generally recommended Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same n
343. l Rules Storage Space in Use 395 ovi 100 Packet Direction wan to LAN z Create a new rule after rule number o x Add ENTERO IESU Frey rr Feet En edi ER Apply Cancel 3 Inthe Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 Inthe Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and configure the screen as follows and click Apply Figure 66 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type rcejube x Port Configuration Type single Port Range Port Number From 123 To 123 Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address box and then click Delete 8 Configure the destination address screen as follows and click Add P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Edit Rule 1 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type Any Address Start IP ooo Address End IP booo Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Address Type Range Address x Start IP Roo o010 Address see End IP io0015 Address 20S Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0
344. l models Figure 149 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Setup DHCP Setup Client IP Secondary IP Subnet DHCP Server Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 Size of Client IP Pool 32 Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Remote DHCP Server N A TCP IP Setup IP Address 192 168 1 1 ask 255 255 255 0 RIP Direction Both Version RIP 2B ulticast IGMP v2 IP Policies Edit IP Alias No Follow the instructions in the next table to configure these fields Table 99 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP This field enables disables the DHCP server If set to Server your ZyXEL Device will act as a DHCP server You should configure the rest of the fields in this section except for Remote DHCP Server If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays requests and responses between the remote server and the clients The Remote DHCP Server needs to be set If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled Client IP Pool Starting Address This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool Size of Client IP Pool This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool P 793H User s Guide Chapter 24 LAN Setup Table 99 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup continued Secondary DNS Serv
345. lains how to set up and maintain IPSec VPNs in the ZyXEL Device 11 1 IPSec VPN Overview A virtual private network VPN provides secure communications between sites without the expense of leased site to site lines A secure VPN is a combination of tunneling encryption authentication access control and auditing It is used to transport traffic over the Internet or any insecure network that uses TCP IP for communication Internet Protocol Security IPSec is a standards based VPN that offers flexible solutions for secure data communications across a public network like the Internet IPSec is built around a number of standardized cryptographic techniques to provide confidentiality data integrity and authentication at the IP layer The following figure is one example of a VPN tunnel Figure 75 VPN Example pui ii am Coli Ge an iut imi Guia Tunis eee l i l m l Nc I Internet J iil The VPN tunnel connects the ZyXEL Device X and the remote IPSec router Y These routers then connect the local network A and remote network B A VPN tunnel is usually established in two phases Each phase establishes a security association SA a contract indicating what security parameters the ZyXEL Device and the remote IPSec router will use The first phase establishes an Internet Key Exchange IKE SA between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The second phase uses the IKE SA to securely establish an I
346. land e e e E mail info pl zyxel com Telephone 48 22 333 8250 Fax 48 22 333 8251 Web Site www pl zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications ul Okrzei 1A 03 715 Warszawa Poland Russia e Support http zyxel ru support Sales E mail sales zyxel ru Telephone 7 095 542 89 29 Fax 7 095 542 89 25 Web Site www zyxel ru Regular Mail ZyXEL Russia Ostrovityanova 37a Str Moscow 117279 Russia Support E mail support zyxel es Sales E mail sales zyxel es Telephone 34 902 195 420 Fax 34 913 005 345 P 793H User s Guide Appendix L Customer Support Web Site www zyxel es Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Arte 21 5 planta 28033 Madrid Spain Sweden Support E mail support zyxel se Sales E mail sales zyxel se Telephone 46 31 744 7700 Fax 46 31 744 7701 Web Site www zyxel se e Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg Sweden Ukraine Support E mail support ua zyxel com Sales E mail sales ua zyxel com Telephone 380 44 247 69 78 Fax 380 44 494 49 32 Web Site www ua zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Ukraine 13 Pimonenko Str Kiev 04050 Ukraine United Kingdom Support E mail support zyxel co uk Sales E mail sales zyxel co uk Telephone 444 1344 303044 08707 555779 UK only Fax 44 1344 303034 Web Site www zyxel co uk FTP Site ftp zyxel co uk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communicati
347. lasses 13 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 64 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 1024 kbps Sales 3072 kbps Marketing 3072 kbps Research 3072 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally among the other classes 1024 kbps extra goes to each so the other classes each get a total of 3072 kbps P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management 13 6 3 Over Allotment of Bandwidth You can set the bandwidth management speed for an interface higher than the interface s actual transmission speed Higher priority traffic gets to use up to its allocated bandwidth even if it takes up all of the interface s available bandwidth This could stop lower priority traffic from being sent The following is an example Table 65 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES ALLOTMENTS PRIORITIES Actual outgoing bandwidth available on the interface 1000 kbps Root Class 1500 kbps same VoIP traffic Service SIP
348. le Maintenance Over WAN Luisa ede ast eteros rei adde died Le o ped n Mad e asad 326 SLE Backup Coniig uration Using DE DE oia betecci tebebin i bore Nea RM pae REO RE EH Ei ne d ria DE 326 Sead TFTP Command EXAMENE oiii sues tie quibu eris aor MR tani BERE EE oiiaee 327 221 25 DU based TEIP OIEI sanirana aienea rib bn BOE MbL Fu dud Retina Ek aan RR 327 34 3 9 Backup Vid Console POM saint bee pee topi epo Rire ERR TIR PATERE ME 327 es Reale CONUAT Nn 328 sn mbi uec Ad Ave AES 329 34 4 2 Restore Using FTP Session Exemple 5 recte neither tht pni itr re unte 330 244 3 Restore Vis Console FOM 2c petit REIR RII HERR EX SR IA SEI C RR dS 330 34 5 Uploading Firmware and Configuration Files icssecee pra antera aqaa Ebr renta rre hne tI EFC ded ai peka 331 34 51 II File UBIO i 331 24 5 2 Configutbation File Upload 5 secccstctsstancdueis ipei RE Ik YR Eb nE aaa Fn aun Sa kann 331 34 5 3 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example 332 34 5 4 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload sss 333 ee WRT eM e e ee 333 34 5 8 TFTP Upload Command Example sisisriirisiserisiiis reb rt vbi DEI Ee ta div Vs tna e np 334 MESA Uploading Via Console POI aide ena Gwen Five a abad a t Hber DOR a da 334 24 5 9 Uploading Firmware File Via Console Port risa cr rptu akku bebpa an na erra Y an YE br aa nae ErpaS 334 34 5 9 Example Xmodem Firmware Upload Using HyperTerminal
349. lect this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server sends when you turn on the ZyXEL Device Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference between them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Enable Daylight Saving Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour form
350. lete the ZyXEL Device will automatically restart 34 4 1 Restore Using FTP For details about backup using T FTP please refer to earlier sections on FTP and TFTP file upload in this chapter Figure 217 Menu 24 6 Restore Configuration Menu 24 6 Restore Configuration To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure below 1 Launch the FTP client on your computer 2 Type open and the IP address of your system Then type root and SMT password as requested 3 Type put backupfilename rom 0 where backupfilename is the name of your backup configuration file on your computer and rom 0 is the remote file name on the system This restores the configuration to your system 4 The system reboots automatically after a successful file transfer For details on FTP commands please consult the documentation of your FTP client program For details on restoring using TFTP note that you must remain on this menu to restore using TFTP please see your user manual Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary Find the rom file on your computer that you want to restore to your ZyXEL Device NO oO FR WD Use put to transfer files from the ZyXEL D
351. lick Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version V3 40 RQ 0 bi 20060614 06 14 2006 File Path Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 85 Tools Firmware LABEL DESCRIPTION Current This is the present Firmware version and the date created Firmware Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it P 793H User s Guide Chapter 19 Tools Table 85 Tools Firmware continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes Note Do not turn off the device while firmware upload is in progress Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 128 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This sho
352. lid CA specific information missing 14 Not used 15 CRL is too old 16 CRL is not valid 17 CRL signature was not verified correctly 18 CRL was not found anywhere 19 CRL was not added to the cache 20 CRL decoding failed 21 CRL is not currently valid but in the future 22 CRL contains duplicate serial numbers 23 Time interval is not continuous 24 Time information not available 25 Database method failed due to timeout 26 Database method failed 27 Path was not verified 28 Maximum path length reached Table 165 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Local User Database accepts user A user was authenticated by the local user database Local User Database reports user credential error A user was not authenticated by the local user database because of an incorrect user password Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user Pls check RADIUS Server A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server Local User Database does not support authentication method The local user database only supports the EAP MD5 method A user tried to use another authentication method and was not authenticated User logout b
353. ll not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute SMT timeout default when the file transfer is complete P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 4 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 5 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o Note that the telnet connection must be active and the SMT in CI mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer and binary to set binary transfer mode 34 3 7 TFTP Command Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host get rom 0 config rom Where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device IP address get transfers the file source on the ZyXEL Device rom 0 name of the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to the file destination on the computer and renames it config rom 34 3 8 GUI based TFTP Clients The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients Table 126 Gen
354. llowing menu Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule in which you can edit an individual rule and configure the Type Local and Global Start End IPs BES An IP End address must be numerically greater than its corresponding IP Start address P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup Figure 169 Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule Type Server Local IP Start N A End N A Global IP Start 0 0 0 0 End N A Server Mapping Set 2 The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 112 Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule FIELD DESCRIPTION Type Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select from a total of five types These are the mapping types discussed in Chapter 7 on page 103 Server allows you to specify multiple servers of different types behind NAT to this computer See Section 28 4 3 on page 288 for an example Local IP These fields are enabled depending on the Type Start Enter the starting local IP address ILA End Enter the ending local IP address ILA If the rule is for all local IPs then put the Start IP as 0 0 0 0 and the End IP as 255 255 255 255 This field is N A for One to One and Server types Global IP These fields are enabled depending on the Type Start Enter the starting global IP address IGA If you have a dynamic IP enter 0 0 0 0 as the Global IP Start Note that Global IP Start can be set
355. llows the SYN ACK it queues up all outstanding SYN ACK responses on what is known as a backlog queue SYN ACKs are moved off the queue only when an ACK comes back or when an internal timer which is set at relatively long intervals terminates the three way handshake Once the queue is full the system will ignore all incoming SYN requests making the system unavailable for legitimate users P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls Figure 54 SYN Flood Client Server SYN SYN SYN SYN SYN ACK SYN ACK SYN ACK SYN ACK Ina LAND Attack hackers flood SYN packets into the network with a spoofed source IP address of the targeted system This makes it appear as if the host computer sent the packets to itself making the system unavailable while the target system tries to respond to Itself 7 Abrute force attack such as a Smurf attack targets a feature in the IP specification known as directed or subnet broadcasting to quickly flood the target network with useless data A Smurf hacker floods a router with Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request packets pings Since the destination IP address of each packet is the broadcast address of the network the router will broadcast the ICMP echo request packet to all hosts on the network If there are numerous hosts this will create a large amount of ICMP echo request and response traffic If a hacker chooses to spoof the source IP address of the ICMP echo request packet the
356. lly among classes with the same priority level 13 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic Do the following three steps to configure the ZyXEL Device to allow bandwidth for traffic that 1s not defined in a bandwidth filter 1 Leave some of the interface s bandwidth unbudgeted 2 Do not enable the interface s Maximize Bandwidth Usage option 3 Do not enable bandwidth borrowing on the child classes that have the root class as their parent see Section 13 8 on page 187 13 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example Here is an example of a ZyXEL Device that has maximize bandwidth usage enabled on an interface The following table shows each bandwidth class s bandwidth budget The classes are set up based on subnets The interface 1s set to 10240 kbps Each subnet is allocated 2048 kbps The unbudgeted 2048 kbps allows traffic not defined in any of the bandwidth filters to go out when you do not select the maximize bandwidth option Table 62 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 2048 kbps Sales 2048 kbps Marketing 2048 kbps Research 2048 kbps P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management The ZyXEL Device divides up the unbudgeted 2048 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth If the administration department only uses 1024 kbps of the budgeted 2048 kbps the ZyXEL Device also divides the remaining 1024 kbps
357. logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the Time server Time initialized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC Ox x Task ID Ox x The router is saving configuration changes P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 150 System Maintenance Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface usin
358. lug and Play UPnP Figure 120 Network Connections Network Connections File Q Back OQ P Search li Folders ies Edit view Favorites Tools Advanced Help Address e Network Connections Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection Disabled Internet Connection s Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network LAN or High Speed Internet See Also i Network Troubleshooter Enabled Other Places 4 Control Panel amp My Network Places 1 4 Mv Documents qj My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections Local Area Connection L wat a Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast 4 Anicon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays P 793H User s Guide Chapter 16 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 121 Network Connections My Network Places My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help oO Bad s Search lp Folders a My Network Places Address Local Network Network Tasks ZyXEL Prestig Sharing Gat gg Add a network place e View network connections Invoke Set up a home or small office network 4h View workgroup computers Create Shortcut Rename
359. ly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet 1s an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 1n binary or 0 to 255 in decimal The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID P 793H User s Guide Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 278 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 mt i at i i i M mmmh i I L L L I L I i I L I L I L 7 n mm m m m m m um m 9 How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term subnet is short for sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then
360. m Don t Care Normal Min Delay Max Thruput or Max Reliable Precedence Precedence value of the incoming packet Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select a value from 0 to 7 or Don t Care Packet Length Type the length of incoming packets in bytes The operators in the Len Comp next field apply to packets of this length Len Comp Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to choose from Equal Not Equal Less Greater Less or Equal or Greater or Equal Source addr start end Source IP address range from start to end port start end Source port number range from start to end applicable only for TCP UDP Destination addr start end Destination IP address range from start to end port start end Destination port number range from start to end applicable only for TCP UDP P 793H User s Guide Chapter 36 IP Routing Policy Setup Table 132 Menu 25 1 1 IP Routing Policy continued FIELD DESCRIPTION Action Specifies whether action should be taken on criteria Matched or Not Matched Gateway addr Enter the IP address of the gateway to which the ZyXEL Device forwards the packet The gateway is an immediate neighbor of your ZyXEL Device and must be on the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device if it is on the LAN or the IP address of a remote node if it is on the WAN Enter 0 0 0 0 to specify the default gateway Type of Service Set the new TOS value of
361. match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 1 Mbps If this number is higher than the interface s actual transmission speed and you configure bandwidth rules for all of the bandwidth higher priority traffic could use all of the bandwidth so lower priority traffic does not get through Note Unless you enable Max Bandwidth Usage the ZyXEL Device only uses up to the amount of bandwidth that you configure here The ZyXEL Device does not use any more bandwidth for the interface s connections even if the interface has more outgoing bandwidth Scheduler Select either Priority Based or Fairness Based from the drop down menu to control the traffic flow Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally Max Bandwidth Usage Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device divide up all of the interface s unallocated and or unused bandwidth among the bandwidth classes that require bandwidth Do not select this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth class or you want to limit the speed of this interface see the Speed field description Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh
362. mber the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following read only fields summarize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the default actions in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The ordering of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn P 793H User s Guide E Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Table 40 Firewall gt Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies See Appendix G on page 401 for more information Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to th
363. menus such as password DHCP Setup TCP IP Setup etc It arrives from ZyXEL with a rom filename extension Once you have customized the ZyXEL Device s settings they can be saved back to your computer under a filename of your choosing ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System sometimes referred to as the ras file is the system firmware and has a bin filename extension With many FTP and TFTP clients the filenames are similar to those seen next tp put firmware bin ras his is a sample FTP session showing the transfer of the computer file firmware bin to the yXEL Device tp get rom 0 config cfg This is a sample FTP session saving the current configuration to the computer file config cfg f T Z f If your T FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the source you will need to rename them as the ZyXEL Device only recognizes rom 0 and ras Be sure you keep unaltered copies of both files for later use P 793H User s Guide 323 Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance The following table is a summary Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename on the ZyXEL Device and the external filename refers to the filename not on the ZyXEL Device that is on your computer local network or FTP site and so the name but not the extension may vary After uploading new firmware see the ZyNOS F W Version field in Menu 24 2 1 System Ma
364. ming packet can be matched with the outbound request for that packet and allowed in Conversely an incoming packet masquerading as a response to a nonexistent outbound request can be blocked e The firewall uses session filtering in other words smart rules that enhance the filtering process and control the network session rather than control individual packets in a session The firewall provides e mail service to notify you of routine reports and when alerts occur 8 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall To prevent DoS attacks and prevent hackers cracking your network Arange of source and destination IP addresses as well as port numbers can be specified within one firewall rule making the firewall a better choice when complex rules are required P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls To selectively block allow inbound or outbound traffic between inside host networks and outside host networks Remember that filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address The firewall performs better than filtering if you need to check many rules Use the firewall if you need routine e mail reports about your system or need to be alerted when attacks occur The firewall can block specific URL traffic that might occur in the future The URL can be saved in an Access Control List ACL database P 793H User s Guide Firewall Configuration This chapter shows you how to enable and c
365. minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Figure 69 Firewall Example Rules MyService Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 osi 100 Packet Direction waN to LAN 7 Create a new rule after rule number IE Add Peco ornate sence concedes 1 WV any 100 0110 100015 7 MyService TCPJUDP 123 x Permit No No BEP fii bN Apply Cancel 9 9 Anti Probing If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists The ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Refer to
366. mmand sys stdio 0 to disable the console timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute console timeout default when the file transfer is complete 4 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 5 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the firmware is ras Note that the telnet connection must be active and the ZyXEL Device in CI mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer put the other way around and binary to set binary transfer mode P 793H User s Guide 333 Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 34 5 6 TFTP Upload Command Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host put firmware bin ras Where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device s IP address put transfers the file source on the computer firmware bin name of the firmware on the computer to the file destination on the remote host ras name of the firmware on the ZyXEL Device Commands that you may
367. n Service User defined Destination Address ooo 0 Destination Subnet Netmask ooo00 Destination Port h Source Address oo0 0 Source Subnet Netmask poco Source Port feo Protocol he a b Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 69 Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup gt Add Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Configuration Active Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Rule Name Use the auto generated name or enter a descriptive name of up to 20 alphanumeric characters including spaces BW Budget Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Use All Managed Select this option to allow a rule to borrow unused bandwidth on the interface Bandwidth Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of the rules That is a rule with the highest priority is the first to borrow bandwidth Do not select this if you want to leave bandwidth available for other traffic types
368. n in hours the Allocated Budget is reset For example if you can call for thirty minutes every hour set the Allocated Budget to 30 and set this field to 1 Schedule Sets Enter the schedule sets that apply to this connection Nailed Up Connection Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically connect to your ISP when it is turned on and to remain connected all the time This is not recommended if you pay for your Internet connected based on the amount of time you are connected Session Options Edit Filter Sets If you want to specify input and output filter sets for the WAN port press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER Menu 11 5 appears Idle Timeout sec Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait while there is no Internet traffic before it automatically disconnects from the ISP Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The following explains how to configure remote node 8 for the dial backup connection P 793H User s Guide 267 Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup Figure 155 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile node 8 Rem Node Name Active Yes Outgoing My Login My Password Authen CHAP PAP Period hr 0 Sec Phone Pri Phone Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile Backup ISP Edit PPP Options No Rem IP Addr Edit IP No Edit Script Options No Telco Option Allocated Budget min 0 ailed
369. n also initiate VPN connections to the telecommuters since it can find the telecommuters by resolving their domain names Figure 89 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example BN LAN A gay e a 192 168 2 12 NP SS NEZ Lm HQ LAN a os oe lu m NEAN 192 168 3 2 192 168 1 10 mu LAN EMNER 192 168 4 15 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 58 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS All Telecommuter Rules All Headquarters Rules My IP Address 0 0 0 0 My IP Address bigcompanyhq com Secure Gateway Address bigcompanyhq com Local IP Address 192 168 1 10 Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Peer ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Telecommuter A telecommutera dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 1 Local ID Type IP Peer ID Type IP Local ID Content 192 168 2 12 Peer ID Content 192 168 2 12 Local IP Address 192 168 2 12 Secure Gateway Address telecommuter1 com Remote Address 192 168 2 12 Telecommuter B telecommuterb dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 2 Local ID Type DNS Peer ID Type DNS Local ID Content telecommuterb com Peer ID Content telecommuterb com Local IP Address 192 168 3 2 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterb com Remote Ad
370. n if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 14 1 1 DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS See Section 14 2 on page 191 for configuration instruction 14 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS settings Click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 14 1 on page 191 for more information P 793H User s Guide Chapter 14 Dynamic DNS Setup Figure 98 Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Service Provider www DynbNs oRG v Dynamic DNS Type Dynamic DNS v Host Name y User Name ERSl Password l I Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C Use specified IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply
371. n in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser e cannot use FTP to upload download the configuration file cannot use FTP to upload new firmware See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser e cannot use TR 069 CNM Access to manage the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure that the ZyXEL Device has TR 069 management enabled and that the correct management server IP address is configured See Section 15 9 on page 203 2 Make sure that your firewall and NAT port forwarding rules are set up to allow traffic from the management server to get to the ZyXEL Device See the documentation for your management server P 793H User s Guide 355 Chapter 38 Troubleshooting cannot use the console port to access the ZyXEL Device Make sure that you are using the included console cable and that the CON AUX switch on the ZyXEL Device is set to CON See the Quick Start Guide 38 3 Internet Access cannot access the Internet 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 4 on page 41 2 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 3 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP cannot access the Internet a
372. n to outside systems Robust authentication and logging pre authenticates application traffic before it reaches internal hosts and causes it to be logged more effectively than if it were logged with standard host logging Filtering rules at the packet filtering router can be less complex than they would be if the router needed to filter application traffic and direct it to a number of specific systems The router need only allow application traffic destined for the application gateway and reject the rest 8 2 3 Stateful Inspection Firewalls Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support See Section 8 5 on page 122 for more information on stateful inspection Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 8 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s Firewall The ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL Device s purpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to th
373. nP in the ZyXEL Device Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 16 1 on page 205 for more information Figure 108 UPnP gt General UPnP Setup q Note Device Name ZyXEL P 793H Internet Sharing Gateway Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Allow UPnP to pass through Firewall For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 80 UPnP gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could use a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application Allow UPnP to pass through Firewall
374. nd amante kl ddnde te t dieci oed d dace etd qoc a d doy vida 413 Toe TOS EIE LODE zuisepbutenadxcten puuaun ela iani E reentry Tren 413 Dr esp Beg EOI Mecum 414 Table TOT FPP LOGS aeii 414 TOST ey EP dro cUm 414 Table 159 Content Filtering LOS vcsscscducvcssanederrrsssccdvureencaiudivisaraudunrcantarnduevaatdaavareonenduar vx IE vdd civita 415 TWAS WE PENG WIS mE 415 Wales BO NP See Le PT 416 Table TO IKE LOGS A 417 TRES Pee E E E I A cadi Ra oras bn i cr NE T E sad E EN E OU DU ERR RE Cit UN Claes 419 Table 164 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes eese nnne 420 TRO DO BUS TA DOUS ouadstcdiidiedetod o Ret oie a Le i d 421 Table TOO ACL Seling Noles dun Spa scales Spadina Sunda ca cals innate Verdes Aaddauna fname adi a inda 422 Tabe 107 ICMP NOIES e 422 P 793H User s Guide List of Tables ToS WES Se ySIO LOGOS 423 Table 169 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types caccccticcsaccteassssandceassenanecnastsnanedecarsnaanseaassnandeecassnameceaaisaaae 423 Table 170 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings sicccccssscctueccsnnesdustannteduervandasaduetsanecduarvandeauduytaandauytveanzacnerines 428 P 793H User s Guide 35 List of Tables P 793H User s Guide PART I Introduction Wizards and Tutorials Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device 39 Introdu
375. nd notes are shown in this User s Guide lt gt Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device BS Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions The P 793H may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device the system or the product in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on P 793H User s Guide Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icons The ZyXEL Device icon
376. ndows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration Bindings Advanced Netpios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address 4 Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways If you have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 Inthe Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP The following example figures use the default Windows XP GUI theme 1 Click start Start in Windows 2000 NT Settings Control Panel 370 P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 250 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer e My Documents e Outlook Express W Paint Files and Settings Transfer W BJ Command Prompt e My Music E Acrobat Reader 4 0 B My Computer Tour Windows xP Windows Movie Maker B Control Panel 2 My Recent Documents gt e My Pictures tS Printers and Faxes Q9 Help and Support Search All Programs gt 1
377. nds to a valid connection that is if it is a response to a connection which originated on the LAN 8 5 4 UDP ICMP Security UDP and ICMP do not themselves contain any connection information such as sequence numbers However at the very minimum they contain an IP address pair source and destination UDP also contains port pairs and ICMP has type and code information All of this data can be analyzed in order to build virtual connections in the cache For instance any UDP packet that originates on the LAN will create a cache entry Its IP address and port pairs will be stored For a short period of time UDP packets from the WAN that have matching IP and UDP information will be allowed back in through the firewall A similar situation exists for ICMP except that the ZyXEL Device is even more restrictive Specifically only outgoing echoes will allow incoming echo replies outgoing address mask requests will allow incoming address mask replies and outgoing timestamp requests will allow incoming timestamp replies No other ICMP packets are allowed in through the firewall simply because they are too dangerous and contain too little tracking information For instance ICMP redirect packets are never allowed in since they could be used to reroute traffic through attacking machines 8 5 5 Upper Layer Protocols Some higher layer protocols such as FTP and RealAudio utilize multiple network connections simultaneously In general terms th
378. nennen nenne nennen 43 2 Web Darius CPP Loa asd os sats ew tt eens add dan p BentL c Ee Edid 43 2 2 Accessing ihe Web Configurator 1 ieuisesi esee rna ie Ea pea a QU ERR ERR DRE LN PARRQI LN RMA MA NE EEan KR RM IE 43 2 9 Navigating the Web ConIQUEF BEOFE sscccicousesesckheaiveracercounedenshiencascht vExr eo Ex vEx ve Papae I uS Pra tX MERE Sa acK2 dE 45 V SAIS SCID Me 48 244 1 Status Bandwidih SAIE 1 ecd PR I REPRE EE HRS CI PRI ERE E NUIT SABES RR I NUR ER NIE 50 p xcu eic Mee rai e kinadei 51 2 403 tuS VPN SS iia taa sdb a pl a aaa 52 29 geen mo ZMA EL DEVE ina NAN S 52 2 5 T Using tis Rasal DUTON siai 52 Chapter 3 MPLA Mun 53 P 793H User s Guide LE Table of Contents Scl Hates biis Saup VAZI asioccesi taedio et E px ER EE err pa ree EE Pei Yes LL o EE e bt epe s pl aas 54 SUL T SUBEN T adazistesitibidivitao paises Eb PHA DE AEE EA ERR ISO ATA O NI STEUERN ATEN 54 cmBescl P Metti 55 Pe TN pe HE 58 3 2 Bandwidth Management Wizard aisiodenescebvivstek pte vine lud rk eI nb a RR P La b iud 59 SEV 60 caue inl e Nt EEA UU MIDI TANI 61 cu E v Host eet 62 Chapter 4 Point to Zipolnt Configuration 5 nreiech rii exs dera rapa e Da XE nde o arde nR E poer a para rS Dac ra Uc EP Lob REDE ERR Lan 63 3 1 P aintzpspolnt Connection CBIVIDW sesiunea rre ntt Eq b rept hia Lea s ERE e PLE Ea ptas 63 42 Pointsospoint Connection Procedure 5 trrtrrre ra ere
379. net mask for your network See Section 6 2 1 on page 95 for more information Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup 6 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced LAN settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Figure 39 LAN gt IP gt Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP M Allow between LAN and WAN Both RIP 2B v IGMP v2 v v Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 LAN gt IP gt Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it w
380. nical description of how these connections are tracked Connections may either be defined by the upper protocols for instance TCP or by the ZyXEL Device itself as with the virtual connections created for UDP and ICMP 8 5 3 TCP Security The ZyXEL Device uses state information embedded in TCP packets The first packet of any new connection has its SYN flag set and its ACK flag cleared these are initiation packets All packets that do not have this flag structure are called subsequent packets since they represent data that occurs later in the TCP stream If an initiation packet originates on the WAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the Internet into the LAN Except in a few special cases see Upper Layer Protocols shown next these packets are dropped and logged P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls If an initiation packet originates on the LAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the LAN to the Internet Assuming that this is an acceptable part of the security policy as is the case with the default policy the connection will be allowed A cache entry is added which includes connection information such as IP addresses TCP ports sequence numbers etc When the ZyXEL Device receives any subsequent packet from the Internet or from the LAN its connection information is extracted and checked against the cache A packet is only allowed to pass through if it correspo
381. nly packets that are valid for the current state of the connection 8 Any additional inbound or outbound packets that belong to the connection are inspected to update the state table entry and to modify the temporary inbound access list entries as required and are forwarded through the interface 9 When the connection terminates or times out the connection s state table entry is deleted and the connection s temporary inbound access list entries are deleted 8 5 2 Stateful Inspection and the ZyXEL Device Additional rules may be defined to extend or override the default rules For example a rule may be created which will Block all traffic of a certain type such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic from the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow access to a Web server to everyone but competitors Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by evaluating the network traffic s Source IP address Destination IP address IP protocol type and comparing these to rules set by the administrator The ability to define firewall rules is a very powerful tool Using custom rules it is possible to disable all firewall protection or block all access to the Internet Use extreme caution when creating or deleting firewall rules Test changes after creating them to make sure they work correctly Below is a brief tech
382. ns FIELD DESCRIPTION IP Address Select Dynamic if your ISP did not give you a fixed static IP address Select Assignment Static if your ISP gave you a fixed static IP address The next three fields are not available if you select Dynamic These fields appear if you selected Ethernet in Encapsulation in menu 11 IP Address Enter the fixed static IP address provided by your ISP IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP Gateway IP Addr Enter the IP address of the gateway provided by your ISP These fields appear if you selected PPPoE in Encapsulation in menu 11 Rem IP Addr Enter the IP address of the remote peer computer to which the ZyXEL Device connects Rem Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the remote peer computer to which the ZyXEL Device connects My WAN Adar Enter the fixed static IP address provided by your ISP NAT Select None if you do not want to use port forwarding trigger ports or NAT Select SUA Only if you want to use one or more of these features and have only one WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Select Full Feature if you want to use one or more of these features and have more than one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Address Mapping Set This field is enabled if NAT is Full Feature Specify which address mapping set you want to use for this remote node Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL
383. ntax The command keywords are in courier new font Enter the command keywords exactly as shown do not abbreviate The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt The optional fields in a command are enclosed in square brackets The symbol means or For example sys filter netbios config type lt on off gt means that you must specify the type of netbios filter and whether to turn it on or off Command Usage A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Always type the full command Type exit to close the session when finished Command Examples This section provides some examples of commands you can use on the ZyXEL Device This list is intended as a general reference of examples The commands available in your ZyXEL Device may differ from the examples given here See the other appendices for more examples P 793H User s Guide Appendix H Command Interpreter Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log 1 Usethesys logs load command to load the log setting buffer that allows you to configure which logs the ZyXEL Device is to record 2 Usesys logs category to view a list of the log categories Figure 285 Displaying Log Categories Example ras sys logs category 8021x access attack display error icmp ike ipsec javablocked mten packetfilter ppp cdr pki tls remote tcpreset traffic upnp urlblocked urlforward wireless 3 Use
384. nterval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this button to halt the refreshing of the system statistics 2 4 3 Status VPN Status This is the same screen discussed in Figure 86 on page 173 2 5 Resetting the ZyXEL Device If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button at the back of the ZyXEL Device to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 2 5 1 Using the Reset Button 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking Press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the ZyXEL Device restarts 52 P 793H User s Guide Wizards Use these screens to configure Internet access or to configure basic bandwidth management BS See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields To access the wizards click Go to Wizard setup in Figure 7 on page 45 or click the wizard icon ka in the top right corner of the web configurator The wizard main screen appears Figure 11 Wizard Main Screen Exit The following table describes the fields in this s
385. nual keys the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router use the SPI instead of pre shared keys ID type and ID content for authentication The SPI is an arbitrary number that is used to help identify the IPSec SA BES The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router must use the same SPI 11 2 VPN Setup Screen Click Security and VPN to open the VPN Setup screen This is a read only menu of your IPSec rules tunnels The IPSec summary menu is read only Edit a VPN by selecting an index number and then configuring its associated submenus P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Figure 82 VPN gt Setup Summary 0 Ww Oo n amp UON No active vame Local address remote Address encender rpa enay Modify Gi Ud Ud Gd Gp Gp p Up Cp G4 E Eb Eb E E ED ED ED E E Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 51 VPN gt Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the VPN policy index number Click a number to edit VPN policies Active This field displays whether the VPN policy is active or not A Yes signifies that this VPN policy is active No signifies that this VPN policy is not active Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Local Address This is the IP address es of computer s on your local network behind your ZyXEL Device The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Local Address Type field in
386. nymore had access to the Internet with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 4 on page 41 2 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 3 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP The Internet connection is slow or intermittent 1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network Look at the LEDs and check Section 1 4 on page 41 If the ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving a lot of information try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications 1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network Try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications Turn the ZyXEL Device and your computer off and on If the problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions O N Advanced Suggestions P 793H User s Guide Chapter 38 Troubleshooting Check the settings for bandwidth management If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider changing the allocations See Chapter 13 on page 181 cannot access a web site on Mondays Check your content filtering settings and make sure you do not block yourself access to any web sites See Chapter 10 on page 149 My dial backup or traffic redirect do not work
387. o conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation P 793H User s Guide Appendix K Legal Information If this device does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This Cl
388. o for example 13 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets The following figure shows LAN subnets You could configure one bandwidth class for subnet A and another for subnet B P 793H User s Guide Chapter 13 Bandwidth Management Figure 93 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example LAN WAN A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 m Internet gt FCES Tn B 492 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 13 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an application The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific traffic from separate LAN subnets Table 61 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B VoIP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps E mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Video 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 13 5 Scheduler The scheduler divides up an interface s bandwidth among the bandwidth classes The ZyXEL Device has two types of scheduler fairness based and priority based 13 5 1 Priority based Scheduler With the priority based scheduler the ZyXEL Device forwards traffic from bandwidth classes according to the priorities that you assign to the bandwidth classes The larger a bandwidth class s priority number is the higher the priority Assign real time applications li
389. o specify the Default Server behind the NAT as shown in the next figure P 793H User s Guide 287 Chapter 28 NAT Setup Figure 175 Menu 15 2 Specifying an Inside Server Menu 15 2 NAT Server Setup Rule Start Port No End Port No IP Address T Default Default 192 168 1 10 2 21 25 192 169 1 33 da 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 20 05 Ds 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ts 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 4 3 Example 3 Multiple Public IP Addresses With Inside Servers In this example there are 3 IGAs from our ISP There are many departments but two have their own FTP server All departments share the same router The example will reserve one IGA for each department with an FTP server and all departments use the other IGA Map the FTP servers to the first two IGAs and the other LAN traffic to the remaining IGA Map the third IGA to an inside web server and mail server Four rules need to be configured two bi directional and two uni directional as follows 1 Map the first IGA to the first inside FTP server for FTP traffic in both directions 1 1 mapping giving both local and global IP addresses 2 Map the second IGA to our second inside FTP server for FTP traffic in both directions 1 1 mapping giving both local and global IP addresses 3 Map the other outgoing LAN traffic to IGA3 Many 1 mapping 4 You also map your third IGA to the web server and mail ser
390. o this field Setup press the SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to go to Menu 2 1 Advanced Setup When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel 23 5 Advanced Dial Backup Setup BES Consult the manual of the device connected to your Dial Backup port for specific AT commands To edit the advanced setup for the Dial Backup port move the cursor to the Edit Advanced Setup field in Menu 2 2 Dial Backup Setup press the SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER Figure 146 Menu 2 2 1 Advanced Dial Backup Setup Menu 2 2 1 Advanced Dial Backup Setup AT Command Strings Call Control Dial atd Dial Timeout sec 60 Drop t ath Retry Count 0 Answer ata Retry Interval sec N A Drop Timeout sec 20 Drop DTR When Hang Up No Call Back Delay sec 15 AT Response Strings CLID NMBR Called Id Speed CONNECT P 793H User s Guide Chapter 23 WAN Setup The following table describes fields in this menu Table 98 Menu 2 2 1 Advanced Dial Backup Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION AT Command Strings Dial Enter the AT Command string to make a call Drop Enter the AT Command string to drop a call represents a one second wait for example ath can be used if your modem has a slow response time Answer Enter the AT
391. ode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE If you set up a point to point or a point to 2points connection select either ENET ENCAP or RFC 1483 User Name PPPoA and PPPoE only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 15 WAN gt Internet Connection continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Password PPPoA and PPPoE only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information Automatically VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you Line Select the DSL line you want the ZyXEL Device to use as a default for outgoing traffic remote node 1 IP Address These fields only appear if the Mode is Routing A stati
392. oduce security risks to the firewall and to the protected network Make sure you test your rules after you configure them For example you may create rules to Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a Web server Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by comparing the Source IP address Destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default rules 9 3 Rule Logic Overview ES Study these points carefully before configuring rules 9 3 1 Rule Checklist State the intent of the rule For example This restricts all IRC access from the LAN to the Internet Or This allows a remote Lotus Notes server to synchronize over the Internet to an inside Notes server 1 a BR WS ND Is the intent of the rule to forward or block traffic What direction of traffic does the rule apply to What IP services will be affected What computers on the LAN are to be affected if any What computers on the Internet will be affected The more specific the better For example if traffic is bein
393. og Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs This field displays an index number Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry 18 3 Configuring Log Settings See Section 18 1 on page 225 for background information Use the Log Settings screen to configure where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record See Section 18 1 on page 225 for more information To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent 226 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 18 Logs Figure 126 Logs gt Log Settings Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Se
394. olicy Set Number to Configure 0 Edit Name N A 1 Select the filter set you wish to configure 1 12 and press ENTER 2 Enter a descriptive name or comment in the Edit Name field and press ENTER 3 Press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to confirm to open Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy Setup 36 5 IP Routing Policy Setup Use this menu to look at a policy route To open this menu enter the number and name of a policy route in menu 25 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 36 IP Routing Policy Setup Figure 238 Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy Setup Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy Setup Criteria Action SA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DA 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 SP 20 25 DP 20 25 P 6 T NM PR 0 GW 192 168 1 1 T MT PR 0 Enter Policy Rule Number 1 6 to Configure The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 130 Menu 25 1 IP Routing Policy Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION This field displays the rule number Criteria Action See Table 131 on page 345 Enter Policy Rule Enter the rule number you would like to edit Number 1 6 to Configure Table 131 Menu 25 IP Routing Policy Setup Abbreviations ABBREVIATION MEANING SA Source IP Address SP Source Port DA Destination IP Address DP Destination Port P IP layer 4 protocol number TCP 6 UDP 17 T Type of service of incoming packet PR Precedence
395. om the Available Services box on the left then click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to Services configure a new custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour minute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go Administrator When Matched Information to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL Device record these logs Alert Send Alert Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device generate an alert when the rule Message to is matched Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration 9 7 2 Customized Services Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL Device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number A
396. onfiguration file using FTP Figure 223 Menu 24 7 1 System Maintenance Upload System Firmware Menu 24 7 1 System Maintenance Upload System Firmware To upload the system firmware follow the procedure below 1 Launch the FTP client on your workstation 2 Type open and the IP address of your system Then type root and SMT password as requested 3 Type put firmwarefilename ras where firmwarefilename is the name of your firmware upgrade file on your workstation and ras is the remote file name on the system 4 The system reboots automatically after a successful firmware upload For details on FTP commands please consult the documentation of your FTP client program For details on uploading system firmware using TFTP note that you must remain on this menu to upload system firmware using TFTP please see your manual 34 5 2 Configuration File Upload You see the following screen when you telnet into menu 24 7 2 P 793H User s Guide 331 Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Figure 224 Menu 24 7 2 System Maintenance Upload System Configuration File Menu 24 7 2 System Maintenance Upload System Configuration File To upload the system configuration file follow the procedure below 1 Launch the FTP client on your workstation 2 Type open and the IP address of your system Then type root and SMT password as requested 3 Type put configura
397. onfigure the ZyXEL Device firewall 9 1 Access Methods The web configurator is by far the most comprehensive firewall configuration tool your ZyXEL Device has to offer For this reason it is recommended that you configure your firewall using the web configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter commands provide limited configuration options and are only recommended for advanced users 9 2 Firewall Policies Overview Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply LAN to LAN Router WAN to LAN LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following directions LAN to LAN Router This allows computers on the LAN to manage the ZyXEL Device and communicate between networks or subnets connected to the LAN interface LAN to WAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following directions WAN to LAN WAN to WAN Router This prevents computers on the WAN from using the ZyXEL Device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN and or managing the ZyXEL Device You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration BS If you configure firewall rules without a good understanding of how they work you might inadvertently intr
398. ons WAN to LAN If you wish to allow certain WAN users to have access to your LAN you will need to create custom rules to allow it 9 4 2 Alerts Alerts are reports on events such as attacks that you may want to know about right away You can choose to generate an alert when a rule is matched in the Edit Rule screen see Figure 62 on page 137 When an event generates an alert a message can be immediately sent to an e mail account that you specify in the Log Settings screen Refer to the chapter on logs for details 9 5 Triangle Route When the firewall is on your ZyXEL Device acts as a secure gateway between your LAN and the Internet In an ideal network topology all incoming and outgoing network traffic passes through the ZyXEL Device to protect your LAN against attacks Figure 57 Ideal Firewall Setup LAN WAN 1 3 MESA p 2 Internet N 9 5 1 The Triangle Route Problem You may have more than one connection to the Internet through one or more ISPs If the alternate gateway is on the LAN and its IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address the triangle route also called asymmetrical route problem may occur The steps below describe the triangle route problem 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending out a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The ZyXEL Device reroutes the SYN packet through Gateway A on the LAN to the WAN 3 The
399. ons UK Ltd 11 The Courtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK is the prefix number you dial to make an international telephone call P 793H User s Guide Index A active protocol 159 AH 159 and encapsulation 159 ESP 159 address mapping 111 AH 159 and transport mode 160 alert 225 alternative subnet mask notation 391 anti probing 144 applications high speed Internet access 39 point to point connections 40 ATM traffic class See traffic class authentication algorithms 155 168 169 and active protocol 155 Authentication Header See AH B bandwidth management 181 and IP alias 181 and traffic redirect 181 by application 181 by application and subnet 182 by subnet 181 examples 183 fairness based 183 maximize bandwidth usage 183 over allotment 185 priority 183 185 priority based 182 schedulers types of 182 budget management 338 C call control 338 call history 338 certifications 429 notices 430 Index viewing 430 Change Password screen 44 command interface 41 Command Interpreter CI 337 command syntax 337 command usage 338 configuration file 323 back up 231 324 back up using FTP 325 backing up using console port 327 backing up using TFTP 326 restore 231 328 restoring using console port 330 restoring using FTP 329 console port for backing up configuration file 327 for restoring configuration file 330 for upgrading firmware 334 Constant Bit
400. ons being User used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT firewall sessions each client computer can establish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is using all of the available NAT sessions Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 4 Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and we
401. or screen appears 232 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 19 Tools Figure 134 Configuration Upload Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return Click Return to go back to the previous screen 19 3 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 135 Tools Restart System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or POWER LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart P 793H User s Guide Chapter 19 Tools P 793H User s Guide Diagnostic These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 20 1 General Diagnostic Use this screen to ping a computer on the network Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 136 Diagnostic gt General General Resolving 192 168 1 34 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 166 1 34 Reply from 192 166 1 34 Reply from 192 166 1 34 Ping Host Successf
402. orithms for the IPSec SA The algorithms are listed in order from weakest to strongest Message Digest 5 MD5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packets Secure Hash Algorithm SHA1 produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packets SA Life Time Seconds Enter the length of time before the ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A low value increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the IPSec SA is renegotiated all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Encapsulation Select the encapsulation Select Tunnel unless the remote IPSec router only supports Transport The ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router must use the same encapsulation Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Select whether or not you want to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS and if So which DH key group you want to use for the DH key exchange The longer the key group the stronger the encryption but also the more processing is required NONE disables PFS This allows faster setup but it is not as secure DH1 enables PFS and uses Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 enables PFS and uses Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit random number Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device and return to the VPN IKE screen Cancel
403. ort separate menu fields are provided for protocol and device filter sets If you include a protocol filter set in a device filter field or vice versa the ZyXEL Device will warn you and will not allow you to save P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration 30 2 2 Configuring a TCP IP Filter Rule This section shows you how to configure a TCP IP filter rule TCP IP rules allow you to base the rule on the fields in the IP and the upper layer protocol for example UDP and TCP headers To configure TCP IP rules select TCP IP Filter Rule from the Filter Type field and press ENTER to open Menu 21 1 1 1 TCP IP Filter Rule as shown next Figure 191 Menu 21 1 1 1 TCP IP Filter Rule Menu 21 1 1 1 TCP IP Filter Rule Filter 1 1 Filter Type TCP IP Filter Rule Active No IP Protocol 0 IP Source Route No Destination IP Addr IP Mask Port Port Comp None Source IP Addr IP Mask Port Port Comp None TCP Estab N A More No Log None Action Matched Check Next Rul Action Not Matched Check Next Rul The following table describes how to configure your TCP IP filter rule Table 116 Menu 21 1 1 1 TCP IP Filter Rule FIELD DESCRIPTION Active Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes to activate the filter rule or No to deactivate it IP Protocol Protocol refers to the upper layer protocol for example TCP is 6 UDP is 17 and ICMP is 1 Type a value
404. our network must use multicasting also Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Network Address Translation NAT Screens This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device T 1 NAT Overview NAT Network Address Translation RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 7 1 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside
405. out disconnect The router dropped a connection that had outbound traffic and no inbound traffic for a certain time period You can use the ipsec timer chk conn CI command to set the time period The default value is 2 minutes WAN IP changed to IP The router dropped all connections with the MyIP configured as 0 0 0 0 when the WAN IP address changed P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 162 KE Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Active connection allowed exceeded The IKE process for a new connection failed because the limit of simultaneous phase 2 SAs has been reached Start Phase 2 Quick Mode Phase 2 Quick Mode has started Verifying Remote ID failed The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match Verifying Local ID failed The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match IKE Packet Retransmit The router retransmitted the last packet sent because there was no response from the peer Failed to send IKE Packet An Ethernet error stopped the router from sending IKE packets Too many errors Deleting SA An SA was deleted because there were too many errors Phase 1 IKE SA process done The phase 1 IKE SA process has been completed Duplicate requests with the same cookie The router receiv
406. ove again P 793H User s Guide PART VI Appendices and Index Product Specifications 361 Wall mounting Instructions 365 Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 367 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 383 IP Addresses and Subnetting 389 IP Address Assignment Conflicts 397 Common Services 401 Command Interpreter 405 Log Descriptions 411 NetBIOS Filter Commands 427 Legal Information 429 Customer Support 433 Index 437 Product Specifications Table 135 Device Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Password user user administrator 1234 DHCP Pool 192 168 1 33 to 192 168 1 64 Dimensions W x D x H 180 x 128 x 36 mm Power Specification 12V AC 1A Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports G SHDSL Port RJ 11 interface Data Rate 192 Kbps 5696 Kbps 384 11392kbps 4 wire mode Line Code TC PAM modulation Line Impedance 135 W Connection Loops one pair 2 wire two pairs 4 wire or 2 lines with one pair each 2 wire per pair Operation Temperature 0 C 40 C Storage Temperature 20 60 C Operation Humidity 20 90 RH Storage Humidity 10 90 RH mounting Distance between the 108 mm centers of the holes on the device s back Screw size for wall M4 Table 136
407. ox to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 8 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples The following examples show how multiple telecommuters can make VPN connections to a single ZyXEL Device at headquarters The telecommuters use IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device at headquarters has a static public IP address 11 8 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example See the following figure and table for an example configuration that allows multiple telecommuters A B and C in the figure to use one VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure The telecommuters do not have domain names mapped to the WAN IP addresses of their IPSec routers The telecommuters must all use the same IPSec parameters but the local IP addresses or ranges of addresses should not overlap Figure 88 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example BN LAN A res m 192 168 2 12 HQ LAN __ E Lan n EJ Nee eat nteret cm 192 168 1 10 o 192 168 3 2 Ei _ E LAN e 192 168 4 15 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 57 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example FIELDS TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS My IP Address 0 0 0 0 dynamic IP address Public static IP address as
408. p Enter 1 to open Menu 21 1 Filter Set Configuration Enter the index of the filter set you wish to configure say 3 and press ENTER Enter a descriptive name or comment in the Edit Comments field and press ENTER Press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to confirm to open Menu 21 1 3 Filter Rules Summary Enter 1 to configure the first filter rule the only filter rule of this set Make the entries in this menu as shown in the following figure P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration Figure 195 Example Filter Menu 21 1 3 1 Menu 21 1 3 1 TCP IP Filter Rule Filter 4 3 1 Filter Type TCP IP Filter Rule Active Yes IP Protocol 6 IP Source Route No Destination IP Addr IP Mask Port 23 Port Comp Equal Source IP Addr IP Mask Port Port 4 Comp None TCP Estab No More No Log None Action Matched Drop Action Not Matched Forward The port number for the telnet service TCP protocol is 23 See RFC 1060 for port numbers of well known services When you press ENTER to confirm you will see the following screen Note that there is only one filter rule in this set Figure 196 Example Filter Rules Summary Menu 21 1 3 Menu 21 1 3 Filter Rules Summary A Type Filter Rules Mmn 1 Y IP Pr 6 SA 0 0 0 0 DA 0 0 0 0 DP 23 NDF 2N 3N 4 N 5 N 6 N This shows you that you have configured and activated A Y a TCP IP filter rule Type
409. p configure the port forwarding rules Figure 171 Menu 15 2 NAT Server Setup Menu 15 2 NAT Server Setup Rule Start Port No End Port No IP Address de Default Default 0 0 0 0 24 80 80 192 168 1 10 i 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 T 0 0 0 0 0 0 gu 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lia 0 0 04 05 0 70 T2 0 0 0 0 0 0 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup The first entry is for the Default Server The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 113 Menu 15 2 NAT Server Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION Rule This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is important however The ZyXEL Device checks each active rule in order and it only follows the first one that applies Start Port This field displays the beginning of the range of port numbers forwarded by this rule End Port This field displays the end of the range of port numbers forwarded by this rule If itis the same as the Start Port only one port number is forwarded IP Address This field displays the IP address of the server to which packet for the selected port s are forwarded 28 4 General NAT Examples The following are some examples of NAT configuration 28 4 1 Internet Access Only In the following Internet access example you only need one rule where all your ILAs Inside Local addresses map to one
410. pecified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box or select User define to go to the Rule Setup screen and define your own service and its forwarding actions Server IP Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Address Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Server IP This is the server s IP address Address P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Table 32 NAT gt Port Forwarding continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Canc
411. pen the Static Route screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 12 Static Route Figure 91 Static Route gt Static Route Static Route Static Route Rules con nunt WON ee Aan kt wWwNnNe pf Active Name Destination Gateway subnet ask Modify 1 E z E 3 5 RR uq Gp Gp Gp Gp Cp GG GG C Gd UA EP E EP E E E Eb Eb E E ED E E E E E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 59 Static Route gt Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Active This field shows whether this static route is active Yes or not No Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Subnet Mask This is the subnet mask of the static route Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the delete icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL
412. perties 4 Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using B Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items ied Client for Microsoft Networks ivi vi Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP Ifyou have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically f you have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields Click Advanced P 793H User s Guide Appendix C Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 254 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 6 Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove
413. play the error log in the system After the ZyXEL Device finishes displaying you will have the option to clear the error log Figure 207 Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace 1 View Error Log 2 UNIX Syslog Examples of typical error and information messages are presented in the following figure Figure 208 Examples of Error and Information Messages 34 Sat Jan 1 00 00 02 2000 PP05 WARN SNMP TRAP 3 link up 35 Sat Jan 1 00 00 04 2000 PPOO INFO Channel 0 ok 36 Sat Jan 1 00 00 06 2000 PPOc INFO LAN promiscuous mode 0 37 Sat Jan 1 00 00 06 2000 PPO0 WARN SNMP TRAP 0 cold start 38 Sat Jan 1 00 00 06 2000 PPOO INFO main init completed 39 Sat Jan 1 00 00 06 2000 PPO0 INFO Starting Connectivity Monitor 40 Sat Jan 1 00 00 06 2000 PP18 INFO adjtime task pause 1 day 41 Sat Jan 1 00 00 06 2000 PP19 INFO monitoring WAN connectivity 42 Sat Jan 1 00 00 06 2000 PP06 WARN MPOA Link Down 43 Sat Jan 1 04 10 22 2000 PPOc WAR netMakeChannDial err 3001 44 Sat Jan 1 04 10 42 2000 PP10 WARN Last errorlog repeat 18 Times 45 Sat Jan 1 04 10 42 2000 PP10 INFO SMT Password pass 46 Sat Jan 1 04 10 42 2000 PPOO0 INFO SMT Session Begin 47 Sat Jan 1 04 10 44 2000 PPOc WAR netMakeChannDial err 3001 48 Sat Jan 1 04 46 08 2000 PPOO WAR Last errorlog repeat 216 Times 49 Sat Jan 1 04 46 08 2000 PPO0 INFO SMT Session End 51 Sat Jan 1 0
414. pping Set N A After you ve configured your rule you should be able to check the settings in menu 15 1 1 as shown next P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup Figure 183 Example 4 Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Rules Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Rules Set Name Example4 Idx Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Type 1 192 168 1 10 192 168 1 12 I0 132 505z1 10 132 50 3 M M N 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Action None Select Rule N A P 793H User s Guide Firewall Setup Use this menu to activate or deactivate the firewall 29 1 Using ZyXEL Device SMT Menus From the main menu enter 21 to go to Menu 21 Filter and Firewall Setup to display the screen shown next Figure 184 Menu 21 Filter and Firewall Setup Menu 21 Filter and Firewall Setup 1 Filter Setup 2 Firewall Setup 29 1 1 Activating the Firewall Enter option 2 in this menu to bring up the following screen Press SSPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Yes in the Active field to activate the firewall The firewall must be active to protect against Denial of Service DoS attacks Use the web configurator to configure firewall rules Use the web configurator or SMT menu 15 to configure the LAN to WAN Set Name and WAN to LAN Set Name P 793H User s Guide Chapter 29 Firewall Setup Figure 185 Menu 21 2 Firewall Setup Menu 21 2 Firewall Setup The fire
415. previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 26 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 142 Subnet 1 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 P 793H User s Guide Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 143 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 144 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address
416. pta SM E PEPEERR MERE Fra tA E PARET re p pre TEERAA 64 CT 1 Serup the Serner sorrisa M 64 2224980 e B E A R E repente AE N A A N E E AE E dta 64 22 3 COMETE ZEL DONOS nianna NNa 65 4 3 Point to 2points Connection Overview ssssssssssessssseeeneenneee men m ennt 65 4 4 Point to 2point Connection Procedure uisa ie sar rbi ere aidrk FR bn rA REX XE AREA EREEE V a RIPE ERREUR 66 2 41 Setup tht DOIVel iunsceis eei sina eiie E PIPER EUN E EEE bU EPUM texted dir EE E IE PR IURE RT 66 d BLUD IMS CI DIIS dosis x eti epe i ee ra AB aa an PR Rr RR Ea 67 44 3 Connect Me ZYXEL DOVICOS m 67 Part IE Network SOLDUD uusssakcesaaans EHE psu a aN aaRS 69 Chapter 5 b El 1j WC 71 nEUUC IESU e 71 DET EDepeus bcd viser seta dete doa o Eo p P Oed ae i s e E sd ton a ea Ec Rata e NUM 71 xd perc PA T2 Bead UME VICI T 72 S L4 IF uiro II NP T TT 72 D Lo Nailed Up Connection PPP ET T3 B TANE sesdintepdcnb cda eid mio nd ntn bn Ob e Rie 73 SEREG sooi cd va ea ubuntu oc ni ien erated dented cdabbnte c pL VEdddde 73 SMEs 74 FOREN BE UMe NERIS TUTTI 75 DA mermat CONE NON uu rostepqia ia aio eee s BERE coc eo ee 75 55 1 2Wire 2Line Semice MOE siirrt canei e eiaa e dU aeiiae 78 5 4 2 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection essent 79 5o Condong More COR oO scssicsari nmin aAa 81 ae Mor
417. ptions 11 1 5 Remote Node Filter 11 1 6 Remote Node ATM Layer Options 12 Static Route Setup 12 1 IP Static Route Setup 12 1 1 Edit IP Static Route 12 3 Bridge Static Route Setup 12 3 1 Edit Bridge Static Route 15 NAT Setup 15 1 Address Mapping Sets 15 1 x Address Mapping Rules 15 1 x x Address Mapping Rule 15 2 NAT Server Sets 15 2 x NAT Server Setup 21 Filter and Firewall Setup 21 1 Filter Set Configuration 21 1 x Filter Rules Summary 21 1 x x Generic Filter Rule 21 1 x x TCP IP Filter Rule 21 2 Firewall Setup 22 SNMP Configuration P 793H User s Guide Chapter 21 Introducing the SMT Table 90 SMT Menus Overview continued MENUS SUB MENUS 23 System Password 24 System Maintenance 24 1 System Maintenance Status 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information 24 2 2 System Maintenance Change Console Port Speed 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace 24 3 1 View Error Log 24 3 2 System Maintenance UNIX Syslog 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic 24 5 Backup Configuration 24 6 Restore Configuration 24 7 System Maintenance Upload Firmware 24 7 1 System Maintenance Upload System Firmware 24 7 2 System Maintenance Upload System Configuration File 24 8 Command Interpreter Mode 24 9 System Maintenanc
418. r Commands The filter types and their default settings are as follows Table 170 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings NAME DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE Between LAN This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded Block and WAN between the LAN and the WAN IPSec Packets This field displays whether NetBIOS packets sent through a VPN Forward connection are blocked or forwarded Trigger dial This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are allowed to initiate Disabled calls Disabled means that NetBIOS packets are blocked from initiating calls NetBIOS Filter Configuration Syntax sys filter netbios config type lt on off gt where type lt on off gt Example commands sys filter netbios config 0 on sys filter netbios config 3 on sys filter netbios config 4 off Identify which NetBIOS filter numbered 0 3 to configure 0 Between LAN and WAN 3 IPSec packet pass through 4 Trigger Dial For type 0 and 1 use on to enable the filter and block NetBIOS packets Use off to disable the filter and forward NetBIOS packets For type 3 use on to block NetBIOS packets from being sent through a VPN connection Use off to allow NetBIOS packets to be sent through a VPN connection For type 4 use on to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate dial backup calls Use off to block NetBIOS packets from initiating dial backup calls This command blocks LAN to WAN and WAN to L
419. r carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup 5 1 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL Device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM DSL Access Multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP 5 1 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to the RFC for more detailed information 5 1 2 Multiplexing There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP 5 1 2 1
420. r minimal security and SHA1 for maximum security Advanced Click Advanced to configure more detailed settings of your IKE key management Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 4 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings See Section 11 1 on page 153 for background information Use this screen to configure advanced settings for the VPN tunnel Click Advanced in the Editing VPN Policies screen to open this screen Figure 84 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Advanced Protocol Local Start Port Phasel Key Group Phase2 Active Protocol Encapsulation PN IKE Advanced Setup Enable Replay Detection Remote Start Port Negotiation Mode Pre Shared Key Encryption Algorithm Authentication Algorithm SA Life Time Seconds Encryption Algorithm Authentication Algorithm SA Life Time Seconds Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS NONE NO Endjo Endjo el Main 28800 DHI v ESP Tunnel Y a T i Apply Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 53 VPN Setup Edit Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION VPN IKE Advanced Setup Protocol Enter the IP protocol number whose traffic is allowed to use the VPN tunnel Enter 0 to allow all IP protocols to use the VPN tunnel Se
421. r to the following appears Service Type Service Mode 2 wire X Service Type 7 Enable Rate Adaption Disable z Transfer Max Rate Kbps 5596 z 200 z Transfer Min Rate Kbps Standard Mode Cancel Advanced Setup 5 Inthe Service Mode field select 2 wire mode 6 Inthe Service Type field select Client The rest of the fields will be negotiated with the server 7 Click Apply 8 Repeat steps 1 to 7 for the second client device 4 4 3 Connect the ZyXEL Devices Connect the DSL ports on the ZyXEL Devices together and wait while the ZyXEL Devices automatically establish the connection Make sure that the Y cable is connected to the proper DSL outlets The Y cable connector marked DSL1 must be connected to the outgoing DSL 1 telephone jack and the Y cable connector marked DSL2 must be connected to the outgoing DSL 2 telephone jack When the connection is established the DSL1 DSL2 and INTERNET lights turn on It takes up to half a minute to establish the connection If the ZyXEL Devices do not establish the connection verify that the settings are correct P 793H User s Guide Chapter 4 Point to 2 point Configuration P 793H User s Guide PART II Network Setup WAN Setup 71 LAN Setup 93 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 103 WAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings 5 1 WAN Overview A WAN Wide Area Network is an outside connection
422. rators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance 15 6 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 74 SNMPv1 Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on 1 warmstart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting software reboot 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files Cl command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the system reboots because of fatal errors Table 75 SNMPv2 Traps OBJECT LABEL OBJECT ID DESCRIPTION SNMPv2 Traps Cold Start 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 1 This trap is sent when the switch is turned on WarmStart 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 2 This trap is sent when the switch restarts linkDown 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 3 This trap is sent when the Ethernet link is down linkUp 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 4 This trap is sent when the Ethernet link is up P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 15 6 3 Configuring SNMP See Section 15 1 on page 195 for background information Use
423. re Internet access When the firewall is on by default all incoming traffic from the Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your network This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed but you can safely browse the Internet and download files for example Content Filter The ZyXEL Device blocks or allows access to web sites that you specify and blocks access to web sites with URLs that contain keywords that you specify You can define time periods and days during which content filtering is enabled You can also include or exclude particular computers on your network from content filtering P 793H User s Guide Appendix A Product Specifications Table 137 Firmware Features FEATURE DESCRIPTION Bandwidth Management You can efficiently manage traffic on your network by reserving bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers Remote Management This allows you to decide whether a service HTTP or FTP traffic for example from a computer on a network LAN or WAN for example can access the ZyXEL Device Figure 245 Y Cable Connector Configuration DSL 1 oOuhWnd DSL 2 P 793H User s Guide Wall mounting Instructions Do the following to hang your ZyXEL Device on a wall BES See the product specifications appendix for the size of screws to use and how far apart to place them 1
424. re isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Adaress Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 6 2 2 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL Device will not
425. re your computer is using a dynamic IP address See Appendix C on page 367 Your ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server by default Reset the device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP address See Section 38 5 on page 357 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 38 Troubleshooting 6 Ifthe problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try the advanced suggestion Advanced Suggestion Try to access the ZyXEL Device using another service such as Telnet If you can access the ZyXEL Device check the remote management settings firewall rules and SMT filters to find out why the ZyXEL Device does not respond to HTTP See Section 21 1 on page 239 e can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the password correctly The default password is 1234 This field is case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using the SMT Telnet or the console port to access the ZyXEL Device Log out of the ZyXEL Device in the other session or ask the person who is logged in to log out 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 38 5 on page 357 e cannot access the SMT cannot Telnet to the ZyXEL Device See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login scree
426. rent figuration file The system s console port speed Menu 24 2 2 may change when it is tarted please adjust your terminal s speed accordingly The password res may por change menu 23 also 3 When uploading the DEFAULT configuration file the console t speed will be reset to 9600 bps and the password to 1234 Do You Wish To Proceed Y N 2 Afterthe Starting Xmodem upload message appears activate the Xmodem protocol on your computer Follow the procedure as shown previously for the HyperTerminal program The procedure for other serial communications programs should be similar 3 Enter atgo to restart the ZyXEL Device 34 5 11 Example Xmodem Configuration Upload Using HyperTerminal Click Transfer then Send File to display the following screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Figure 229 Example Xmodem Upload Ko 2x Folder C Program Files Filename C Product config rom Browse Protocol xmodem X Close Cancel After the configuration upload process has completed restart the ZyXEL Device by entering atgo P 793H User s Guide Menus 24 8 to 24 11 This chapter leads you through SMT menus 24 8 to 24 11 35 1 Command Interpreter Mode The Command Interpreter CI is a part of the main router firmware The CI provides much of the same functionality as the SMT while adding some low lev
427. ress I4 Default Default 0 0 0 0 2 80 80 1922 LGL 21 om 25 25 192 168 1 20 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 De 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 LL 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 290 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup 28 4 4 Example 4 NAT Unfriendly Application Programs Some applications do not support NAT Mapping using TCP or UDP port address translation In this case it is better to use Many One to One mapping as port numbers do not change for Many One to One and One to One NAT mapping types The following figure illustrates this Figure 181 NAT Example 4 Mapping Rules A 192 168 1 33 A B C lt gt IGAs 1 2 3 L Type Many toMany No Overload d LAN m Internet B 192 168 1 34 EH 31GAs 40 132 50 1 IGA1 C 192 168 1 35 10 132 50 2 IGA2 10 132 50 3 IGA3 LES Other applications such as some gaming programs are NAT unfriendly because they embed addressing information in the data stream These applications won t work through NAT even when using One to One and Many One to One mapping types Follow the steps outlined in example 3 above to configure these two menus as follows Figure 182 Example 4 Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule Type Many to Many No Overload Local IP Start 192 168 1 10 End 192 168 1 12 Global IP Start 10 132 50 1 End 10 132 50 3 Server Ma
428. ress and advanced features for the WAN port press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER Menu 11 3 appears Edit ATM Options This field is enabled if Route is IP Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER to edit the virtual channel and ATM QoS settings Menu 11 1 6 appears Edit Advance Options This field is displayed if you are editing remote node 1 and it is only enabled for PPPoE connections If you want to set up advanced features for the Internet connection press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER Menu 11 1 8 appears Telco Option This section is only enabled for PPPoA or PPPoE connections P 793H User s Guide Chapter 26 Remote Node Setup Table 103 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile node 8 continued FIELD DESCRIPTION Allocated Enter the maximum amount of time in minutes each call can last Enter O if Budget min there is no limit With Period you can set a limit on the total outgoing call time of the ZyXEL Device within a certain period of time When the total outgoing call time exceeds the limit the current call will be dropped and any future outgoing calls will be blocked Period hr Enter how often in hours the Allocated Budget is reset For example if you can call for thirty minutes every hour set the Allocated Budget to 30 and set this field to 1 Schedule Sets Enter the schedule sets that apply to this connection Nailed Up Select this
429. ress enter or click Login 6 Ifyou entered the user password the Status screen appears See Section 2 4 on page 48 If you entered the admin password the following screen appears Figure 6 Change Password at Login Use this screen to change the password Your router is currently using the default password To protect your network yo our password at this Itis highly recommended you change the default admin password Enter a new password between 1 and 30 characters retype it to confirm and click Apply alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now ex If you do not change the password at least once this screen appears every time you log in with the admin password You can also change the password in System General or in Menu 23 System Password P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 7 Select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply to display the wizard main screen Select Go to Advanced setup and click Apply to display the Status screen Select Click here to always start with the Advanced setup if you want the ZyXEL Device to skip this screen from now on and always go to the Status screen See Section 2 4 on page 48 Figure 7 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it i
430. resulting ICMP traffic will not only clog up the intermediary network but will also congest the network of the spoofed source IP address known as the victim network This flood of broadcast traffic consumes all available bandwidth making communications impossible Figure 55 Smurf Attack Ping Responses Attacker broadcasts ping Every host on the packets with a spoofed source intermediary network address to every host on responds by sending the intermediary network responses to every host on the victim network P 793H User s Guide 121 Chapter 8 Firewalls 8 4 2 1 ICMP Vulnerability ICMP is an error reporting protocol that works in concert with IP The following ICMP types trigger an alert Table 36 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts 5 REDIRECT 13 TIMESTAMP REQUEST 14 TIMESTAMP REPLY 17 ADDRESS MASK REQUEST 18 ADDRESS MASK REPLY 8 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP The only legal NetBIOS commands are the following all others are illegal Table 37 Legal NetBIOS Commands MESSAGE REQUEST POSITIVE VE RETARGET KEEPALIVE All SMTP commands are illegal except for those displayed in the following tables Table 38 Legal SMTP Commands AUTH DATA EHLO ETRN EXPN HELO HELP MAIL NOOP QUIT RCPT RSET SAML SEND SOML TURN VRFY 8 4 2 3 Traceroute Traceroute is a utility used to determine the path
431. rference statement 429 filter set 295 and firewall 306 and NAT 306 and remote node 271 data 295 generic filter rule 302 structure 296 TCPIIP filter rule 300 firewall 117 and filter set 306 and IP alias 101 and remote management 195 anti probing 144 application level 118 direction 129 packet filtering 117 packet filtering vs stateful inspection 127 rule 130 stateful inspection 118 122 stateful inspection for ICMP 125 stateful inspection for TCP 124 stateful inspection for UDP 125 stateful inspection for upper layer protocols 125 triangle route 132 firmware upgrade 229 323 331 334 using FTP 332 using TFTP 333 front panel 41 FTP 41 for backing up configuration file 325 for restoring configuration file 329 for upgrading firmware 332 remote management 198 H high speed Internet access 39 IANA 396 ICMP 144 202 remote management 202 IGMP 97 and IP address class 97 version 97 IKE SA aggressive mode 154 157 authentication algorithms 155 168 169 Diffie Hellman key group 155 encryption algorithms 155 168 169 ID content 156 ID type 156 IP address remote IPSec router 154 IP address ZyXEL Device 154 local identity 156 P 793H User s Guide Index main mode 154 157 NAT traversal 158 negotiation mode 154 peer identity 156 pre shared key 156 proposal 155 IKE SA See also VPN installation wall mounting 365 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority See IANA 396 Internet Control Message Proto
432. rm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel 23 3 Dial Backup Interface In the SMT to set up the auxiliary port for use first make sure you have set up the switch and port connection Then use the following menus 1 Menu 2 WAN Setup 2 Menu 2 2 Dial Backup Setup 3 Menu 2 2 1 Advanced Dial Backup Setup and 4 Menu 11 1 Remote Node Profile node 8 Backup ISP 23 4 Configuring Dial Backup in Menu 2 From the main menu enter 2 to open menu 2 Figure 145 Menu 2 2 Dial Backup Setup Menu 2 2 Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Active No Port Speed 115200 AT Command String Init at amp fs0 0 Edit Advanced Setup No P 793H User s Guide Chapter 23 WAN Setup The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 97 Menu 2 2 Dial Backup Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION Dial Backup Active Use this field to turn the dial backup feature on Yes or off No Port Speed Press SPACE BAR and then press ENTER to select the speed of the connection between the Dial Backup port and the external device Available speeds are 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 or 230400 bps AT Command String Init Enter the AT command string to initialize the WAN device Consult the manual of your WAN device connected to your Dial Backup port for specific AT commands Edit Advanced To edit the advanced setup for the Dial Backup port move the cursor t
433. rm or ESC to cancel Your ZyXEL Device sends five types of syslog messages Some examples not all ZyXEL Device specific of these syslog messages with their message formats are shown next 1 CDR CDR Message Format ch 0 40002 64000 40002 SdcmdSyslogSend SYSLOG CDR SYSLOG INFO String String board xx line xx channel xx call xx str board the hardware board ID line the WAN ID in a board Channel channel ID within the WAN call the call reference number which starts from 1 and increments by 1 for each new call str C01 Outgoing Call dev xx ch xx dev device No ch channel No L02 Tunnel Connected L2TP C02 OutCall Connected xxxx means connected speed xxxxx means Remote Call Number L02 Call Terminated C02 Call Terminated Jul 19 11 19 27 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL board 0 line 0 channel 0 call 1 CO1 Outgoing Call dev 2 Jul 19 11 19 32 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL board 0 line O channel 0 call 1 C02 OutCall Connected Jul 19 11 20 06 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL board 0 line 0 channel 0 call 1 C02 Call Terminated P 793H User s Guide Chapter 33 System Information amp Diagnosis 2 Packet triggered Packet triggered Message Format SdcmdSyslogSend SYSLOG PKTTRI SYSLOG NOTICE String String Packet trigger Protocol xx Data XxxxXxXxXxxxxx X Protocol 1 IP 2 IPX 3 IPXHC 4 BPDU 5 ATALK 6 IPNG Data We will send forty eight Hex characters to the server Jul 19 11 28 39 192 168 102 2 Z
434. rnet port connections can be in half duplex or full duplex mode Full duplex refers to a device s ability to send and receive simultaneously while half duplex indicates that traffic can flow in only one direction at a time The Ethernet port must use the same speed or duplex mode setting as the peer Ethernet port in order to connect Simultaneous transmissions over the same port Full duplex essentially double the bandwidth For the WAN port it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate This is displayed for both DSL 1 and DSL 2 connections Summary This section is not available if you use the user password to log in Bandwidth Status Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Packet Statistics Use this screen to view port status and packet specific statistics VPN Status Use this screen to view the status of any VPN tunnels the ZyXEL Device has negotiated 2 4 1 Status Bandwidth Status This is the same screen discussed in Figure 97 on page 190 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 4 2 Status Packet Statistics Click the Packet Statistics hyperlink in the Status screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll Interval s field is configurable Figure 10 Status gt Packet Statistics System Monitor
435. roblems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories Power Hardware Connections and LEDs ZyXEL Device Access and Login Internet Access Advanced Features 38 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs e The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device 3 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor r One of the LEDs does not behave as expected Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 1 4 on page 41 Check the hardware connections See the Quick Start Guide Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact the vendor Oc WN P 793H User s Guide 353 Chapter 38 Troubleshooting 38 2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login e forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device NY C The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 Use the console port to log in to the ZyXEL Device If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up th
436. rs to connect to the ISP MTU Maximum Transmission Unit Type the maximum size of each data packet in bytes that can move through this interface If a larger packet arrives the ZyXEL Device divides it into smaller fragments Allowed values are 512 1500 Usually this value is 1500 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup 5 5 Configuring More Connections This section describes the protocol independent parameters for a remote network They are required for placing calls to a remote gateway and the network behind it across a WAN connection When you use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to set up Internet access you are configuring the first WAN connection Click Network gt WAN gt More Connections to display the screen as shown next Figure 29 WAN gt More Connections More Connections NANA UNE Lt active Names eer Encapsulation Modify Internet Connection 0 33 ENET ENCAP Up GR a Gd CH E E E E E ED Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 18 WAN gt More Connections LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of a connection Active This display whether this connection is activated Clear the check box to disable the connection Select the check
437. rver utgaing SMTP Server Name or IP Address Mail Subject l Send Log to E Mail Address Send Alerts to E Mail Address Log Schedule Winen Log is Full Day for Sending Log Sunday 7 Time for Sending Log 0 Chour f0 minute I Clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging Active Syslog Server IP Address foooo Server Name or IP Address Log Facility Loca v Active Log and Alert Log Send Immediate Alert Vv System Maintenance Ei System Errors Vv System Errors Access Control M Access Control Blocked Web Sites M uPnP Attacks IV Forward Web Sites I IPSec M Blocked Web Sites IKE M attacks M IPSec M IkE Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 84 Logs gt Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL Device models have this field Send Log To The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail Send Alerts To Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS a
438. ry path Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory path 34 3 5 File Maintenance Over WAN TFTP FTP and Telnet over the WAN will not work when 1 The firewall is active turn the firewall off in menu 21 2 or create a firewall rule to allow access from the WAN You have disabled Telnet service in menu 24 11 You have applied a filter in menu 3 1 LAN or in menu 11 5 WAN to block Telnet service The IP you entered in the Secured Client IP field in menu 24 11 does not match the client IP If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the Telnet session immediately You have an SMT console session running 34 3 6 Backup Configuration Using TFTP The ZyXEL Device supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To backup the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address Put the SMT in command interpreter CI mode by entering 8 in Menu 24 System Maintenance Enter command sys stdio 0 to disable the SMT timeout so the TFTP transfer wi
439. s Please note that terms download and upload are relative to the computer Download means to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer while upload means from your computer to the ZyXEL Device 34 3 1 Backup Configuration Follow the instructions as shown in the next screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Figure 211 Menu 24 5 Backup Configuration Menu 24 5 Backup Configuration To transfer the configuration file to your computer follow the procedure below 1 Launch the FTP client on your computer 2 Type open and the IP address of your system Then type root and SMT password as requested 3 Locate the rom 0 file 4 Type get rom 0 to back up the current system configuration to your computer For details on FTP commands please consult the documentation of your FTP client program For details on backup using TFTP note that you must remain in this menu to back up using TFTP please see your user manual 34 3 2 Using the FTP Command from the Command Line Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary Use get to transfer files from the ZyXEL Device to the computer for example get rom 0 confi
440. s However if every time the IKE SA is renegotiated any users trying to establish IPSec SA experience delays Existing IPSec SA are not affected P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 53 VPN gt Setup gt Edit gt Advanced continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Key Group You must choose a DH key group for the IKE SA The longer the key group the stronger the encryption but also the more processing is required DH1 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number Phase 2 Active Protocol Select the active protocol the IPSec SA uses It is recommended you select ESP unless the remote IPSec router only uses AH Encryption Algorithm Select one of the following encryption algorithms for the IPSec SA The algorithms are listed in order from weakest to strongest Data Encryption Standard DES is a widely used but breakable method of data encryption It applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data Triple DES 3DES is a variant of DES It iterates three times with three separate keys effectively tripling the strength of DES Advanced Encryption Standard AES is a newer method of data encryption that also uses a secret key AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data Select NULL to set up a VPN tunnel without encryption Authentication Algorithm Select one of the following authentication alg
441. s click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection The screen differs by the encapsulation See Section 5 1 on page 71 for more information P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Figure 26 WAN gt Internet Connection Internet Connection General Name myIsP Mode Routing Encapsulation PPPoE 7 User Name tester Password leisten Service Name Multiplexing LLC Virtual Circuit ID VPI o VCI 33 Line 1 z IP Address C Obtain an IP Address Automatically static IP Address IP Address 192 168 2 1 Connection C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle Timeout 0 sec Service Type Service Mode 2 wire 7 Service Type Server Enable Rate Adaption Enable Transfer Max Rate Kbps 192 Transfer Min Rate Kbps 192 7 Standard Mode ANSI ANNEX amp ww Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 WAN gt Internet Connection LABEL DESCRIPTION General Name Enter the name of your Internet Service Provider for example MylSP This information is for descriptive purposes only Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the M
442. s a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on P 793H User s Guide Appendix G Common Services Table 149 Commonly Used Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Program a program to enable TCP 21 fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic or routing purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP MULTICAST User Defined 2 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network
443. s based on the firewall policy which by default is to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet You can use the command ys firewall tcprst rst on off to change this policy When the firewall mechanism blocks a UDP packet it drops the packet without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 9 TR 069 TR 069 is a standard that defines how your ZyXEL Device can be managed via a management server such as ZyXEL s Vantage CNM Access TR 069 is based on sending RPCs Remote Procedure Call between a management server and a client device for example the ZyXEL Device RPCs are sent in XML Extensible Markup Language format using HTTP as a transport protocol An administrator can use CNM Access to remotely set up the ZyXEL Device modify settings perform firmware upgrades as well as monitor and diagnose the ZyXEL Device All you have to do 1s enable the device to be managed by CNM Access and specify the CNM Access IP address or domain name and username and password Follow the procedure below to configure your ZyXEL Device to be managed by CNM Access See the Command Interpreter appendix for information on the command structure and how to access the CLI Command Line Interface on the ZyXEL Device P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration BS In this exampl
444. s do not match Configured Peer ID Content Configured Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the configured Peer ID Content is displayed Incoming ID Content XIncoming Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the incoming packet s ID content is displayed Unsupported local ID Type td The phase 1 ID type is not supported by the router Build Phase 1 ID The router has started to build the phase 1 ID Adjust TCP MSS to d The router automatically changed the TCP Maximum Segment Size value after establishing a tunnel Rule d input idle time The tunnel for the listed rule was dropped because there was out disconnect no inbound traffic within the idle timeout period XAUTH succeed Username The router used extended authentication to authenticate the Username listed username XAUTH fail Username The router was not able to use extended authentication to Username authenticate the listed username Rule d Phase 1 negotiation mode mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 negotiation mode did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 encryption algorithm mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 authentication algorithm mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication algorithm did not match between th
445. s enabled if Service Type is Server Press SPACE BAR to select the operational mode the ZyXEL Device uses in the DSL connection Interval sec Wan Backup Setup Check Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Mechanism Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address1 address of up to three reliable nearby computers for example your ISP s DNS Check WAN IP server address Address2 Check WAN IP Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must Address3 configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response KeepAlive Fail Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device may ping the IP Tolerance addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks to whether or not it can use a higher priori
446. s of your computer in the local Content field The ZyXEL Device automatically uses the IP address in the My IP Address field refer to the My IP Address field description if you configure the local Content field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 in the local Content field or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the remote IPSec router to be able to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses When you select DNS or E mail in the Local ID Type field type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify this ZyXEL Device in the local Content field Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Table 52 VPN gt Setup gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP addr
447. s set to the default of 0 the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 25 Example of Traffic Shaping Cell Rate PC A SCR PR d Time P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup 5 3 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification 5 3 1 1 Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice 5 3 1 2 Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class is used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class is used with bursty connections 5 3 1 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer 5 4 Internet Connection To change your ZyXEL Device s WAN remote node setting
448. s specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space P 793H User s Guide IP Address Assignment Conflicts This appendix describes situations where IP address conflicts may occur Subscribers with duplicate IP addresses will not be able to access the Internet Case A The ZyXEL Device is using the same LAN and WAN IP addresses The following figure shows an example where the ZyXEL Device is using a WAN IP address that is the same as the IP address of a computer on the LAN Figure 281 IP Address Conflicts Case A IP 10 50 1 1 WAN IP 10 59 1 1 d y om JJ You must set the ZyXEL Device to use different LAN and WAN IP addresses on differen
449. s the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes LES The management session automatically times out when the time period set in the Administrator Inactivity Timer field expires default five minutes Simply log back into the ZyXEL Device if this happens to you 2 3 Navigating the Web Configurator After you enter the admin password use the sub menus on the navigation panel to configure ZyXEL Device features The following table describes the sub menus P 793H User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator BS Figure 8 Web Configurator Main Screen ZyXEL gt Status Refresh Interval None cmi en Status Device Information Host Name Model Number Click the Logout icon at any time to exit the web configurator P 793H Syste P 793H Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 07 25 MAC Address 00 13 49 12 34 56 System Mode Routing Bridging i 340 RQ 2 bi 20061211 CPU Usage Br ZyNOS Firmware Version V340 RO 2 bi 20061211 ge Cu illus Memory Usage EN 52 DSL Firmware Version WANI Information DSL Standard IFX Soc2U 1 1 1 5 2 003 ANSI ANNEX A Interface Status IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Default Gateway 0000 EB CHM B z RYREGR UA DSL1 Down 0 kbps 2 WAN2 Information DSL
450. sage 11 Time Exceeded 0 Time to live exceeded in transit 1 Fragment reassembly time exceeded 12 Parameter Problem 0 Pointer indicates the error 13 Timestamp 0 Timestamp request message 14 Timestamp Reply 0 Timestamp reply message 15 Information Request 0 Information request message 16 Information Reply 0 Information reply message Table 168 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Facility 8 Severity Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS displays as hr mm ss hostname the system name if you haven t configured one when the src srcIP srcPort router generates a syslog The facility is defined in the web dst lt dstIP dstPort gt MAIN MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is the log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this R i appendix The devID is the last three characters of the numbers gt cat lt category gt MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs msg lt msg gt note lt note gt devID lt mac address last three The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to the RFC for detailed information on each type Table 169 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descript
451. screen shows the time and date Table 120 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status FIELD DESCRIPTION Node Lnk This field is the remote node index number and link type encapsulation Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation It displays N A if the port is not connected TxPkts This is the number of packets transmitted from the ZyXEL Device to the remote node RxPkts This is the number of packets received by the ZyXEL Device from the remote node Errors This is the number of error packets on this connection Tx B s This field shows the transmission rate in bytes per second on this port Rx B s This field shows the reception rate in bytes per second on this port Up Time This is the total amount of time the this channel has been connected to the remote node My WAN IP from ISP This is the IP address assigned by your ISP or the static IP address you set up in menu 4 Ethernet This section displays information about the LAN ports Status This field displays the speed and duplex settings of the LAN ports Collisions This is the number of collisions on this port TxPkts This is the number of transmitted packets on this port RxPkts This
452. se 1 preshared The listed rule s IKE phase 1 pre shared key did not match key mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Tunnel built The listed rule s IPSec tunnel has been built successfully successfully Rule d Peer s public key The listed rule s IKE phase 1 peer s public key was not found not found Rule d Verify peer s The listed rule s IKE phase verification of the peer s signature failed signature failed Rule d Sending IKE IKE sent an IKE request for the listed rule request Rule d Receiving IKE IKE received an IKE request for the listed rule request Swap rule to rule d The router changed to using the listed rule Rule d Phase 1 key length The listed rule s IKE phase 1 key length with the AES mismatch encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Rule d phase 1 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 did not match between the router and the peer hase 2 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 2 did not match between the router and the peer Rule oe Q ge Rule bd Phase 2 key length The listed rule s IKE phase 2 key lengths with the AES mismatch encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Table 163 PKI Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Enrollment successful The SCEP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certificat
453. sed to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA1 for maximum security Authentication Key Type a unique authentication key to be used by IPSec if applicable Enter 16 characters for MD5 authentication or 20 characters for SHA1 authentication Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 6 Viewing SA Monitor Click Security VPN and Monitor to open the SA Monitor screen as shown Use this screen to display and manage active VPN connections When there is outbound traffic but no inbound traffic the SA times out automatically after two minutes A tunnel with no outbound or inbound traffic is idle and does not timeout until the SA lifetime period expires You can also configure the ZyXEL Device to renegotiate an IPSec SA when the SA lifetime expires even if there is no traffic P 793H User s Guide Chapter 11 IPSec VPN Figure 86 VPN gt Monitor oo NZIIM Monitor P No Name Encapsulation IP Sec Algorithm OW ORs O Ge O Gs OD eon OD 0 QN e Disconnect Refresh The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 55 VPN gt Monitor LABEL
454. send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup 6 2 3 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC
455. ser s Guide
456. ses P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen The ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy when the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields are left as 0 0 0 0 in the DHCP Setup screen 6 2 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability The LAN parameters of the ZyXEL Device are preset in the factory with the following values IP address of 192 168 1 1 with subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 24 bits DHCP server enabled with 32 client IP addresses starting from 192 168 1 33 These parameters should work for the majority of installations If your ISP gives you explicit DNS server address es read the embedded web configurator help regarding what fields need to be configured 6 2 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask Ifthe ISP did not explicitly give you an IP ne
457. ses or is behind a static public IP address Use IP Enter the static public IP address if you select Yes in the Use Specified IP Address Address field When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel P 793H User s Guide 247 Chapter 22 General Setup P 793H User s Guide WAN Setup Use this menu to configure the DSL connection traffic redirect and dial backup interface 23 1 WAN Setup From the main menu enter 2 to open menu 2 Figure 142 Menu 2 WAN Setup Service Mode 2wir Service Type Server Rate Adaption Disable Transfer Max Rate Kbps 5696 Transfer Min Rate Kbps 192 Standard Mode ETSI ANNEX B Wan Backup Setup Check Mechanism ICMP Check WAN IP Addressl Check WAN IP Address3 KeepAlive Fail Tolerance ICMP Timeout sec 9677 Traffic Redirect No Dial Backup No Menu 2 WAN Setup Transfer Min Rate Kbps N A OOo 0 0 Check WAN IP Address2 0 0 0 0 HOGD Recovery Interval sec 3 Rate Adaption N A Transfer Max Rate Kbps N A Standard Mode N A The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 94 Menu 2 WAN Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION Service Mode Press SPACE BAR to indicate whether the ZyXEL Device should use 2 wire or 4 wire mode for the DSL connection This is related to the phon
458. signed by the ISP Secure Gateway IP Public static IP address 0 0 0 0 With this IP address only the Address telecommuter can initiate the IPSec tunnel Local IP Address Telecommuter A 192 168 2 12 192 168 1 10 Telecommuter B 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C 192 168 4 15 Remote IP 192 168 1 10 0 0 0 0 N A Address 11 8 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example In this example the telecommuters A B and C in the figure use IPSec routers with domain names that are mapped to their dynamic WAN IP addresses use Dynamic DNS to do this With aggressive negotiation mode see Section 11 1 2 1 on page 157 the ZyXEL Device can use the ID types and contents to distinguish between VPN rules Telecommuters can each use a separate VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters They can use different IPSec parameters The local IP addresses or ranges of addresses of the rules configured on the ZyXEL Device at headquarters can overlap The local IP addresses of the rules configured on the telecommuters IPSec routers should not overlap See the following table and figure for an example where three telecommuters each use a different VPN rule for a VPN connection with a ZyXEL Device located at headquarters The ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure identifies each incoming SA by its ID type and content and uses the appropriate VPN rule to establish the VPN connection The ZyXEL Device at headquarters ca
459. sm Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 9 10 DoS Thresholds For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not become fully established These thresholds apply globally to all sessions You can use the default threshold values or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements Refer to Section 9 10 3 on page 146 to configure thresholds 9 10 1 Threshold Values Tune these parameters when something is not working and after you have checked the firewall counters These default values should work fine for most small offices Factors influencing choices for threshold values are The maximum number of opened sessions The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network The CPU power of servers in your LAN network Network bandwidth Type of traffic for certain servers If your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially 1f you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy then the default values sho
460. so recorded Cert trusted lt subject name gt The router has verified the path of the certificate with the listed subject name Due to lt reason codes gt cert not trusted lt subject name gt Due to the reasons listed the certificate with the listed subject name has not passed the path verification The recorded reason codes are only approximate reasons for not trusting the certificate Please see Table 164 on page 420 for the corresponding descriptions of the codes Table 164 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes CODE DESCRIPTION Algorithm mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints Key usage mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints Certificate was not valid in the time interval Not used Certificate is not valid oO at eloj N e Certificate signature was not verified correctly P 793H User s Guide Appendix Log Descriptions Table 164 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes continued CODE DESCRIPTION 7 Certificate was revoked by a CRL 8 Certificate was not added to the cache 9 Certificate decoding failed 10 Certificate was not found anywhere 11 Certificate chain looped did not find trusted root 12 Certificate contains critical extension that was not handled 13 Certificate issuer was not va
461. ss Translation RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 5 2 Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost The metric sets the priority for the ZyXEL Device s routes to the Internet If any two of the default routes have the same metric the ZyXEL Device uses the following pre defined priorities Normal route designated by the ISP see Section 5 4 on page 75 Traffic redirect route see Section 5 6 on page 85 WAN backup route also called dial backup see Section 5 8 on page 86 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup For example if the normal route has a metric of 1 and the traffic redirect route has a metric of 2 and dial backup route has a metric of 3 then the normal route acts as the primary default route If the normal route fails to connect to the Internet the ZyXEL Device tries the traffic redirect route next In the same manner the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup route if the traffic redirect route
462. st its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives Enable Multicast Select this if you want to enable IGMP in the dial backup connection IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group Multicast The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 PPP Options Encapsulation Select CISCO PPP from the drop down list box if your dial backup WAN device uses Cisco PPP encapsulation otherwise select Standard PPP Compression Select this to turn on stac compression Connection Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time The Connection ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Budget Allocated Budget Enter the maximum amount of time in minutes each call can last Enter O if there is no limit With Period you can set a limit on the total outgoing call time of the ZyXEL Device within a certain period of time When t
463. structions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask Ifthe ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority LANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for example you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresse
464. t subnets if you enable DHCP server on the ZyXEL Device For example you set the WAN IP address to 192 59 1 1 and the LAN IP address to 10 59 1 1 Otherwise It is recommended the ZyXEL Device use a public WAN IP address Case B The ZyXEL Device LAN IP address conflicts with the DHCP client IP address In the following figure the ZyXEL Device is acting as a DHCP server The ZyXEL Device assigns an IP address which is the same as its LAN port IP address to a DHCP client attached to the LAN P 793H User s Guide 397 Appendix F IP Address Assignment Conflicts Figure 282 P Address Conflicts Case B IP 10 59 1 1 LAN IP 10 59 1 1 f A Gene T eee j _ T To solve this problem make sure the ZyXEL Device LAN IP address is not in the DHCP IP address pool Case C The Subscriber IP address is the same as the IP address of a network device The following figure depicts an example where the subscriber IP address is the same as the IP address of a network device not attached to the ZyXEL Device Figure 283 IP Address Conflicts Case C B IP 192 168 1 10 WAN IP 192 168 1 1 A IP 192 168 1 10 2 ru e E gt C e Creer CN Roue J Router You must set the ZyXEL Device to use different LAN and WAN IP addresses on different subnets if you enable DHCP server on the ZyXEL Device For example you set the WAN IP address to 192 59 1 1 and the LAN IP address to 10 59 1 1 Oth
465. t ESSO RH RR uad 210 Figure 115 Internet Connection Properties iueiassesxecen irc nnirien ga cedant iai ERA Cid en Pi Cien ri E ERR Dd 211 Figure 116 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings eesseeeeees 211 Figure 117 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add ssessess 212 Foe TE Syste mem 212 Figure 179 intemmet Conneccion bci A 213 Figure 120 Nelwork COD GG sired tao dein ta pt cei a bn be ee e t a d dA P UR kd Ne IRAE A GR cp d 214 Figure 121 Network Connections My Network Places neenon tta E En pane poorer ate a eppE IN eR ARRn ERR 215 Figure 122 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ssssssss 215 Figure 123 System gt General eT 220 Figure 124 System gt Time SOUN e M 221 P 793H User s Guide 25 List of Figures Figure T25 Logs VIEW DO ioutosstsupepasndaet m apetito dk do a Red gas oti db dt 226 Foure 2o Logs Log IS serrr sermtaavedsslenaunis Erain eA PEALE ALASSANE ESTELETA RASED DAAN EEEN 227 Figure 127 TGR Tal 229 Figure 129 Firmware Upload In Progress 1 x poxcton exec aes cid Pa LER Hue eaa de ace e o de paa d 230 Figure 129 Network Temporarily Disconnected uiuo sc cte cc ettet e oberen in n eei kil eec rM ve eH EUER ERE un 230 Figure T30 Error Message M V 231 Figure 131 Tools gt LR UT INN eene eat
466. t issuer name gt The router received a CRL Certificate Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd ARL lt size gt lt issuer name gt The router received an ARL Authority Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received ca cert The router received a corrupted certification authority certificate from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field received CRL Failed to decode th The router received a corrupted user certificate from the LDAP server received user cert whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th The router received a corrupted CRL Certificate Revocation List from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to d received ARL code th The router received a corrupted ARL Authority Revocation List from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd data lt size gt too large Max size allowed lt max size gt The router received directory data that was too large the size is listed from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field The maximum size of directory data that the router allows is al
467. t screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration Figure 71 Firewall Threshold Threshold Denial of Service Thresholds eo Sessions per Minute 100 Sessions per Minute so Sessions fico Sessions Ro k Sessions One Minute Low One Minute High Maximum Incomplete Low Maximum Incomplete High TCP Maximum Incomplete Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes C Deny New Connection Request for Minutes 1 255 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 45 Firewall gt Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low Type the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below this number See One Minute High for an example One Minute High Type the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the rate of new connection attempts rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection attempts For example if One Minute Low is 80 and One Minute High is 100 the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions when more than 100 session es
468. t the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the end time when you want the content filtering to stop in hour minute format Apply Click Apply to save your changes Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 10 4 Configuring Trusted Computers Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device Click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown Figure 74 Content Filter gt Trusted From To Trusted User IP Range 0 0 0 0 IP address 0 0 0 0 IP address Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 48 Content Filter gt Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted User IP Range From Type the IP address of a computer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of computers on the LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering To Type the ending IP address of a specific range of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want to exclude an individual computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings P 793H User s Guide Chapter 10 Content Filtering 152 P 793H User s Guide IPSec VPN This chapter exp
469. t the private LAN from hackers and vandals on the Internet By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful inspection allows all communications to the Internet that originate from the LAN and blocks all traffic to the LAN that originates from the Internet In summary stateful inspection Allows all sessions originating from the LAN local network to the WAN Internet Denies all sessions originating from the WAN to the LAN Figure 56 Stateful Inspection eria saaraba RAP R ARA ARA D EDA w i marararrrrssararastonna nyg P i xx n Me WAN k Es ka Retu rn traffic for User A s Teln gt session is permitted x Protected UserA initiates a Telnet session H is LAN i Other Telnet traffic is blocked i Internet J The previous figure shows the ZyXEL Device s default firewall rules in action as well as demonstrates how stateful inspection works User A can initiate a Telnet session from within the LAN and responses to this request are allowed However other Telnet traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked 8 5 1 Stateful Inspection Process In this example the following sequence of events occurs when a TCP packet leaves the LAN network through the firewall s WAN interface The TCP packet is the first in a session and the packet s application layer protocol is configured for a firewall rule inspection 1 The packet travels from the firewall s LAN to the WAN 2 The packet is evaluate
470. tablishment attempts have been detected in the last minute and stops deleting half open sessions when fewer than 80 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute Maximum Incomplete Low Type the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number See Maximum Incomplete High for an example Maximum Incomplete High Type the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number For example if Maximum Incomplete Low is 80 and Maximum Incomplete High is 100 the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 and stops deleting half open sessions with the number of existing half open sessions drops below 80 TCP Maximum Incomplete Type the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same destination host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 2
471. te IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See the chapter on WAN for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router P 793H User s Guide with which you re making the VPN conn
472. teeeccceeeteeeaeeeeseeaaaeeeeteeeaaeateneeas 280 Figure 165 Menu 11 3 Applying NAT to the Remote Node eese nnne nnne 280 Figure 166 Menu 15 NAT SU issued en ead e eda dc En an Egon eaa dc D UR AGO ER REA La 281 Figure 167 Menu 15 1 Address Mapping Sels 12 esececsmme etr rtti port tnmu sta o penu ai e be dn E 282 P 793H User s Guide List of Figures Figure 168 Menu 15 1 1 Address Mapping Res oo ten rota rore rt rtt dne 282 Figure 169 Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule cic scccccsssacaseessennaacieas ttt nh nh nr ruht 284 Figure 170 Menu 15 2 NAT Server Sels uice vain ei ipta aue e suninri veaanaduissraaawias aai 285 Figure 171 Menu 15 2 NAT Server SOUP casters stands et ne e pde cc RO sander eo td Rate Ri acd LR aUa 285 zc CAE coi x MUT 286 Figure 173 Menu 4 Internet Access amp NAT Example a iessecesesee terne enn tutt nn ibt eomussnens 287 s I AFP LIE c1 i e 287 Figure 175 Menu 15 2 Specifying an Inside Server iesececersesea pete p aaa rtex oru na ex rare E N kk ex ETR 288 PWS TF NT ESIE T dpa dad nec Dias cet adu ci duo d n a a A Ld x Hun e Es 288 Figure 177 Example 3 Menu Mu PE TET 289 Figure 176 Example 3 Menu 15 1 11 assina a E 289 Figure 179 Example 3 Final Menu TELT oasian 290 Figure gs cus SM iD TT uH P 290 Figure EL P M 291 Figure 182 Example 4 Menu 15 1 1 1 Address Mapping Rule sssesseeeeeeeree 291 Figure 183 Example 4 Menu 15 1 1 Addr
473. ter 0 0 0 0 as IP the Global Start IP Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA Type These are the mapping types discussed above Server allows us to specify multiple servers of different types behind NAT to this machine See later for some examples Once you have finished configuring a rule in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL Device applies the rules in the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL Device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored If there are any empty rules before your new configured rule your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules For example if you have already configured rules to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule number 9 In the set summary screen the new rule will be rule 7 not 9 Now if you delete rule 4 rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule so as old rule 5 becomes rule 4 old rule 6 becomes rule 5 and old rule 7 becomes rule 6 LES You must press ENTER at the bottom of the screen to save the whole set You must do this again if you make any changes to the set including deleting a rule No changes to the set take place until this action is taken Selecting Edit in the Action field and then selecting a rule brings up the fo
474. ter the AT Command string to drop a call represents a one second wait for example ath can be used if your modem has a slow response time Answer Enter the AT Command string to answer a call Drop DTR When Select this if you want the DTR Data Terminal Ready signal to be dropped after Hang Up the Drop string is sent out AT Response Strings P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup Table 23 WAN gt WAN Backup Setup gt Advanced Setup gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION CLID Enter the keyword that precedes the CLID Calling Line Identification in the AT response string This lets the ZyXEL Device capture the CLID in the AT response string that comes from the WAN device CLID is required for CLID authentication Called ID Enter the keyword preceding the dialed number Speed Enter the keyword preceding the connection speed Call Control Dial Timeout Enter a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to keep trying to set up an outgoing call before timing out stopping The ZyXEL Device times out and stops if it cannot set up an outgoing call within the timeout value Retry Count Enter a number of times for the ZyXEL Device to retry a busy or no answer phone number before blacklisting the number Retry Interval Enter a number of seconds for the ZyXEL Device to wait before trying another call after a call has failed This applies before a phone number is blacklisted
475. ternative to NAT for applications where NAT is not appropriate Disable PPPoE passthrough if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP P 793H User s Guide Static Route Setup Use this menu to configure IP and bridge MAC static routes 27 1 IP Static Route Setup Enter 1 from the menu 12 Select one of the IP static routes as shown next to configure IP static routes in menu 12 1 Figure 160 Menu 12 1 IP Static Route Setup Menu 12 1 IP Static Route Setup CO 10 OF CO Fo ES Now enter the index number of the static route that you want to configure P 793H User s Guide 275 Chapter 27 Static Route Setup Figure 161 Menu 12 1 1 Edit IP Static Route Menu 12 1 1 Edit IP Static Route Route 1 Route Name Active No Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Metric 2 Private No The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 108 Menu 12 1 1 Edit IP Static Route FIELD DESCRIPTION Route This is the index number of the static route that you chose in menu 12 Route Name Enter a descriptive name for this route This is for identification purposes only Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always
476. th which you re making the VPN connection Set this field to 0 0 0 0 if the remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN IP address the Key Management field must be set to IKE In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then you cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Security Protocol VPN Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described below Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x01234567
477. the Server Mapping Set field Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 7 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 793H User s Guide PART III Security and Advanced Setup Firewalls 117 Firewall Configuration 129 Content Filtering 149 IPSec VPN 153 Static Route 177 Bandwidth Management 181 Dynamic DNS Setup 191 Remote Management Configuration 195 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 205 Firewalls This chapter gives some background information on firewalls and introduces the ZyXEL Device firewall 8 1 Firewall Overview Originally the term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy It should never be the on y mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deploy it appropriately This requires integrating the fire
478. tinued LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP settings and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign an IP address to a MAC address and host name IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to configure servers behind the ZyXEL Device Address Mapping Use this screen to configure network address translation mapping rules Security Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the direction of network traffic to which to apply the rule Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Anti Probing Use this screen to change your anti probing settings Threshold Use this screen to configure the threshold for DoS attacks Content Filter Keyword Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device VPN Setup Use this screen to configure each VPN tunnel Monitor Use this screen to look at the
479. tion by looking for a small key icon on the bottom of your browser Internet Explorer 3 02 or better or Netscape 3 0 or better If a web site uses a secure connection it is safe to submit information Secure web transactions are quite difficult to crack Never reveal your IP address or other system networking information to people outside your company Be careful of files e mailed to you from strangers One common way of getting BackOrifice on a system is to include it as a Trojan horse with other files Change your passwords regularly Also use passwords that are not easy to figure out The most difficult passwords to crack are those with upper and lower case letters numbers and a symbol such as or Upgrade your software regularly Many older versions of software especially web browsers have well known security deficiencies When you upgrade to the latest versions you get the latest patches and fixes If you use chat rooms or IRC sessions be careful with any information you reveal to strangers If your system starts exhibiting odd behavior contact your ISP Some hackers will set off hacks that cause your system to slowly become unstable or unusable P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls Always shred confidential information particularly about your computer before throwing it away Some hackers dig through the trash of companies or individuals for information that might help them in an attack 8 7 PacketFilt
480. tionfilename rom 0 where configurationfilename is the name of your system configuration file on your workstation which will be transferred to the rom 0 file on the system 4 The system reboots automatically after the upload system configuration file process is complete For details on FTP commands please consult the documentation of your FTP client program For details on uploading system firmware using TFTP note that you must remain on this menu to upload system firmware using TFTP please see your manual To upload the firmware and the configuration file follow these examples 34 5 3 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example ouahwWhNDN Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary Use put to transfer files from the computer to the ZyXEL Device for example put firmware bin ras transfers the firmware on your computer firmware bin to the ZyXEL Device and renames it ras Similarly put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file on your computer config rom to the ZyXEL Device and renames it rom 0 Likewise get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this
481. to another network or the Internet 5 1 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL Device supports the following methods 5 1 1 1 ENET ENCAP The MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the ENET ENCAP Gateway field in the second wizard screen You can get this information from your ISP 5 1 1 2 PPP over Ethernet PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet provides access control and billing functionality in a manner similar to dial up services using PPP PPPoE is an IETF standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP o
482. tocols In either case this setting is not effective unless you enable bridging in the ZyXEL Device too See Menu 1 General Setup in Section 22 1 on page 245 You should enable Route IP Bridge or both in this screen If you disable Route IP and Bridge the device does not send traffic between the LAN ports and remote node Edit IP Bridge This field is enabled if Route is IP If you want to set up the WAN IP address and advanced features for the WAN port press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER Menu 11 3 appears Edit ATM Options This field is enabled if Route is IP Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER to edit the virtual channel and ATM QoS settings Menu 11 6 appears Edit Advance Options This field is displayed if you are editing remote node 1 and it is only enabled for PPPoE connections If you want to set up advanced features for the Internet connection press SPACE BAR to select Yes and press ENTER Menu 11 8 appears Telco Option This section is only enabled for PPPoA or PPPoE connections Allocated Enter the maximum amount of time in minutes each call can last Enter O if Budget min there is no limit With Period you can set a limit on the total outgoing call time of the ZyXEL Device within a certain period of time When the total outgoing call time exceeds the limit the current call will be dropped and any future outgoing calls will be blocked Period hr Enter how ofte
483. ttack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail P 793H User s Guide 227 Chapter 18 Logs Table 84 Logs gt Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail Daily Weekly Hourly When Log is Full None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs Log Time for Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to Sending Log send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select the check box to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of the logs Syslog Logging The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog Server IP Address Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected
484. twork For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active Keep the firewall in a secured locked room 8 6 1 Security In General You can never be too careful Factors outside your firewall filtering or NAT can cause security breaches Below are some generalizations about what you can do to minimize them Encourage your company or organization to develop a comprehensive security plan Good network administration takes into account what hackers can do and prepares against attacks The best defense against hackers and crackers is information Educate all employees about the importance of security and how to minimize risk Produce lists like this one DSL or cable modem connections are always on connections and are particularly vulnerable because they provide more opportunities for hackers to crack your system Turn your computer off when not in use Never give out a password or any sensitive information to an unsolicited telephone call or e mail Never e mail sensitive information such as passwords credit card information etc without encrypting the information first Never submit sensitive information via a web page unless the web site uses secure connections You can identify a secure connec
485. twork number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise P 793H User s Guide Chapter 6 LAN Setup 6 2 1 1 Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks a
486. ty connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic ICMP Timeout sec Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to activate traffic redirect and to edit its settings Dial Backup Press SPACE BAR to select Yes and then press ENTER to activate the dial backup interface and to edit its settings When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 23 WAN Setup 23 1 1 2wire 2line Service Mode From the main menu enter 2 to open menu 2 then select 2wire 2line in the Service Mode field to see the screen as shown below Figure 143 Menu 2 2wire 2line Service Mode S Menu 2 WAN Setup rvice Mode 2wire 21lin Service Type N A Rate Adaption Disable Rate Adaption Enable Transfer Max Rate Kbps 4480 Transf
487. ty or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It is recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of P 793H User s Guide Appendix K Legal Information ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products P 793H User s Guide Appendix K Legal Information P 793H User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support Required Information Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it Corporate Headquarters Worldwide
488. u 23 System Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 119 Menu 23 System Password FIELD DESCRIPTION Old Password Enter the current administrator password for the ZyXEL Device New Password Enter the new administrator password for the ZyXEL Device Retype to confirm Enter the new administrator password again P 793H User s Guide Chapter 32 System Password 312 P 793H User s Guide System Information amp Diagnosis This chapter covers SMT menus 24 1 to 24 4 33 1 Introduction to System Status This chapter covers the diagnostic tools that help you to maintain your ZyXEL Device These tools include updates on system status port status and log and trace capabilities Select menu 24 in the main menu to open Menu 24 System Maintenance as shown below Figure 202 Menu 24 System Maintenance Menu 24 System Maintenance System Status System Information and Console Port Speed Log and Trace Diagnostic Backup Configuration Restore Configuration Upload Firmware Command Interpreter Mode Call Control 0 Time and Date Setting 1 Remote Management F2 rp 0 10 050 hN FE 33 2 System Status The first selection System Status gives you information on the version of your system firmware and the status and statistics of the ports as shown in the next figure
489. ual circuit for example VC1 will carry IP If you select VC specify separate VPI and VCI numbers for each protocol For LLC based multiplexing or PPP encapsulation one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header In this case only one set of VPI and VCI numbers need be specified for all protocols VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you Line Select the DSL connection you want the ZyXEL Device to use for outgoing traffic IP Address These fields only appear if the Mode is Routing A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Obtain an IP PPPoE PPPoA and ENET ENCAP only Select this if you have a dynamic IP Address address Automatically Static IP Address PPPoE PPPoA and ENET ENCAP only Select this if you do not have a dynamic IP address IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP Gateway IP Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP Address Connection This section only appears if the Encapsulation is PPPoE and PPPoA Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection wh
490. ual transfer rate will be between this value and the maximum transfer rate you configure Standard Mode Select the operational mode the ZyXEL Device uses in the DSL connection Annex A refers to connections over POTS and Annex B refers to connections over ISDN lines Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 5 4 2 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced settings for more connections Click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Connection screen The screen appears as shown Figure 28 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Advanced Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast ATM Qos ATM QoS Type MTU MTU RIP amp Multicast Setup Peak Cell Rate Sustain Cell Rate Maximum Burst Size PPPoE Passthrough None Y None uer o cell sec D lcel sec o cei No 1500 Apply Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 17 WAN gt Internet Connection gt Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing inform
491. uery to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 6 5 LAN Client List This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings Click Network gt LAN gt Client List The screen appears as shown Figure 41 LAN gt Client List DHCP Client Table orco aad IP Address 0 0 0 0 MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 Add DTCUWATCIUTHM ip address MAC Address __ Reserve Modify igh tw1477 testPC 192 168 1 34 00 10 B5 AE 56 9B ri g Apply Cancel Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 LAN gt Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address specified below The IP address should be within the range of IP addresses you specified in the DHCP Setup for the DHCP client MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click Add to add a
492. uide Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device 1 1 2 High speed Point to point Connections Use two ZyXEL Devices to create a cost effective high speed connection for high bandwidth applications such as videoconferencing and distance learning Figure 2 Point to point Connections with Your ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Devices provide a simple fast point to point connection between two geographically dispersed networks 1 1 3 High speed Point to 2points Connections Use three ZyXEL Devices to connect two remote networks to a central location For example connect the headquarters to two branch offices In this scenario the central ZyXEL Device acts in a similar way as an Internet service provider Figure 3 Point to 2points Connections with Your ZyXEL Device s m BES See Chapter 4 on page 63 for more information on setting up point to point and point to 2points connections P 793H User s Guide Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device e Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a supported web browser See Chapter 2 on page 43 Command Line Interface Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service engineers See Appendix H on page 405 SMT System Management Terminal is a text based configuration menu that you can use to configure
493. ul TCP IP Address Ping The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 87 Diagnostic gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Address Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered The results are displayed in the screen 20 2 DSL Line Diagnostic Use this screen to run DSL diagnostics Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next P 793H User s Guide 235 Chapter 20 Diagnostic Figure 137 Diagnostic gt DSL Line DSL Line ATM Status Capture All Logs DSL Line Status Reset DSL Line The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 88 Diagnostic gt DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this button to view ATM status Capture All Logs Click this button to display all logs generated by the DSL line DSL Line Status Click this button to view the DSL port s line operating values and line bit allocation Reset DSL Line Click this button to reinitialize the DSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset DSL Loading DSL modem F W Reset DSL Line Successfully P 793H User s Guide PART V SMT and Troubleshooting Introducing the SMT 239 General Setup 245 WAN Setup 2
494. uld be reduced You should make any changes to the threshold values before you continue configuring firewall rules P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firewall Configuration 9 10 2 Half Open Sessions An unusually high number of half open sessions either an absolute number or measured as the arrival rate could indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s occurring For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed see Figure 53 on page 120 For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic The ZyXEL Device measures both the total number of existing half open sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute When the number of existing half open sessions rises above a threshold max incomplete high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below another threshold max incomplete low When the rate of new connection attempts rises above a threshold one minute high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete
495. uld take about two minutes To access the device after a successful firmware upload you need to log in again Check your new firmware version in the system status menu The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 129 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 19 Tools Figure 130 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 19 2 Configuration Use this screen to back up or restore the configuration of the ZyXEL Device You can also use this screen to reset the ZyXEL Device to the factory default settings To access this screen click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Figure 131 Tools Configuration Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your comp
496. ule Logic OV n s 130 Oc IU X807 0 TUM pacts idan ania up lin ladon daa NERIS 130 DECRE el S Re DIC IDOL ESI T o A RUE 130 9 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring RUGS scciscsivorctt E REp AEVO IRE EE RO ERES D GRE Ta em Seen nis MEI nr RR reU 131 SAT EAN OWAN RUES PN 132 SEAIN mS PE 132 Ho DERI dale LL gree meres treme errr tener E cr Tra Fete obla ea E au bod ad ot bula eua rrr meer rr ret tre 132 9 5 1 The Triangle Route Problem 132 5 5 2 Solving the Triangle Route Problem secs errare dni Rn E 133 Enc ncuwicsclbaw sdee t TIS DTE 133 Bar We eh Rules SUMAN deca arci rd lu d a os ec ERO d v La ac Gn D UR RR 135 9 7 1 Configuring Firewall RUES ausaeioxeetezie rodea opta ER E KU E Rd at 136 P 793H User s Guide Table of Contents 972 CUSI SONGES TTD 139 9 7 3 Configuring A Customized Service uuu tms tracta ERR a uu E ERR ARR RE RAE ER EE EAR ERR scenes 139 9 9 Example Firewall RUE oiii xi biu pk d eiii pbi NY erm rtu Ure aoi Nee Pen II dV V pra E eboaenentaidiie aae ae 140 SE Psp P T rusia nied ea taasaay 1 pzawsadan tesa raadee tataad ndandad Ma aay asada a wadee se 144 S I Des TOSE 12 ietanteiteq a dte n ivte tm dir id usted pnta I 145 CLEAN Dr E 145 i TO HSIBDDOM SESSIONS cip RR ERN EORR XE aaa NEIN EHE H EAR ES ERR FA EXE LER DAT aaan 146 9 10 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds ebore a kebor e Apte ERRRF Erat a aR 146 Chapter 10 Content Filter nines is penc Ph RARE IS
497. umber of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Table 141 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation ALTERNATIVE LASTOCTET LASTOCTET SUBNET MASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 P 793H User s Guide Appendix E IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 141 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued sumerweek AUR T ener SERRE 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetting You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 2 2 or 254 possible hosts The following figure shows the company network before subnetting Figure 279 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting Gc EB EM EN EN EM EM EN EE NN ONE M i i
498. un the HyperTerminal program by clicking Transfer then Send File as shown in the following screen Figure 221 Restore Configuration Example Folder C Program Files Type the configuration file s location or click Browse to search for it Filename C Product config rom Browse Choose the Xmodem protocol Protocol Then click Send Cancel 4 After a successful restoration you will see the following screen Press any key to restart the ZyXEL Device and return to the SMT menu P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Figure 222 Successful Restoration Confirmation Screen Save to ROM Hit any key to start system reboot 34 5 Uploading Firmware and Configuration Files This section shows you how to upload firmware and configuration files You can upload configuration files by following the procedure in Section 34 4 on page 328 or by following the instructions in Menu 24 7 2 System Maintenance Upload System Configuration File for console port gt Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE YOUR ZyXEL Device 34 5 1 Firmware File Upload FTP is the preferred method for uploading the firmware and configuration To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client When you telnet into the ZyXEL Device you will see the following screens for uploading firmware and the c
499. unity which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Trap Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration 15 7 Configuring DNS Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to the chapter on LAN for background information See Section 15 1 on page 195 for background information Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS The screen appears as shown Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXEL Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings Figure 105 Remote MGMT gt DNS DNS Port 53 Access Status LAN amp WAN v Secured Client IP Cal Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 77 Remote MGMT gt DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed howe
500. up uscisse ae 115 Firewalls xcs 117 uus EB ai n pen RH TUER 129 Coment FINON qe 149 Ip ssp VPN natu et tort ud dii E mM MDC Ed 153 rupi edm TER 177 nme Management sicccsicscsiccessdsccrcctes ina a ansecunea ceuavedina 181 Dynamo DN A aE EAEE EE EAEE A 191 enregistre 195 Universal Plug and Play UP Y aodio rst Lnd peo o di a de pt dade ida 205 Liriluir li Deer E 217 cM 219 LOU o ERTE IE PO A A TI E RET BAUER d m ke CH ee bE T hums BEL CR eU E AA POEN AE LU 225 oo X X M 229 Beee T 235 SMT and IDABIOS BOO uiii didicit Dei Ec li SES MAE DIM MUR DADE D ici i ami uM DE 237 RPS De SNT ee 239 MONET A SUID cic dob ded EQ REP n NI N 245 WAN GOUD E 249 LANSEN aa a a a a a ea 257 inteme Access SOUP cansa rn N E E 263 Romol Node SELUD Ls sssssepete dr pL pa ep d aN aaia 265 SA RONE Se e eR NT 275 NAT GEID T 279 P 793H User s Guide 9 Contents Overview Fires Sell usur Rr EE REPE Le e LER RUM p RE vel zb AE X a dE EE LY ER 293 USE Te NIE mM ES 295 SNMP COmMGUP AUN m 309 ausum PaESWORI ita arci E E ny endet t i RR Gann Aa red pr anc CR C au 311 evo E o P eee eee ee em er 313 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 0 01ccccccice
501. ure 162 Menu 12 3 Bridge Static Route Setup Menu 12 3 Bridge Static Route Setup BACON PD Now enter the index number of the static route that you want to configure Figure 163 Menu 12 3 1 Edit Bridge Static Route Menu 12 3 1 Edit Bridge Static Route Route 1 Route Name Active No Ether Address IP Address Gateway Node 1 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 109 Menu 12 3 1 Edit Bridge Static Route FIELD DESCRIPTION Route This is the index number of the static route that you chose in menu 12 Route Name Enter a descriptive name for this route This is for identification purposes only Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Ether Address This parameter specifies the MAC address of the final destination IP Address Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is an immediate neighbor of your ZyXEL Device that will forward the packet to the destination On the LAN the gateway must be a router on the same segment as your ZyXEL Device over the WAN the gateway must be the IP address of one of the remote nodes Gateway Node Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the number of the remote node that is the gateway for this static route Once you have completed filling in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel
502. ure at least one address mapping set Please see Chapter 7 on page 103 for a more detailed discussion on the Network Address Translation feature Address This field is enabled if the Network Address Translation is Full Feature Mapping Set Enter the number of the address mapping set you want to use for your Internet connection When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel P 793H User s Guide Remote Node Setup Use this menu to configure detailed remote node settings for example your ISP is a remote node as well as apply filters 26 1 Introduction to Remote Node Setup A remote node is required for placing calls to a remote gateway A remote node represents both the remote gateway and the network behind it across a WAN connection Note that when you use menu 4 to set up Internet access you are actually configuring a remote node 26 2 Remote Node Setup From the main menu select menu option 11 to open Menu 11 Remote Node Setup shown below Figure 153 Menu 11 Remote Node Setup Menu 11 Remote Node Setup 1 MyISP ISP SUA 2 3s 4 5 6 ds 8 ChangeMe BACKUP ISP SUA Enter Node to Edit Type the node number you want to configure and press ENTER 26 3 Remote Node Profile The following explains how to configure remote nodes 1 7 P 793H User s Guid
503. ustomized Services gt Edit sseesssssss 140 Figure 65 Firewall Example RUES qM 141 Figure OS Edit Custom FOIT EXAMS enisinia 141 Figure 67 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address cccceeeesccceeteeencceeeeeeeaaceeeneeenaeeanneneas 142 Figure 68 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services ssssssseeeees 143 Figure 69 Firewall Example Rules MyService seeeeeseseeesuseeessa nere tna nnne th anna nnt tn ana n4 144 Foue T0 Frowa ES o o o o o SEE 144 ag Fani Rs 147 Figure 72 Content Filter gt KeyWord ciues recte ti iaa Cre dna tcrtio LR tr espina tae ho Kk d spare Ead 149 Figure 73 Content Filter Schedule L2 ict reete ported der pere edd ko tbe eb Fest ebd evt dier ko boc b d ge M kae da 150 Figure 74 Conton Fiker gt Westie xj nani dad teda uc eto atio t der Nae 151 ESI CKLrdgg jo Gete mM 153 Figure 76 VPN IKE SA and IP S00 SA e 154 Figure 77 IKE SA Main Negotiation Mode Steps 1 2 IKE SA Proposal ssseeeeee 155 Figure 78 IKE SA Main Negotiation Mode Steps 3 4 DH Key Exchange eee 155 Figure 79 IKE SA Main Negotiation Mode Steps 5 6 Authentication ssssssessess 156 Figure SO VEBNIBIT EXGIEOBIG 252b Et ee pO Ego eR qa ir La a dad dada Ed d bapa 158
504. uter that is alloved to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration Table 73 Remote MGMT FTP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 6 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation BS SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured Figure 103 SNMP Management Model Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device MANAGER An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into
505. uter to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Path Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective after click Reset Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 86 Tools gt Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Configuration Backup Click this to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file is useful if you need to return to your previous settings Restore Configuration File Path Enter the location of the file you want to upload or click Browse to find it Browse Click this to find the file you want to upload P 793H User s Guide Chapter 19 Tools Table 86 Tools Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Upload Click this to restore the selected configuration file See below for more information about this Note Do not turn off the device while configuration file upload is in progress Res
506. uthority web site For further information on these services please read Appendix G on page 401 Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Refer to Section 8 1 on page 117 for more information Figure 63 Firewall gt Rules gt Add Edit gt Edit Customized Services Customized Services ee oo o Protocol o OO Poo i 2 3 4 5 6 z 8 9 i0 Back The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 42 Firewall Rules Add Edit Edit Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your customized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to the Firewall Customized Services Config screen to configure or edit a customized service See Section 9 7 3 on page 139 for more information Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click Back to return the Firewall Edit Rule screen 9 7 3 Configuring A Customized Service Use this screen to create a new custom port or edit an existing one Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen This action displays the following screen Refer to Section 8 1 on page 117 for more information P 793H User s Guide Chapter 9 Firew
507. utput filter sets filter outgoing traffic from the ZyXEL Device Figure 198 Filtering LAN Traffic Menu 3 1 LAN Port Filter Setup Input Filter Sets protocol filters device filters Output Filter Sets protocol filters device filters 30 6 2 Applying Remote Node Filters Go to menu 11 5 shown below note that call filter sets are only present for PPPoA or PPPoE encapsulation and enter the number s of the filter set s as appropriate You can cascade up to four filter sets by entering their numbers separated by commas The ZyXEL Device already has filters to prevent NetBIOS traffic from triggering calls and block incoming telnet FTP and HTTP connections Figure 199 Filtering Remote Node Traffic Menu 11 5 Remote Node Filter Input Filter Sets protocol filters device filters Output Filter Sets protocol filters device filters Call Filter Sets protocol filters device filters P 793H User s Guide 307 Chapter 30 Filter Configuration P 793H User s Guide SNMP Configuration Use this menu to configure SNMP See Section 15 6 on page 199 for more information about SNMP 31 1 SNMP Configuration To configure SNMP enter 22 from the main menu to display Menu 22 SNMP Configuration as shown next The community for Get Set and Trap fields is SNMP terminology for password Figure 200 Menu 22 SNMP Configuration Menu 22 SNMP Configuration
508. ver information in the fields provided Co Figure 263 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS v Network Configuration File Profile Help 69 New Edit Copy Delete Devices Hardware DNS Hosts mss You may configure the system s hostname domain name servers and search domain Name servers are used to look up other hosts on the network Hostname Primary DNS Secondary DNS Tertiary DNS DNS Search Path Active Profile Common modified 5 Click the Devices tab 6 Click the Activate button to apply the changes The following screen displays Click Yes to save the changes in all screens Figure 264 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network work Configuration Activate redhat config network You have made some changes in your configuration To activate the network device ethO the changes have to be saved Do you want to continue 7 After the network card restart process is complete make sure the Status is Active in the Network Configuration screen Using Configuration Files Follow the steps below to edit the network configuration files and set your computer IP address 1 Assuming that you have only one network card on the computer locate the ifconfig eth0 configuration file where eth0 is the name of the Ethernet card Open the configuration file with any plain text editor f you have a dynamic IP address enter dhcp in the BOOTPROTO field Th
509. ver on the LAN Type Server allows you to specify multiple servers of different types to other computers behind NAT on the LAN The example situation looks somewhat like this Figure 176 NAT Example 3 Mapping Rules 1 FTP 1 lt gt IGA 1 Type 1 1 2 FTP 2 lt gt IGA 2 Type 1 1 e Other LAN traffic gt IGA 3 Type M 1 Outgoing Traffic A 3 nside web server and mail server Incoming Traffic Inter net 10 132 50 1 IGA 1 10 132 50 2 IGA 2 10 132 50 3 IGA 3 288 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 28 NAT Setup 1 Inthis case you need to configure Address Mapping Set 1 from Menu 15 1 Address Mapping Sets Therefore you must choose the Full Feature option from the Network Address Translation field in menu 4 or menu 11 3 in Figure 177 on page 289 2 Thenenter 15 from the main menu 3 Enter to configure the Address Mapping Sets 4 Enter 1 to begin configuring this new set Enter a Set Name choose the Edit Action and then enter 1 for the Select Rule field Press ENTER to confirm 5 Select Type as One to One direct mapping for packets going both ways and enter the local Start IP as 192 168 1 10 the IP address of FTP Server 1 the global Start IP as 10 132 50 1 our first IGA See Figure 178 on page 289 6 Repeat the previous step for rules 2 to 4 as outlined above 7 When finished menu 15 1 1 should look like as shown in Figure 179 on page 290 Figure 177 Example 3 Menu 11
510. ver you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 8 Configuring ICMP Use this screen to control how the ZyXEL Device responds to other types of requests Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed P 793H User s Guide Chapter 15 Remote Management Configuration Figure 106 Remote MGMT ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN v Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services
511. vice Mode Service Type Line1 Enable Rate Adaption Transfer Max Rate Kbps Transfer Min Rate Kbps Standard Mode 2wire 2line Line2 Disable Enable Rate Adaption Enable 5696 Transfer Max Rate Kbps 5696 3200 x Transfer Min Rate Kbps 2304 7 ANSIANNEX A v Standard Mode ANSIANNEX A v Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 793H User s Guide Chapter 5 WAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 2wire 2line Service Mode LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Type Service Mode Select 2wire 2line mode for the DSL connection This means that the ZyXEL Device is going to be a server connected to two client ZyXEL Devices Service Type When you select 2wire 2line mode this field automatically changes to Server Line1 Line 2 You can configure different connection rate settings for Line 1 and Line 2 DSL connections Enable Rate Indicate whether or not the ZyXEL Device can adjust the speed of its connection Adaption to that of the other device Transfer Max Rate Kbps This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Set the maximum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information The actual transfer rate will be between this value and the minimum transfer rate you configure Transfer Min Rate Kbps This field is enabled if Service Type is Server Set the minimum rate at which the ZyXEL Device sends and receives information The act
512. w be displayed on Menu 21 1 1 Filter Rules Summary The following figure illustrates the logic flow of an IP filter P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration Figure 192 Executing an IP Filter Packet into IP Filter Yes Y Apply SrcAddr Mask to Sre Addr Matched No Forward Drop Drop Packet Check Next Rule 30 2 3 Configuring a Generic Filter Rule Accept Packet This section shows you how to configure a generic filter rule The purpose of generic rules is to allow you to filter non IP packets For IP it is generally easier to use the IP rules directly P 793H User s Guide Chapter 30 Filter Configuration For generic rules the ZyXEL Device treats a packet as a byte stream as opposed to an IP or IPX packet You specify the portion of the packet to check with the Offset from 0 and the Length fields both in bytes The ZyXEL Device applies the Mask bit wise ANDing to the data portion before comparing the result against the Value to determine a match The Mask and Value are specified in hexadecimal numbers Note that it takes two hexadecimal digits to represent a byte so if the length is 4 the value in either field will take 8 digits for example FFFFFFFF To configure a generic rule select Generic Filter Rule in the Filter Type field in menu 21 1 1 1 and press ENTER to open Generic Filter Rule as shown below Figure 193 Menu 21 1 1 1 Generic
513. wall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within the firewall itself Refer to Section 9 6 on page 133 to configure default firewall settings Refer to Section 9 7 on page 135 to view firewall rules Refer to Section 9 7 1 on page 136 to configure firewall rules Refer to Section 9 7 2 on page 139 to configure a custom service Refer to Section 9 10 3 on page 146 to configure firewall thresholds 8 2 Types of Firewalls There are three main types of firewalls Packet Filtering Firewalls Application level Firewalls Stateful Inspection Firewalls 8 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls Packet filtering firewalls restrict access based on the source destination computer network address of a packet and the type of application P 793H User s Guide Chapter 8 Firewalls 8 2 2 Application level Firewalls Application level firewalls restrict access by serving as proxies for external servers Since they use programs written for specific Internet services such as HTTP FTP and telnet they can evaluate network packets for valid application specific data Application level gateways have a number of general advantages over the default mode of permitting application traffic directly to internal hosts Information hiding prevents the names of internal systems from being made known via DNS to outside systems since the application gateway is the only host whose name must be made know
514. wall protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when it is active The default Policy sets 1 allow all sessions originating from the LAN to the WAN and 2 deny all sessions originating from the WAN to the LAN You may define additional Policy rules or modify existing ones but pleas xercis xtreme caution in doing so Active Yes LAN to WAN Set Name ACL Default Set WAN to LAN Set Name ACL Default Set Please configure the Firewall function through Web Configurator BS It is recommended to configure the firewall rules using the web configurator P 793H User s Guide Filter Configuration This chapter shows you how to create and apply filters 30 1 Introduction to Filters Your ZyXEL Device uses filters to decide whether to allow passage of a data packet and or to make a call There are two types of filter applications data filtering and call filtering Filters are subdivided into device and protocol filters which are discussed later Data filtering screens the data to determine if the packet should be allowed to pass Data filters are divided into incoming and outgoing filters depending on the direction of the packet relative to a port Data filtering can be applied on either the WAN side or the LAN side Call filtering is used to determine if a packet should be allowed to trigger a call Remote node call filtering is only applicable when using PPPoE encapsulation Outgoing packets must undergo data f
515. ween a server ZyXEL Device and two client ZyXEL Devices This configuration offers a secure and cost effective way to create a private IP network An example is shown below Figure 23 Example Point to 2points Connection In a point to 2points connection the DSL port on the server ZyXEL Device A uses a Y cable to create two DSL connections The connections can use RFC 1483 in bridge mode or ENET ENCAP in router mode You can set up one set of transfer rate settings and modes between the server ZyXEL Device A and the client ZyXEL Device B You can set up a different set of settings between the server ZyXEL Device A and the client ZyXEL Device C P 793H User s Guide Chapter 4 Point to 2 point Configuration In a point to 2points connection the ZyXEL Device which has a physical connection to both client devices becomes the server The server controls some of the attributes of the DSL connection such as the transfer rate and the DSL operational mode 4 4 Point to 2point Connection Procedure Follow these directions to set up a point to 2point connection 1 Setup the Server 2 Setup the Clients 3 Connect the ZyXEL Devices 4 4 1 Set up the Server 1 Log in to the ZyXEL Device that will be the server See Chapter 2 on page 43 Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Connection 3 Configure the VPI VCI Multiplexing and Encapsulation fields for the point to 2point connection In the Encapsulation field select either RFC 1483
516. y to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 10 3 Configuring the Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown Figure 73 Content Filter gt Schedule oo a Schedule Active Everyday to Block M Edit Daily to Block Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday UTE O o hdo min 0 ho min m 0 ho min 0 ho min m fo bro min 0 tfo min 0 hi0 min fo tfo min D fo bro min 0 tfo min m 0 bro min fo ho min a 0 hi0 min fo hio min Apply Cancel P 793H User s Guide Chapter 10 Content Filtering The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 47 Content Filter gt Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Active Everyday to Block to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering to be active on the selected day Start Time Enter the start time when you wan
517. y with a Ox zero x which is not counted as part of the 16 62 characters For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Encryption Algorithm Select one of the following encryption algorithms for the IKE SA The algorithms are listed in order from weakest to strongest Data Encryption Standard DES is a widely used but breakable method of data encryption It applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data Triple DES 3DES is a variant of DES It iterates three times with three separate keys effectively tripling the strength of DES Advanced Encryption Standard AES is a newer method of data encryption that also uses a secret key AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data Select NULL to set up a VPN tunnel without encryption Authentication Algorithm Select one of the following authentication algorithms for the IKE SA The algorithms are listed in order from weakest to strongest Message Digest 5 MD5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packets Secure Hash Algorithm SHA1 produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packets SA Life Time Seconds Enter the length of time before the ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the IKE SA It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A low value increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication key
518. yXEL Packet Trigger Protocol 1 Data 4500003c100100001f010004c0a86614ca849a7b08004a5c02000100616263646566676869 6a6b6c6d6e6f707 1727374 Jul 19 11 28 56 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL Packet Trigger Protocol 1 Data 4500002c1b0140001f06b50ec0a86614ca849a7b0427001700195b3e00000000600220008c d40000020405b4 Jul 19 11 29 06 192 168 102 2 ZyXEL Packet Trigger Protocol 1 Data 45000028240140001f06ac12c0a86614ca849a7b0427001700195b451d143013500400007 7600000 3 Filter log Filter log Message Format SdemdSyslogSend SYSLOG FILLOG SYSLOG NOTICE String String IP Src2xx xx xx xx Dst xx xx xx xx prot spozxxxx dpo xxxx S042R01mD IP is the packet header and S042 RO1mD means filter set 4 S and rule 1 R match m drop D Src Source Address Dst Destination Address prot Protocol TCP UDP ICMP spo Source port dpo Destination portMar 03 10 39 43 202 132 155 97 ZyXEL GEN ffffffffffinordff0080 S05 gt RO1mF Mar 03 10 41 29 202 132 155 97 ZyXEL GEN 00a0c5f502fnord010080 SO5 gt RO1mF Mar 03 10 41 34 202 132 155 97 ZyXEL IP Src 192 168 2 33 Dst 202 132 155 93 ICMP S04 gt R01mF Mar 03 11 59 20 202 132 155 97 ZyXEL GEN 00a0c5f502fnord010080 SO5 gt RO1mF Mar 03 12 00 52 202 132 155 97 ZyXEL GEN ffffffffffff080 SO5 gt RO1mF Mar 03 12 00 57 202 132 155 97 ZyXEL GEN 00a0c5f502010080 SO5 gt RO1mF Mar 03 12 01 06 202 132 155 97 ZyXEL IP Src 192 168 2 33 Dst 202 132 155 93 TCP spo 01170 dpo 00021 S0
519. your computer Follow the procedure as shown previously for the HyperTerminal program The procedure for other serial communications programs should be similar 34 5 9 Example Xmodem Firmware Upload Using HyperTerminal Click Transfer then Send File to display the following screen P 793H User s Guide Chapter 34 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Figure 22 7 Example Xmodem Upload Filename Protocol Xx Folder C Program Files C Product firmware bin Browse Xmodem X Send Close Cancel Send After the firmware upload process has completed the ZyXEL Device will automatically restart 34 5 10 Uploading Configuration File Via Console Port 1 Sele 24 7 ct 2 from Menu 24 7 System Maintenance Upload Firmware to display Menu 2 System Maintenance Upload System Configuration File Follow the instructions as shown in the next screen Figure 22 8 Menu 24 7 2 As Seen Using the Console Port L 25 1 con 2 Menu 24 7 2 System Maintenance Upload System Configuration File To upload system configuration file Enter y at the prompt below to go into debug mode Enter atlc after Enter Debug Mode message 3 Wait for Starting XMODEM upload message before activating Xmodem upload on your terminal 4 After successful firmware upload enter atgo to restart the system Warning Proceeding with the upload will erase the cur
520. your device See Chapter 21 on page 239 FTP Use File Transfer Protocol for firmware upgrades and configuration backup restore See Chapter 15 on page 195 SNMP The device can be monitored and or managed by an SNMP manager See Chapter 15 on page 195 TR 069 This is a standard that defines how your ZyXEL Device can be managed by a management server See Chapter 15 on page 195 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device Do the following things regularly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage the ZyXEL Device more effectively e Change the password Use a password that s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters such as numbers and letters Write down the password and put it in a safe place Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you would not have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device You could simply restore your last configuration 1 4 LEDs The following figure shows the LEDs Figure 4 LEDs ZyXEL P 700 series POWER ETHERNET r DSL INTERNET 2 P 793H User s Guide Chapter 1 Getting To Know Your ZyXEL Device The following table describes the LEDs
521. ype Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes P 793H User s Guide et Chapter 3 Wizards 3 2 3 Screen 3 Follow the on screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration Figure 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete MEDIA BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP ZyXEL CONGRATULATIONS dth Management setup You can pre ish button to Press Finish button to Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup Page P 793H User s Guide Point to 2 point Configuration This chapter introduces point to point and point to 2point connections 4 1 Point to point Connection Overview You can set up point to point connection between two ZyXEL Devices These connections offer a cost effective high speed connection for high bandwidth applications such as videoconferencing and distance learning An example is shown below Figure 21 Example Point to point Connection Il In a point to point connection the DSL ports on the ZyXEL Devices are directly connected to each other not to an ISP or the Internet LES A point to point connection can use RFC 1483 in bridge mode or ENET ENCAP in router mode LS In a point to point connection the ZyXEL Devices should us

ZyXEL 4-port User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents